*^w^^*^^'*'"' •■'' 1^ *.* US' X3Y (^mull ^mvmxi^ Jib^tg THE GIFT OF .Dri.f.K....^r:L«tiL.. ... isi .(P-^^ /fc^....J<;.«-Ai^p*_ .A.'.2S..'^:.y..£..^.. U..Uj..o..f.. The date shows when this vohime was taken. .^ To renew this book copy the call No. and giitg to '■ ^ the librarian. ^~' home' USE RULES. All Books subject to Recall. < Books not used for ' instruction or research are returnable witbiii' 4 weeks. Volumes' of Jjeriodi- cals and of pamphlets are held in the library as much 'as, possible. For s{)ecial purposes they are given ouf for a limited time. Borrowers should not use their library pti'V'iieges for the ben e- fitrofi other perfons. Boo_ks not needei. during recess periods '(^4 should be returned to 'f/:, the library, or arrange- '. ■ ments made for their return during botrow-. . , er'S absence, if wanted, .^r,; y Books needed by " - mbr'e than one petson are held on the reserve list. • Books of special ' value and gift tJeoks, • when the giver wishes ■ it, are not allowed to cit-culate. _ ' Readers are asked to report.all cases of books marked or muti- lated. ^ ' bo not deface books I)y marks and writing, . Z5055.U5*'l39" """""" '■'"'"^ olin 3 1924 029 573 288 The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924029573288 Yoi.. n, Ko. e Mabob, 1905 INDIANA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN Idibliogra))!)? OF PUBLICATIONS BY PRESENT AND FORMER MEMBERS OF THE FACULTY, STUDENTS AND ALUMNI Entared July 23, 1903, «t Bloomlngtra, Indiana, as sacond-class matter, nndtr act of Congraaa of July 16, 1894 ^. -^Sfgi-? 'IT . SHALL . BE • THE • DUTY ■ OF • THE ■ GENERAL ASSEMBLY • AS • SOON • AS • CIRCUMSTANCES ■ WILL PERMIT . TO . PROVIDE • BY • LAW • FOR • A ■ GENERAL SYSTEM- OF. EDUCATIONASCENDING-IN-A.REGULAR GRADATION • FROM • TOWNSHIP • SCHOOLS • TO • A STATE . UNIVERSITY- WHEREIN • TUITION • SHALL • BE GRATIS . AND • EQUALLY • OPEN • TO ■ ALL." — Indiana State Constitution of 1816. ^ INDIANA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN Vol. It BLOOMINGTON, IND., MARCH, 1905 NO. 6 The Bulletin Is published bi-monthly by the Indiana University, from the University office, Bloom- ington, Indiana. Entered July 23, 1903, at Bloomington, Indiana, as seoond-elass matter, under act of Congress of July 16, 1894. Prefatory Note In this Bulletin is reprinted the third and last part of the volume, published by the University authorities for the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, entitled 'Indiana University, 1820-1904: Historical Sketch, Development 'of the Course of Instruction, Bibliography. Edited by Samuel Bannister Harding, Ph.D., Junior Professor of European History.' (Bloomington, Indiana, July, 1904, pp. xvi-348). In this reissue a few minor errors have been corrected, but no attempt has been made to sup- ply the omissions which inevitably occurred in the original work, nor to bring the list up to date by including publications issued since the com- pilation was made. PUBLICATIONS OF PRESENT FACULTY ***The following: list of the publications of the present members of the Faculty of the University is fairly complete, except for newspaper articles, which have been ex- cluded. So far as possible, the entries have been arranged in chronological order of publication. All degrees received by members of the Faculty from this University are given with the year in which conferred. The omission of the date in connection with 'a degree indicates that it was conferred by some other institution. Robert Judsojsi Aley, A.B. (1888), A.M. (1890), Ph.D. Professor of Mathemat- 1. A practical education. In Univer- sity Press, I, p. 5. (Dec, 1888.) 2. Science in the Schools. In Univer- sity Press, II, pp. 18-19. (March, 1889.) 3. Mathematics in the preparatory schools. In Proc. Indiana Col. Asso., 1889, pp. 46-50. (Dec, 1889.) 4. Scales of notation. In University Press, III, pp. 2-3. (Dec, 1890.) 5. Preparation for teaching. In Uni- versity Press, III, p. 18. (March, 1891.) 6. Modei-n synthetic geometry versus Euclid. In Science, XX, pp. 297-298. (Dec, 1892.) 7. Some old arithmetics. In The Stu- dent, A Journal of Education, III. (Feb., March, April, 1893.) 8. Bibliography of the history of ge- ometry, also a list of mathematical periodi- cals. In Am. Math. Mo., I, pp. 42-47. (Feb., 1894.) 9. Daniel Kirkwood: biography and bibliography. In Am. Math. Mo., I, pp. 141- 149. (May, 1894.) 10. Indiana University and her presi- dent. In Indiana Sch. Jour., XXXIX, pp. 320-323. (June, 1894.) 11. Review of Robert Harris's 'Plane geometrical drawing.' In Inland Educator, I, p. 266. (Nov., 1895.) 12. Review of J. A. McLellan and John Dewey's 'The psychology of number.' In Inland Educator, I, pp. 320-321. (Dec, 1895.) 13. High school mathematical teaching and text-books. In Inland Educator, I, pp. 334-338. (Jan., 1896.) 14. Review of George C. Edward's 'Ele- ments of geometry.' In Inland Educator, II, p. 54. (Feb., 1896.) 15. Review of W. W. Beman and D. E. Smith's 'Plane and solid geometry.' In Inland Educator, II, pp. 55-56. (Feb., 1896.) 16. Review of W. W. R. Ball's 'A primer of the history of mathematics.' In Inland Educator, II, p. 117. (March, 1896.) 17. Daniel Kirkwood. In Indiana Sch. Jour., XLI, pp. 170-177. (March, 1896.) 18. Review of Levi L. Conant's 'The number concept.' In Inland Educator, II, pp. 174-175. (April, 1896.) Indiana University I A ley 19. Review of A. E. Hornbrook's 'Con- crete geometry.' In Educ. Rev., XI, pp. SOS- SOB. (May, 1896.) 20. Review of H. A. Wood's 'Short cuts iu arithmetic' In Inland Educator, II, p. 234. (June, 1896.) 21. Sketch of Judge D. D. Banta. In Inland Educator, II, pp. 267-268. (June, 1896.) 22. Review of Frank H. Hall's 'The Werner arithmetic for third and fourth grades.' In Inland Educator, II, p. 349. (July, 1896.) 23. Review of E. S. Crawley's 'Ele- ments of plane and spherical trigonometry.' In Inland Educator, III, p. 227. (Nov., 1896.) 24. Review of Arthur Lefevre's 'Num- ber and its algebra.' In Inland Educator, III, p. 227. (Nov., 1896.) 25. Review of Florian Cojori's 'A his- tory of elementary mathematics.' In Inland Educator, IV, p. 54. (Feb., 1897.) 26. A device for extracting the square root of certain surd quantities. In Am. Math. Mo., IV, pp. 204-208. (Sept., 1897.) 27. Contributions to the geometry of the triangle. Philadelphia, 1897. Pp. 32, 1 plate. 28. Note on Charles Smith's definition of multiplication. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, p. 103. 29. CoUinear sets of three points con- nected with the triangle. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 108-111. 30. Counting. In Indiana Sch. Jour., XLII, pp. 783-785. (Dec, 1897.) 31. Note on Angel's method of inscrib- ing regular polygons. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 92-93. 32. Concurrent sets of three lines con- nected with the triangle. In Proc Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 93-100. 33. A new triangle and some of its properties. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 89-91. 34. Review of Samuel E. Harwood's 'Notes on method in arithmetic' In Inland Educator, V, p. 301. (Jan. 1898.) 35. The elective system. In Jour, of Education, XLVII, pp. 4-5. (Jan. 6, 1898.) 36. The high school curriculum. /»" Inland Educator, VI, pp. 14-18. (Feb., 1898.) 37. Review of M. A. Bailey's 'Compre- hensive arithmetic' In Inland Educator, VI, p. 32. (Feb., 1898.) 38. History of arithmetic. In Inland Educator, VI, pp. 79-80. (March, 1898.) 39. Reasons for failure in arithmetic. In Inland Educator, VI, p. 127. (April, 1898.) 40. Algebra and geometry as a help to arithmetic. In Inland Educator, VI, pp. 168-169. (May, 1898.) 41. Review of Fletcher Durell's 'The new school algebra.' In Inland Educator, VI, pp. 169-170. (May, 1898.) 42. Review of W. W. Speer's arithme- tics. In Inland Educator, VI, p. 210. (June, 1898.) 43. No royal road to mathematics. /» Inland Educator, VI, p. 254. (July, 1898.) 44. Liliwati and the hour-glass. In In- land Educator, VI, pp. 254, 255. (July, 1898.) 45. Christopher Dock. In Inland Edu- cator, VII, pp. 4-8, 58-61. (August, Sept., 1898.) 46. The history of arithmetic. In In- land Educator, VII, pp. 20-21, 72-73, 124- 125, 169, 226-227, 269-270; VIII, pp. 28- 29, 84, 132-133, 183, 226-227, 279 ; IX, pp. 26, 78-79, 126, 170-171, 216, 269; X, pp. 23, 82, 131, 183, 219, 267. In Educator- Journal, I, pp. 34-35. (August, 1898, to Sept., 1900.) 47. Review of A. Jones's 'The science Aley-\ Bibliography: Present Faculty of arithmetic' In Inland Educator, VII, p. 73. (Sept., 1898.) 48. Some suggestions on arithmetic. Jn Inland Educator, VII, pp. 71-72. (Sept., 1898.) 49. Compound numbers. In Inland Ed- ucator, VII, p. 126. (Oct., 1898.) 50. Review of J. B. Showalter's 'Solu- tion book.' In Inland Educator, VII, p. 170. (Nov., 1898.) 51. Fourth institute arithmetic. In In- land Educator, VII, pp. 169-170. (Nov., 1898.) 52. Review of G. E. Fisher and I. J. Schwatt's 'Text-book of algebra with exer- cises.' In Inland Educator, VII, p. 227. (Dec, 1898.) 53. Percentage. In Inland Educator, VII, p. 227. (Dec, 1898.) 54. Review of E. C. Hewett's 'The Rand-McNally arithmetics.' In Inland Ed- ucator, VII, pp. 227-228. (Dec-, 1898.) 55. A proposed notation for the geom- etry of the triangle. In Proc Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1899, pp. 86-87. 56. Some circles connected with the tri- angle. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1899, pp. 88-89. 57. The point P and some of its proper- ties. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1899, pp. 90-93. 58. Squaring the circle. In Inland Ed- ucator, VII, pp. 271-272. (Jan., 1899.) 59. Review of J. H. Walsh's arithme- tics. In Inland Educator, VII, pp. 270-271. (Jan., 1899.) 60. Review of Augustus De Morgan's 'Study and difficulties of mathematics.' In Inland Educator, VIII, p. 29. (Feb., 1899.) 61. Review of Henry Goldman's 'The arithmachinist.' In Inland Educator, VIII, p. 85. (March, 1899.) 62. The difference between arithmetic and algebra. In Inland Educator, VIII, pp. 84-85. (March, 1899.) 63. Review of Hermann Schubert's 'Es- says and recreations.' In Inland Educator, VIII, p. 133. (April, 1899.) 64. The equation in arithmetic. In In- land Educator, VIII, p. 188. (May, 1889.) 65. Some large numbers. In Inland Educator, VIII, p. 184. (May, 1899.) 66. The order of signs in arithmetic. In Inland Educator, VIII, p. 228. (June, 1899.) 67. Apparatus in rural schools. In In- diana Sch. Jour., XLIV, pp. 331-334. (June, 1899.) 68. Review of J. W. Cook and N. Crop- sey's 'The Indiana arithmetics.' In Inland Educator, IX, pp. 27, 79-80, 127, 171-172. (August to Nov., 1899.) 69. Review of John Graham's 'The farmer's and mechanic's assistant and com- panion ; or a new system of decimal arith- metic' In Inland Educator, IX, p. 79. (Sept., 1899.) 70. Preparation for teaching arithme- tic In Inland Educator, IX, pp. 126-127. (Oct., 1899.) 71. Short cuts. In Inland Educator, IX, 217, pp. 269-270. ; X, 23-24, 82-83, 131- 132, 183-184, 222, 270. (Dec, 1899, to July, 1900.) 72. Some properties of the symmedean point. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, pp. 85-88. 73. Note on McGinnis's universal solu- tion. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, pp. 88-90. 74. The beginning of the century. In Inland Educator, X, p. 24. (Feb., 1900.) 75. How to make mathematics interest- ing. In Inland Educator, X, pp. 84-85. (March, 1900.) 76. Review of D. E. Smith's 'The teaching of elementary mathematics.' 'In Inland Educator, X, p. 222. (June, 1900.) 77. Review of Karl Fink's 'A brief his- tory of mathematics.' In Inland Educator, X, p. 271. (July, 1900.) 78. Review of J. T. Pairchild's 'Solu- Indiana University VAley lion book.' In Educator-Journal, I, p. 36. (August, 1900.) 79. Review of W. W. Rupert's 'Famous geometrical theorems and problems.' In Ed- ucator-Journal, I, p. 37. (August, 1900.) 80. Review of John S. Mackay's 'Arith- metic' In Educator-Journal, I, pp. 79-80. (Sept., 1900.) 81. Review of John F. Downey's 'Higher algebra.' In Educator-Journal, I, pp. 79-80. (Sept., 1900.) 82. Augustus DeMogan. In Educator- Journal, 1, p. 78. (Sept., 1900.) 83. Explanation in arithmetic work. In Educator-Journal, I, pp. 78-79. (Sept., 1900.) 84. John J. Sylvester. In Educator- Journal, I, pp. 125-126. (Oct., 1900.) 85. Definitions in mathematics. In Ed- ucator-Journal, I, pp. 126-127. (Oct., 1900.) 86. Joseph Ij. Lagrange. In Educator- Journal, I, p. 176. (Nov., 1900.) 87. Problem solving. In Educator- Journal, I, pp. 177-178. (Nov., 1900.) 88. Graphical representation. In Edu- cator-Journal, I, pp. 219-220. (Dec, 1900.) 89. Sir Isaac Newton. In Educator- Journal, I, pp. 219-220. (Jan., 1901.) 90. Karl Frederick Gauss. In Educa- tor-Journal, I, pp. 274-276. (Feb., 1901.) 91. Reng DesCartes. In Educator- Journal, I, pp. 380-381. (March, 1901.) 92. Incommensurable number. In Ed- ucator-Journal, I, p. 424. (April, 1901.) 93. Benjamin Pierce. In Educator- Journal, I, pp. 479-480. 94. Arthur Caley. In Educator-Jour- nal, I, pp. 525-526. (June, 1901.) 95. William Chauvenet. In Educator- Journal, II, p. 20. (Sept., 1901.) 96. Counting. In Educator-Journal, II, pp. 21-22. (Sept., 1901.) 97. George Bruce Halsted. In Educa- tor-Journal, II, p. 80. (Oct., 1901.) 98. Greater accuracy. In Educator- Journal, II, p. SO. (Oct., 1901.) 99. Proof of the elementary rules by casting out the 9's. In Educator-Journal, II, pp. 126-127. (Nov., 1901.) 100. Graphs, an appendix to Wells's 'Es- sentials of algebra.' Boston, 1901. Pp. 359- 367. 101. Graphs, a monograph. Boston, 1902. Pp. iv, 21. 102. Arithmetic In Educator-Journal, II, p. 175. (Dec, 1901.) 103. More thought. In Educator-Jour- nal, II, pp. 175-176. (Dec, 1901.) 104. Review of Arthur F. Griffith's 'The easy and speedy reckoner.' In Educator- Journal, II, p. 176. (Dec, 1901.) 105. Review of T. Sundara Row's 'Geo- metric exercises in paper folding.' In Edu- cator-Journal, II, p. 178. (Dec, 1901.) 106. Some obsolete arithmetical subjects. In Educator- Journal, II, p. 234. (Jan., 1902.) 107. Review of E. S. Loomis's 'How to attack an exercise in geometry.' In Edu- cator-Journal, II, p. 280. (Feb., 1902.) 108. Review of Frank H. Hall's 'How to teach arithmetic' In Educator-Journal, II, pp. 280-281. (Feb., 1902.) 109. Better results in arithmetic. In Educator- Journal, II, pp. 331-332. (March, 1902.) 110. Some curiosities of the digits. In Educator- Journal, II, p. 332. (March, 1902.) 111. Review of Egbert More's 'The tri- section of an angle.' In Educator-Journal, II, p. 402. (April, 1902.) 112. Abridged multiplication. In Edu- cator-Journal, II, p. 402. (April, 1902.) 113. Preparation for teaching high school mathematics. In Educator-Journal, II, pp. 448-450. (May, 1902.) 114. A peculiar number. In Educator- Journal, II, p. 451. (May, 1902.) Beede ] Bibliography: Present Faculty 116. Greatest common divisor. In Edu- cator-Journal, II, p. 497-498. (June, 1902.) 117. How to make a table of squares. In Educator-Journal, III, p. 17. (Sept., 1902.) 118. Division and partition. In Educa- tor-Journal, III, p. 72. (Oct., 1902.) 119. Review of W. P. Morgan's 'Teach- er's manual for the Indiana advanced arith- metic' In Educator-Journal, III, p. 72. (Oct., 1902.) 120. Review of David Hilbert's 'The foundations of geometry.' In Educator- Journal, III, p. 73. (Oct., 1902.) 121. The metric system. In Educator- Journal, III, p. 113. (Nov., 1902.) 122. Circulating decimals. In Educator- Journal, III pp. 162, 214-215. (Dec, 1902, and Jan., 1903.) 123. Ratio and proportion. In Educa- tor-Journal, III, p. 214. (Jan., 1903.) 124. Involution. In Educator-Journal, III, pp. 392-393. (May, 1903.) 125. Review of W. E. Chancellor's 'Graded arithmetics.' In Educator-Journal, III, p. 431. (June, 1903.) 126. Review of O. L. Kelso's 'Arithme- tic for high schools.' In Educator-Journal, III, p. 431. (June, 1903.) 127. Factoring. In Educator-Journal, IV, p. 76. (Oct., 1903.) 128. Counting. In Educator-Journal, IV, pp. 76-77. (Oct., 1903.) 129. Ways of paying a bill in a distant city. In Educator- Journal, IV, pp. 127-128. (Nov., 1903.) 180. The new elementary arithmetic. Re- vision. (Joint author with O. L. Kelso.) New York, 1903. Pp. x, 276. 131. The new advanced arithmetic. Re- vision. (Joint author with O. L. Kelso.) New York, 1903. Pp. xiii, 327-334. 132. Editorials. In Educator-Journal, 3 to 4 pages in each issue, beginning with Vol. IV, Sept., 1903. 133. The essentials of algebra. (Joint author with D. A. Rothrock.) New York, 1904. Feank Maeion Andrews, A.B. (1894), A.M. (1895), B.A.M., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Botany. 1. Development of the embryo sac of JefEersonia diphylla. In Bot. Gaz. XX. 2. Karyokinesis in Magnolia and Liri- odendron with special reference to the be- havior of the chromosomes. In Beihefte z. Botan. Centralblatt, XI, pp. 734-742. 3. Ueber die Wirkung der Oentrifugal- kraft auf Pflanzen. In Jahrb. f. wissens. Botanik, XXXVIII, pp. 1-40. Joshua William Beede, Ph.D. Instructor in Geology. 1. The McPherson Equus beds. (Joint author with E. Haworth.) In Univ. Geol. Surv. Kansas, II, pp. 287-296; 1 plate, 1 map. (1897.) 2. The stratigraphy of Shawnee coun- ty (Kansas). In Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. . XV, pp. 27-34. (1898.) 3. McPherson Equus beds. Revised. In Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. XV, pp. 104- 110. 1 plate, 1 map. (1898.) 4. Notes on Kansas physiography. In Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., XV, pp. 114-120 ; 4 plates. (1898.) 5. New corals from the Kansas car- boniferous. In Kansas Univ. Quart., VII, pp. 180-181; 1 plate (1898.) 6. Variation of external appearance and internal characters of Spirifer camera- tus Morton. In Kansas Univ. Quart, VII, pp. 103-105; 2 plates. (April, 1898.) 7. Notes on Campophyllum torquium Owen, and a new variety of Monopteria gibbosa Meek and Worthen. In Kansas Indiana University IBeede Univ. Quart., VII, pp. 187-190. 1 plate (July, 1898.) 8. Preliminary notice on the correla- tion of the Meek and Marcou section at Ne- braska City, Nebraska, with the Kansas coal measures. In Kansas Univ. Quart., VII, pp. 231-233. (Oct., 1898.) 9. Description of some new forms of Pseudomonotis from the upper coal meas- ures of Kansas. In Kansas Univ. Quart., VIII, pp. 79-84. 2 plates. (April, 1899.) 10. New fossils from the Kansas coal measures. In Kansas Univ. Quart., VIII, pp. 123-130. 2 plates. (July, 1899.) 11. New and little known Pelecypods from the coal measures. (Joint author with Austin F. Rogers.) In Kansas Univ. Quart., VIII, pp. 131-134 ; 1 plate. (July, 1899.) 12. On the correlation of the coal meas- ures of Kansas and Nebraska. In Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., XVI, pp. 70-84. (1899.) 13. The coal in western Atchison coun- ty. In A. O. H. S. Bull., VI, pp. 9-10. (1899.) 14. Two new crinoids from the Kansas carboniferous. In Kansas Univ. Quart., X, pp. 21-24; 1 plate. (Jan., 1900.) 15. Carboniferous invertebrates, Pora- minifera to Pelecypods. In Univ. Geol. Surv. Kansas, VI, pp. 1-187; 22 plates. (1900.) 16. Reconnaissance in the Blue valley Permian. In Kansas Univ. Quart., IX, pp. 191-202; 1 map. (1900.) 17. The age of the Kansas-Oklahoma red-beds. In Amer. Geol., XXVIII, pp. 46- 47. (1901.) 18. Permian Fauna of central United States, Part I. In Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., XVII, pp. 185-190; 2 plates. (1901.) 19. New fossils from the upper carbon- iferous of Kansas. In Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull., XI, pp. 147-153; 1 plate. (Sept., 1902.) 20. Invertebrate paleontology of the red- beds. In Adv. Bull. Geol. Surv. Oklahoma Territory, I, pp. l-H ; 1 plate. (April, 1902.) 21. Fauna of the Shawnee formation, Wabaunsee formation and the Cottonwood limestone. In Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull., I, pp. 163-181. (Sept., 1902.) 22. Cottonwood Falls folio, geological atlas of the United States. (Joint author with Charles S. Prosser.) In U. S. Geol. Surv. (In press.) 23. Kansas coal-measures faunal stud- ies ; lower coal measures. (Joint author with Austin F. Rogers.) In Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. (In press.) John Andbew Bkegsteom, Ph.D., Professor of Pedagogy. 1. Review of Mettier's 'Aural vertigo (Meniere's disease).' (Jotir. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 1891, XVI, p. 19.) In Am. Jour. Psych., V, p. 102. (Oct., 1892.) 2. Experiments upon physiological memory by means of the interference of asso- ciations. In Am. Jour. Psych., V, pp. 356- 369. (April, 1893.) 3. Review of Schumann's 'Ueber die Unterschiedsempfindlichkeit fiir kleine Zelt- grossen.' ( Zeitschrif t f . Psych, u. Phys. der Sinnesorgane, II, p. 294.) In Am. Jour. Psych., V, p. 102. (1893.) 4. Review of Epstein's 'Die logischen Principien der Zeitmessung.' In Am. Jour. Psych., V, p. 102. (1893.) 5. Review of J. J. Van Biervliet's 'La mgmoire.' In Am. Jour. Psych., VI, p. 308. (1894.) 6. An experimental study of some of the conditions of mental activity. In Am. Jour. Psych., VI, pp. 247-274. (Jan., 1894.) 7. The relation of the interference to the practice effect of an association. In Am. Jour. Psych., VI, pp. 433-442. (June. 1894.) Brown J Bibliography: Present Faculty 8. Review of Fridtjuv Berg's 'Peda- gogiska biblioteket i Stockholm,' and of N. G. W. Lagerstedt's 'Katalog ofver pedagog- iska biblioteket i Stockholm.' In Ped. Sem. Ill, p. 163. (1894.) 9. Review of N. G. W. Lagerstedt's 'Atgarder mot ofveranstrangning vid de hcigre skolorna i Tyskland.' (In Verdandi, 1894.) In Ped. Sem., Ill, p. 163. (1894.) 10. Review of G. E. MuUer and F. Schumann's 'Bxperimentelle Beitriige zur Untersuchung des Gedachtnisses,' (Zeitschr. f. Psych, u. Phys. d. Sinnesorgane, VI, p. 299.) In Am. Jour. Psych., IV, p. 299. (.Jan., 1894.) 11. Review of Emil Krsepelin's 'Ueber die Beeinflussung eiufacher psychischer Vor- gange durch einige Arzneimittel.' In Am. Jour. Psych., VI, p. 301. (1894.) 12. Review of Dr. Emanuel Rosen- baum's 'Warum miissen wir schlafen? Eine neue Theorie des Schlafes.' In Am. Jour. Psych., VI, p. 307. (1894.) 13. School hygiene. Translation of Dr. Ludwig Kotelmann's 'Ueber Schulgesund- heitspflege. (Joint author with Edward Conradi.) Syracuse, N. Y. 1899. Pp. 391. 14. Review of Nicholas AlechsiefE's 'Reactionszeiteu bei Durchgangsbeobachtun- gen.' (Phil. Stud., XVI, p. 60.) In Psych. Rev., VII, p. 526. (1900.) 15. A type of pendulum chronoscope and attention apparatus. In Psych. Rev., XII, pp. 483-489. (Sept., 1900.) 16. A magnet registration key. In Psych. Rev., VII, pp. 612-614. (Nov., 1900.) 17. A new type of ergograph, with a discussion of ergographic experimentation. In Am. Jour. Psych., XIV, pp. 246-276. (1903.) 1. On phenolphthalein and methylor- ange as indicators. In Journal of Franklin Institute. (April, 1893.) 2. The atomic weight of palladium. (Joint author with Edward H. Keiser.) In Am. Ohem. Jour., 1894. 3. The action of magnesium on ali- phatic alcohols and a new method of pre- paring allylene. In Journal of Franklin Institute, 1895. 4. The polybasic acids of mesitylene. Bryn Mawr Monographs, No. 1. (1901.) Alfeed Mansfield Brooks, A.M. Associ- ate Professor of the History of Art. 1. Decoration of school rooms. In In- land Educator, IX, pp. 272-274 (Jan., 1900) ; also in Indiana Sch. Jour., XLV, pp. 29-32. (Jan., 1900.) 2. Architecture : Greek, Roman, By- zantine, Romanesque and Gothic. In Prog- ress, No. 3, pp. 155-189. (1901.) 3. The study of art in universities. In Education, XXI, pp. 364-371. (Feb., 1901.) 4. On the teaching of art in univer- sities. In Proc. Western Drawing Teachers' Asso. for 1903. 5. Review of Charles Holroyd's 'Mi- chael Angelo Buonarroti.' In Dial, 1904. 6. Review of William Bayne's 'Sir David Wilkie.' In Dial, 1904. 7. Review of Arthur B. Chamberlain's 'Thomas Gainsborough.' In Dial, 1904. Mary Bidwell Breed, Ph.D. Assistant Pro- fessor of Chemistry, and Dean of Women. Oliver W. Brown, A.M. (1896). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 1. Solubility and boiling point. In Jour. Phys. Chem., I, p. 784. (1897.) 2. Distribution of mercuric chloride between toluene and water. In Jour. Phys. Chem., II, p. 51. (1898.) Indiana University [^Broiun 3. Preparation of potassium persele- iiate. (Joint author with L. M. Dennis.) fn Jour. Amer. Cliem. Soc, XXIII, p. 358. (1901.) 4. Efficiency of the nickel-plating tank. [n Trans. Amer. Electrochem. Soc, IV, pp. 83-99. (1903.) Elmer Bueeitt Beyan, A.B. (1893). Pro- fessor of Educational and Social Psy- chology. 1. School hygiene. In Indiana Sch. Jour., XLIV, pp. 393-396. (July, 1899.) 2. School diseases. In Indiana Sch. Jour., XLIV, pp. 465-469. (August, 1899.) 3. The hygiene of instruction. In In- diana Sch. Jour., XLIV, pp. 533-536. (Sept., 1899.) 4. The care of the senses. In Indiana Sch. Jour., XLIV, pp. 593-594. (Oct., 1899.) 5. Child life. In Indiana Sch. Jour., XLIV, p. 649. (Nov., 1899.) 6. Nascent stages and arrested devel- opment. In Pedagogical Seminary, VII, pp. 357-396. (Oct., 1900.) 7. The i'hilippine situation. In Edu- cator-Journal, IV, pp. 215-217. (Jan., 1904.) William Lowe Bryan, A.B. (1884), A.M. (1886), Ph.D. President of the Uni- versity. 1. Psychology at Indiana University. In Am. Jour, of Psych., Ill, pp. 283-284. (April, 1890.) 2. On the development of voluntary motor ability. In Am. Jour, of Psych., V, pp. 125-204. (Nov., 1892.) 3. Auditory and visual memory in school children. In Proc. Internat. Educ. Asso. for 1893, pp. 779-781. 4. Child study, systematic and unsys- tematic. In Proc. N. E. A. for 1895, pp. 412-418. 5. On the methods and results of child study. Article in Johnson's Encyclopa;dia. 6. Science and education. In Proc. N. E. A. for 1895, pp. 161-165. 7. Scientific and non-scientific methods of child study. In Proc. N. B. A. for 1896. pp. 856-860. 8. Studies on the physiology and psy- chology of the telegraphic language. (With Noble Harter.) In Psych. Rev. IV, pp. 27- 53. (Jan., 1897.) 9. Hygiene of motor development. In Proc. N. B. A. for 1897, pp. 279-280. 10. Report of special committee on the organization of a committee on school hy- giene. In Proc. N. B. A. for 1897, pp. 327- 328. 11. Plato the teacher ; being selections from the Apology, Euthydemus, Protagoras,. Symposium, Phsedrus, Republic, and Phaedo of Plato. Edited with introduction and notes. (Joint author with Mrs. Charlotte Lovre Bryan.) New York, 1897. Pp. xli, 454. 12. The Republic » of Plato. With studies for teachers. (Joint author with Mrs. Charlotte Lowe Bryan.) New York,. 1898. Pp. 313. 13. Studies on the telegraphic lan- guage. The acquisition of a hierarchy of habits. (Joint author with Noble Harter.) - In Psych. Rev. VI. pp. 345-375. (July, 1899.) 14. Science in the daily press. (Joint author with Ernest H. Lindley.) In Sci- ence, N. S., XI, p. 74. (1900.) 15. An arithmetical prodigy. (Joint author with E. H. Lindley.) In Proc. Am. Psych. Assoc, for 1900. In Psych. Rev., , VII, p. 135. (1900.) 16. The case of Arthur Griffith, arlth-^ metical prodigy. (Joint author with E. 11. Cumings J Bibliography: Present Faculty Lindley. ) In Compte rendu du Congrfes In- ternational de Psychologie tenu a Paris, 1900, p. 178. 17. Theory and practice. President's address, American Psychological Associa- tion, St. Louis meeting, December, 1903. In Psych. Rev., XI, pp. 71-82. (March, 1904.) Lewis Nathaniel Ohase, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of English. 1. The English heroic play : a critical description of the rhymed tragedy of the Restoration. New York, 1903. Pp. vii, 250. WiLBUE Adblman Oogshall, a.m. (1903). Assistant Professor of Astronomy. 1. November meteors. In Pop. As- tron., VII, pp. 71-74. (Jan., 1899.) 2. Double-star measures. In Astro. Jour., XX, pp. 173-178. 3. Double-star measures. In Astro. Jour., XXI. 4. Double-star measures. In Astro. Jour., XXII, pp. 1-9. 5. Double-star measures. (Joint au- thor with John A. Miller. In Astro. Jour., XXIII, pp. 167-169. (Sept., 1903.) 6. Double-star measures. (Joint au- thor with John A. Miller.) In Astro. Jour., XXIV, pp. 15-16. (1904.) 7. Double-stars discovered at Lowell Observatory. In Astro. Jour. (In press.) 8. Double-star measures. (Joint au- thor with J. A. Miller.) In Astronomische Nachrichten, CLXI. (In press.) Edgak Roscoe Cumings, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Geology. 1. Sections and thickness of the Lower Silurian formations on West Canada creek and in the Mohawk valley. (Joint author with C. S. Prosser.) In 15th Ann. Rep. State Geol. New York, pp. 619-659; 13- plates and 3 text-figures. (1897.) 2. Lower Silurian system of eastern Montgomery county. New York. In Bulk New York State Museum, No. 34, VII, pp. 419-468; 4 plates; 4 maps. (1900.) 3. On the Waldron fauna at Tarr Hole, Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1899, pp. 174-176. (1900.) 4. The stream gradients of the lower Mohawk valley. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1899, pp. 176-178. (1900.) 5. Notes on the Ordovician rocks of southern Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, pp. 200-215. (1901.) 6. Some developmental stages of Ortho- thetes minutus n. sp. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, pp. 216-218. (1901.) 7. Orthothetes minutus n. sp. from the Salem limestone of Harrodsburg, Indiana. In Am. Geol., XXVII, pp. 147-149 ; 1 plate. (March, 1901.) 8. The use of Bedford as a formational name. In Jour, of Geol., IX, pp. 232-233. (1901.) 9. A section of the upper Ordovician at Vevay, Indiana. In Am. Geol., XXVIII, pp. 361-381 ; 2 plates. (Dec, 1901.) 10. A revision of the bryozoan genera Dekayia Dekayella and Heterotrypa of th& Cincinnati group. In Am. Geol., XXIX, pp. 197-217 ; 4 plates. (April, 1902.) 11. A quantitative study of variation in the fossil brachiopod Platystrophia lynx. (Joint author with Abram V. Mauck.) In Am. Jour. Sci., XIV, pp. 9-16; 2 plates; 1 textfigure. (July, 1902.) 12. The morphogenesis of Platystrophia. A study of the evolution of a Paleozoic brachiopod. In Am. Jour. Sci., XV, pp. 1-48, 121-136 ; 27 text-figures. (Jan., Feb., 1903.) 13. Review of E. J. Conklin's 'The em- bryology of a brachiopod, Terebratulina sep- Indiana University [^Cumings tentrionalis, Couthouy.' In Am. Nat., XXXVII, No. 434, pp. 121-122. (Feb., 1903.) 14. Review of E. S. Morse's 'Observa- tions on living Brachiopoda.' In Am. Nat., XXXVII, No. 434, pp. 122-123. (Feb., 1903.) 15. Review of Naohide Yatsu's 'On the development of Lingula anatina.' In Am. Nat., XXXVII, No. 434, pp. 123-124. (Feb., 1903.) 16. Review of Naohide Yatsu's 'Notes on the histology of Lingula anatina Brug- uiere.' In Am. Nat, XXXVII, No. 434, p. ' 124. (Feb., 1903.) 17. Development of some Paleozoic Bryozoa. In Am. Jour. Sci., XVII, pp. 49-78; 83 textfigures. (Jan., 1904.) Louis Sherman Davis, A.B. (1891), A.M. (1892), Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemistry. 1. Ueber die Alkaloide der Samen von Lupinus Augustifalius und Lupinus Albus. In Archiv d. Pharm., pp. 85. (1897.) 2. The qualitative analysis of inor- ganic bodies. (Joint author with Robert B. Lyons.) Anderson, Ind., 1897. Pp. 210. 3. A manual of toxicological analysis. (Joint author with R. B. Lyons.) Ander- son, Ind., 1899. Pp. 112. 4. The qualitative analysis of inorganic bodies. Revised edition. (Joint author with R. E. Lyons.) Anderson, Ind., 1900. Pp. 151. 5. A manual of general chemistry. Chicago, 1904. Pp. 400; 92 plates. ScHUYi.BR Colfax Davisson, A.B. (1890), A.M. (1892), D. Sc. Associate Pro- fessor of Mathematics. 1. Die geodatische Linie der Mannig- faltigkeit ds''=dx^+sin'x . dy'+dz^ Tubingen, 1900. Pp. 26. Carl H. Eiqbnmann, A.B. (1886), A.M. (1887), Ph.D. (1889). Professor of Zoology and Director of Biological Sta- tion. 1. A review of the American Bleotridi- nse. (Jomt author with Morton W. For- dice. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1885, VIII, pp. 55-80. 2. Notes on skeletons of Etheostomati- na;. (Joint author with David Starr Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1885, VIII, pp. 68-72. 3. A catalogue of the fishes of Bean Blossom creek, Monroe county, Indiana. (Joint author with M. W. Fordice.) In Proc. Acad. Nat Sci., Phila. for 1886, pp. 233-252. 4. A review of the genera and species of Diodontidae found in American waters. In Ann. N. T. Acad. Sci., Ill, pp. 297-311. (1885.) 5. A review of the American Gasteros- teidse. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia for 1886, pp. 233-252. 6. A review of the Gobiidse of North America. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1886, IX, pp. 477-518. 7. Folk-lore of a German village. In Current, V, No. 124. (1886.) 8. A review of the Chaetodontidse of North America. (Joint author with Jennie E. Horning. ) In Ann. N. T. Acad. Sci. Ill, pp. 1-18. (1887.) 9. Notes on the specific names of cer- tain North American fishes. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. for 1887, pp. 295-296. 10. A review of the North American species of the genera Lagodon, Archosargus, and Diplodus. (Joint author with Elizabeth G. Hughes.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1887, X, pp. 65-74. 11. Description of a new species of Ophichthys (Ophichthys retropinnis), from Pensacola, Fla. In Proc. U. S. Nat. JMus. for 1887, X, p. 116. 10 Eigenmann J Bibliography: Present Faculty 12. Notes on a collection of fishes sent by Mr. O. C. Leslie from Charleston, S. C. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1887, X, pp. 269-270. 13 A list of the American Gobiidae and Callionymidae, with notes on the specimens contained in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Cambridge, Mass. (Joint author with Rosa Smith Eigenmann. ) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., I, pp. 51-78. (Jan. 25, 1888.) 14. South American Nematognathi. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Am. Nat. XXIII, pp. 647-649. (July, 1888.) 15. Preliminary notes on South Ameri- can Nematognathi. I. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., I, pp. 119-172. (July 18, 1888.) 16. Notes on some California fishes, with descriptions of two new species. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1888, XI, pp. 463-466. 17. Cyprinodon californiensis, Girard. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., V, pp. 3-4. (Sept., 1888.) 18. Description of a new species of Cyprinodon. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., I, p. 270. (Jan. 8, 1889.) • 19. On the development of California food fishes. In Am. Nat. XXIII, pp. 107- 110. (March, 1889.) 20. Preliminary descriptions of new species and genera of Characinidae. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 7-8. (April, 188l».) 21. Description of new Nematognathoid fishes from Brazil. (Joint author with K. S. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 8-10. (April, 1889.) 22. Preliminary notes on South Ameri- can Nematognathi. II. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., II, pp. 28-56. (Aug. 18, 1889.) 23. On the phosphorescent spots of Porichthys margaritatus. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 32-34. (May, 1889.) 24. Contributions from the San Diego Biological Laboratory. I. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 44-47. (June, 1889.) 25. Contributions from the San Diego biological laboratory. II. On the genesis of the color-cells of fishes. In W. Am. Sci., VI pp. 45-46. (July, 1889.) 26. Notes from the San Diego biological laboratory. I. The fishes of Oortez Banks. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 123-132. (Oct., 1889, Issued Nov. 9, 1889.) \ 27. A review of the Sciaenidse of Amer- ica and Europe. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Ann. Rep. Comm. Pish and Fisheries for 1886, pp. 343-451, 4 plates. (1889.) 28. Notes from the San Diego biological laboratory. II. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 147- 151. (Nov., 1889.) 29. A review of the Erythrininse. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., II, pp. 100-116 ; 1 plate. (Nov. 8, 1889.) 30. A revision of the edentulous genera of Curimatinse. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., IV, pp. 1-32. (Nov., 1889.) 31. On the genus Clevelandia. In Am. Nat., XXIII, pp. 916-918. (Oct., 1889.) 32. The development of Micrometrus ag- gregatus, one of the viviparous surf-perches. In Am. Nat. XXIII, pp. 923-927. (Oct., 1889.) 33. Additions to the fauna of San Diego. II Indiana University \_Eigenmann (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., Ill, pp. 1-24. (March 24, 1890.) 34. The evolution of the catflshes. In Zoe, I, pp. 10-15. (1890.) 35. Description of a fossil species of Sebastodes. In Zoe, I, p. 16. (1890.) 36. On the egg membranes and micropyle of some osseus fishes. In Bull. Mus. Comp. Zooh, XIX, pp. 129-154, 3 plates. (March, 1890.) 37. The barracuda. In Zoe, I, pp. 55- 56. (1890.) 38. The Point Loma blind fish and its relatives. In Zoe, I, pp. 65-72. 2 plates. 39. Charles Harvey BoUman. In W. Am. Sci., VII, pp. 5-6. (1890.) 40. The coloration of fishes. In W. Am. Sci., p. 35. (1890.) 41. The food fishes of California fresh waters. In Rep. State Board Fish Comm. •California for 1890, pp. 53-65. 42. A revision of the South American Nematognathi or Catfishes. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Occasional papers California Acad. Sci., I, pp. 1-508, ■figures, map. (July, 1890.) 43. Descriptions of new species of Se- tiastodes. (Joint author with R. S. Eigen- mann.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser.. Ill, pp. 36-38. (May 28, 1890.) 44. A review of the genera and species of Serranidse found in the waters of Amer- ica and Europe. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., VIII, pp. 329-441; 20 plates. (1890.) 45. On the precocious segregation of the sex cells in Jlicrometrus aggregatus Gibbons. In Jour. Morph., V, pp. 480-492; 1 plate. (1891.) 46. A catalogue of the fresh-water fishes of South.America. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, pp. 1-18. (1891.) 47. On the genesis of the chromato- phores in fishes. In Am. Nat., XXV, pp. 112-118 ; 4 plates. (Feb., 1891.) 48. The spawning season of San Diego fishes. In Am. Nat., XXV. (June, 1891.) 49. Cottus beldingi, sp. nov. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Am. Nat, XXV, pp. 1132-1133. (Dec, 1891.) 50. A new Diodont. In Am. Nat., XXV, p. 1133. (Dec, 1891.) 51. A catalogue of the fishes of the Pa- cific coast of America north of Cerros Island. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Ann. N. T. Acad. Sci., VI, pp. 349-358. (June, 1892.) 52. The fishes of San Diego. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1892, XV, pp. 123-178; 9 plates. 53. Branchiostoma elongatum Sunde- vall, at San Diego. In Am. Nat. XXVI, p. 70. (Jan., 1892.) 54. On the presence of an operculum m the Aspredinidae. In Am. Nat., XXVI, p. 70. (Jan., 1892.) Abstract in Proc. Indi- ana Acad. Sci. for 1891, p. 175. 55. The PercopsidEE on the Pacific slope. In Science for 1892, p. 233. 56. Recent additions to the fauna of California. ( Joint author with R. S. Eigen- mann.) Abstract in Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1891, pp. 159-161. (1892.) 57. New fishes from Western Canada. (Joint author with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Am. Nat., XXVI, pp. 961-964. (Nov., 1892.) 58. The continuity of the germ plasm in vertebrates. In Proc Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1891, pp. 169-172. (1892.) 59. The eyes of blind fishes. Abstract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1891, p. 175. (1892.) 60. Biological stations. In Proc Indi- ana Acad. Sci. for 1891, pp. 172-175. (1892.) 61. Preliminary description of new fishes from the Northwest. (Joint author 13 Eigenmann'] Bibliography: Present Faculty with R. S. Eigenmann.) In Am. Nat., XXVII, pp. 151-154. (Feb., 1893.) 62. On the occurrence of the spiny box- fish (genus Chilomycterus) on the coast of California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1892, XV, p. 485; 1 plate. (1892.) 63. Catalogue of the fresh-water fishes of Central America and Southern Mexico. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1893, XVI, pp. 53-60. (1893.) 64. Preliminary note on the relation- ship of the species usually united under the generic name Sebastodes. (Joint author with C. H. Beeson.) In Am. Nat., XXVII, pp. 668-671. (July, 1893.) 65. Early stages in the development of Cymatogaster. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1892, pp. 58-62. (1893.) 66. Explorations in Western Canada. Abstract m Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1892, p. 56. (1893.) 67. Local variations. Abstract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1892, p. 81. (1893.) 68. A revision of the American Cichli- dae. (Joint author with William L. Bray.) In Ann. New York Acad. Sci., VII, pp. 607- 624. (Jan., 1894.) 69. Notes on some South American fishes. In Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, pp. 625-637. (Feb., 1894.) 70. On the viviparous fishes of the Pacific coast of North America. In Bull. D. S. Fish Coram, for 1892, pp. 381-478 ; 27 plates. (1894.) 71. Results of explorations in Western Canada and Northwestern United States. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1894, pp. 101- 132; 4 plates. (July 7, 1894.) 72. Biological survey of Indiana : Zool- ogy. In Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, pp. 67-76. (Aug., 1894.) 73. The effect of environment on the mass of local species. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, pp. 226-229. (Aug., 1894.) 74. A revision of the fishes of the sub- family Sebastinse of the Pacific coast of America. (Joint author with C. H. Beeson.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVII, pp. 375-404. (1894.) 75. The fishes of Indiana. Report of the Indiana State Biological Survey. (Joint author with C. H. Beeson.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, pp. 76-108. (1894.) 76. The fishes of Indiana. Reprinted from Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893. In Rep. Indiana State Fish Comm. for 1894, pp. 40-64. 77. Names and locations of Indiana streams. In Rep. State Fish Comm. Indiana for 1894, pp. 65-79. 78. Leuciscus balteatus (Richardson). A study in variation. In Am. Nat., XXIX, pp. 10-25 ; 5 plates. (Jan., 1895.) Also, in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1894, pp. 87-99. (Oct., 1895.) 79. Development of sexual organs in Cymatogaster. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1894, p. 138. (Oct., 1895.) 80. A new biological station and its aim. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1894, pp. 34-35. (Oct., 1895.) 81. First report of the Indiana Univer- sity biological station. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 203-296. Plates. (Feb., 1896.) Editor, and author of papers on 'Turkey lake as a unit of environment.' 'Plankton,' 'The fishes,' 'The Testudinata,' 'The study of variation.' 82. The bearing of the origin and dif- ferentiation of the sex cells in Cymatogaster on the idea of the continuity of the germ plasma. In Am. Nat., XXX, pp. 265-271. (April, 1896.) 83. Sex-differentiation in the viviparous teleost Cymatogaster. In Archiv f. Bnt- wickelungsmechanik, IV, pp. 125-179 ; 6 plates. (April, 1896.) Abstract m Trans. Am. Micro. Soc. XVII, pp. 172-173. 13 Indiana University \_Eigenmann 83o. Steindachneria. In Am. Nat. XXXI, pp. 158-159. 84. Viviparous fishes. In Overland Montlily. (1898.) 84(1. The Amblyopsidse, the blind fish of America. In Rep. British Assoc, for 1897, pp. 685-686. (1898.) 85. The origin of cave faunas. Abstract in Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 229-230. (1898.) 86. The Amblyopsidae and eyes of blind fishes. Abstract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 230-231. (1898.) 87. A new blind fish. Abstract in Indi- ana Acad. Sci. for 1897, p. 231. (1898.) 88. A case of convergence. In Science, N. S., IX, No. 217, 280-282. (Feb., 1899.) ; also in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 247-257. (1899.) 89. Biological stations. In Indiana Woman for April, 1898.. 90. The Indiana University Biological Station. In Science, N. S., IX, pp. 925-929. (Dec. 22, 1899.) Also in Inland Educator for 1900, pp. 61-65. Figures. 91. Plans for the nevif buildings of the Biological Station. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 55-58. (1899.) 92. Explorations in the caves of Mis- souri and Kentucky. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 58-61. (1899.) 93. The blind fishes of North America. In Pop. Sci. Mo., LVI, pp. 473-486. (Feb., 1899.) 94. The eyes of the blind vertebrates of North America. I. The eyes of the Ambly- opsidse. Archiv f. Entwickelungsmechanik, VIII, pp. 545-617 ; 5 plates. (March, 1899.) . 95. Notes on the blind fishes. In Science, N. S., IX, p. 370. (March 10, 1899.) 96. Preliminary notes upon the arrange- ment of rods and cones in the retina of fishes. (Joint author with George Hansell.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci for 1898, p. 239. (1899.) 97. Degeneration in the eyes of the Amblyopsidae, its plan, process and causes. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 239-241. (1899.) 98. The ear and the hearing of the blind fishes. (Joint author with Albert C. Yoder.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 242-247 ; 2 plates. (1899.) 99. Chologaster agassizii and its eyes. Abstract m Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, p. 251. (1899.) 100. The eye of Typhlomolge from the artesian wells of San Marcos, Texas. Ab- stract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, p. 251. (1899.) 101. The eyes of Typhlotriton spelseus. (Joint author with W. A. Denny.) Ab- stract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 252-253. (1899.) 102. The blind rat of Mammoth cave. (Joint author with James RoUin Slonaker.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 253-257. Figures. (1899.) 102a. Cave animals, their character, ori- gin and their evidence for or against the transmission of acquired characters. In Sci- ence, N. S. X, p. 883. (Dec. 15, 1899.) 103. The blind fishes. In Biol. Lectures Marine Biol. Lab. of Woods Hole for 1899, pp. 113-126. (1900.) 104. The mosaic of single and twin cones in the retina of fishes. (Joint author with George Daniel Shafer.) In Am. Nat., XXXIV, pp. 10-118 ; 1 plate. (Feb., 1900.) 105. Degeneration in the eyes of the cold-blooded vertebrates of the North Amer- ican caves. In Science, N. S., XI, pp. 492- 503. Figures. (March 30, 1900.) 106. The structure of blind fishes. In Pop. Sci. Mo., LVII, pp. 49-58. (May, 1900.) 107. The eyes of blind vertebrates of North America. II. The eyes of Typhlo- molge rathbuni Stejneger. In Trans. Am. Micr. Soc, XXI, pp. 49-60; 2 plates. (May, 1900.) 14 Eigenmann^ Bibliography: Present Faculty 108. Causes of degeneration in blind fishes. In Pop. Sci. Mo., LVII, pp. 397-407. (August, 1900.) 109. Some cases of saltatory variation. (Joint author with Ulysses Uox.) In Science, N. S., XII, p. 300. (Aug. 24, 1900.) 110. A contribution to the fauna of the caves of Texas. In Science, N. S., XII, p. 301. (Aug. 24, 1900.) 111. Sobre alguns peixes de Sao Paulo, Brazil. (Joint author with Allen A. Nor- ris.) In Revista do Museu Paulista, IV, •pp. 349-362. (1900.) 112. Degeneration in the eyes of the cold- blooded vertebrates of the North American caves. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1899, pp. 31-46. Illustrations. (1900.) 113. Convergent evolution as illustrated by the blind lizard Rhineura. In Science, X. S., XII, p. 302. (Aug., 1900.) 114. The development of the eyes in the blind-fish Amblyopsis. In Science, N. S., XII, p. 302. (Aug. 24, 1900.) 115. The eyes of the cave salamander Typhlotriton. In Science, N. S., XII, p. 302. (Aug. 24, 1900.) 116. The development of the Conger eel. In Science, N. S., XII, pp. 401-402. (Sept. 14, 1900.) 117. The eyes of the blind vertebrates of North America. III. The structure and ontogenic degeneration of the eyes of the Jlissouri cave salamander. (Joint author with Winfield Augustus Denny.) In Biol. Bull. II, pp. 33-40 ; 1 plate. (Oct., 1900.) 118. Description of a new cave sala- mander, Spelerpes stejnegeri, from the caves of Southwestern Missouri. In Trans. Am. Mic. Soc, XXII, pp. 189-192; 2 plates. (1900.) Abstract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, pp. 167. (1901.) 119. Some cases of saltatory variation. (Joint author with U. S. Cox.) In Am. Nat., XXXV, pp. 33-38. (Jan., 1901.) 120. Bergiaria. (Joint author with Allen A. Norris.) In Com. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, I., p. 272. (March 18, 1901.) 121. Unilateral coloration with a bilater- al effect. (Joint author with Clarence Ken- nedy.) In Science, XIII, pp. 828-830. (1901.) 122. Description of a new oceanic fish found off southern New England. In Bull. U. S. Fish Com., XXI, p. 35. (1901.) Ab- stract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, p. 166. (1901.) 128. The egg and development of the Conger eel. In Bull. U. S. Fish Com., XXI, pp. 37-44. Illustrations. (1901.) Abstract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, pp. 165-166. aOOl.) 124. Investigations into the history of the young Squeteague. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXI, pp. 45-51. Illustrations. (1901.) Abstract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, p. 166. (1901.1 125. The Leptocephalus of the American eel and other American Leptocephali. (Joint author with Clarence Hamilton Ken- nedy.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XXI, pp. 81-92. Illustrations. (1901.) Abstract in Science, N. S. XIV, p. 631. (Oct. 25, 1901.) 126. The mounting of the remains of Megalonyx jefEersoni from Henderson, Ky. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, p. 166. (1901.) 127. The solution of the eel question. In Trans. Am. Micr. Soc, XXIII, pp. 5-lS ; 4 plates. (May, 1902.) 128. The physical basis of heredity. In Pop. Sci. Mo., LXI, pp. 32-44. Illustrations. (May, 1902.) 128a. The blind fish of Cuba. In Sci- ence, N. S. XVI, p. 347. (Aug. 29, 1902.) 129. The Carnegie institution. In Sci- ence, N. S., XVI, pp. 792-793. (Nov. 14, 1902.) 130. The eyes of the blind vertebrates of (2) 15 Indiana University \_Eigenmann North America. IV. The eyes of Rhineura floridana. In Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., IV, pp. 533-538; 3 plates. (Sept., 1902.) Abstracts in I'roc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1901, p. 107 (1902), and in Science, N. S. XIV, p. 631. (Oct. 25, 1901.) 131. The history of the eye of Amblyop- sis. Abstracts in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1901, pp. 101-106 (1902) ; in Science, N. S. XIV, p. 6.31 (Oct. 25, 1901) ; and in Science, N. S. XV, pp. 523-524 (April 4, 1902.) 132. Zoological miscellany. In Proc. In- diana Acad. Sci. for 1901, pp. 107-113. (1902.) 183. The solution of the eel problem. In World Today, IV, pp. 478-482. (April, 1903.) 134. In search of blind fishes in Cuba. In World Today, V, pp. 1129-1136. Illustra- tions. (Sept., 1903.) 135. Auf der Suche nach blinden Fischen in Cuba. In Die Umschau, VII, pp. 365- 367. (May 2, 1903.) 136. Variation notes. (Joint author with 0. H. Kennedy.) In Biol. Bull., IV, pp. 227-230. (April, 1903.) 137. Report on the freshwater fishes of Western Cuba. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1902, pp. 211-236; 4 plates. (July, 1903.) 138. The water supply of Havana, Cuba. In Science, N. S., XVIII, pp. 281-282. (Aug. 28, 1893) ; and in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1902, pp. 65-67. (1903.) 139. On a collection of fishes from Para- guay with a synopsis of the American gen- era of Ciehlids. (Joint author with C. H. Kennedy.) In Proc. Acad. Sci., Phila. for 1903, pp. 497-537. (Sept., 1903.) 140. Some new genera of South Ameri- can fresh-water fishes and new names for some old genera. In Smithson. Misc. Colls., XL V, pp. 144-148. (Dec, 1903.) 141. The eyes of the blind vertebrates of North America. V. The history of the eye of Amblyopsis from the beginning of its de- velopment to its disintegration in old age. In E. L. Mark anniversary volume, pp. 167- 204; plates xii-xv. (1904.) Abstract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1901, pp. 101- 105. AuTHUE Lee Foley, A.B. (1890), A.M. (1891), Ph.D. Professor of Physics. 1. The surface tension of liquids. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 67-75. 2. Surface tension of liquids. In- Phys. Rev., Ill, No. 5, pp. 381-386. (March- April, 1896.) 3. Arc spectra. In Electrical Eng., XXIV. (Sept. 16, 1897.) 4. Arc spectra. In Proc. A. A. A. S., XLVI, pp. 93-94. (1897..) 5. Arc spectra. In Phys. Rev., V. No. 8, pp. 129-151; 5 plates. (Sept., 1897.) 6. Variations in the spectrum of the open and closed electric arc. In Proc. Indi- ana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 95-97. j 7. Electrolytic nature of the electric j arc. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 100-103. 8. The spectrum of cyanogen. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 97- 100. 9. X-ray transparency. In Proc. In- diana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 74-75. 10. Diamond fluorescence. In Proc. In- diana Acad. Sci. for 1899, pp. 94-95. 11. Review of Cojori's 'History of physics.' In Phys. Rev., XIII, No. 5, pp. 315-316. (May- June, 1899.) 12. Diamond-glass fluorescence. /» Science, XIII, pp. 732-734. (1901.) 13. A method of measuring the absolute dilation of mercury. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, p. 99. 14. An improved Wehnelt interrupter. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, pp. 97-98. 16 Hepburn^ Bibliography : Present Faculty 15. A modified Wehnelt interrupter. In Elec. World and Eng., XXXIX, pp. 373-374. (March 1, 1902.) 16. On the use of nicljel in the core of a Marconi magnetic detector. In Proc. In- diana Acad. Sci. for 1903. 17. A remarkable distribution of carbon on the bulb of a 'Hylo' incandescent lamp. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903. 18. On the use of manganese dioxide in the generation of oxygen from potassium- chlorate. (Joint author with R. R. Ramsey.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903. 19. On the use of nickel in the core of a Marconi magnetic detector. In Phys. Rev., XVIII, pp. 349-354. (May, 1904.) 20. A remarkable distribution of the carbon deposit on the bulb of a 'Hylo' in- candescent lamp. In Science for 1904. 21. A peculiar deposit of carbon on the bulb of a 'Hylo' lamp. In Elec. World and Eng. for 1904. 22. A modified magnetic detector. In Elect. World and Eng. for 1904. (In press.) Samuel Bannister Harding, A.B. (1890), Ph.D. Junior Professor of European History. 1. American history, 1781-1829. ( Syl- labus of the university extension department of the University of the State of New York.) Albany, N. T., 1892. Pp. 61. 2. The 'minimum' principle in the tariff of 1828, and its recent revival. In Annals Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci., VI, July, pp. 100-116. (1895.) Published sep- arately as No. 153 of the publications of Am. Acad, of Pol. and Soc. Sci. 3. Party struggles over the first Penn- sylvania constitution. In Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. Asso. for 1894, pp. 371-402. (1895.) 4. The contest over the ratification of the federal constitution in the state of Massachusetts. (Harvard historical studies, No. 2.) New York, 1896. Pp. vi, 194. 5. Review of Edward Channing and Albert B. Hart's 'Guide to the study of American history.' In Inland Educator, III, pp. 315-317. (Jan., 1897.) 6. Greek gods, heroes, and men ; a primer of the mythology and history of the Greeks. (Joint author with Mrs. Caroline H.Harding.) Chicago, 1897. Pp. vi, 195 ; illustrated. 7. The city of the seven hills ; a book of stories from the history of ancient Rome. (Joint author with Mrs. Caroline H. Hard- ing.) Chicago, 1898. Pp. 274; illustrated. Revised edition, 1902, pp. 268. 8. The story of the Middle Ages. Chi- cago, 1901. Pp. 224 ; illustrated. 9. Missouri party struggles in the Civil War period. In Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. Asso. for 1900, I, pp. 85-103. (1901.) 10. Review of Lewis Einstein's 'The Italian Renaissance in England.' In Am. Hist. Rev., VIII, pp. 124-126. (Oct., 1902.) 11. Review of George M. Wrong's 'The British nation ; a history.' In Am. Hist. Rev., IX, pp. 348-350. (Jan., 1904.) 12. Essentials in mediseval and modern history. ( In consultation with Albert Bush- nell Hart.) New York, 1904. Pp. about 500; illustrations and maps. (In press.) 13. Life of George R. Smith, founder of Sedalia, Mo. Privately printed, 1904. Pp. about 400; illustrated. (In press.) Charles M. Hepburn, A.M., LL.B. Pro- fessor of Law. 1. The historical development of code pleading in America and England. Cincin- nati, 1897. Pp. xvi, 318. 2. A selection of cases and statutes on the principles of code pleading. With notes. Cincinnati, 1899. Pp. xxxvi, 651. 17 Indiana University [_Herskey Amos Shaetie Hersiiey, Ph.D. Associate Professor of European History and Politics. 1. Die KontroUe uber die Gesetzgebung in den Vereingten Staaten von Nord Amer- ika. Heidelberg, 1894. Pp. 72. 2. The recognition of Cuban belliger- ency. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci., VII, pp. 450401. (May, 1896.) Published separately as No. 1T5 of the publications of the Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Scl. 3. Intervention and the recognition of Cuban independence. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci., XI, pp. 353-381. (May, 1898.) Published separately as No. 228 of the publications of the Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci. 4. Higher education in Indiana. In Normal Vidette, VII, pp. 113-119; illus- trated. (April, 1900.) 5. The Venezuelan affair in the light of international law. In Am. Law Reg., N. S., XLII, pp. 249-268. (May, 1903.) 6. The importance of dates and maps in the teaching and study of history, or the location of events in time and space. In Bducator-.Iournal, IV, pp. 113-118. (Nov., 1903.) 7. The Panama question. In Green Bag, XVI, np. 265-267. (April, 1904.) 8. Some questions in international law arising from the Russo-Japanese war : I. Failure to declare war and violation of Ko- rean neutrality. In Green Bag, XVI. (May, 1904.) 9. Some questions in international law arising from the Russo-Japanese war : II. The Hay note and Chinese neutrality. In Green Bag, XVI. (June, 1904.) HoBACE Addison Hoffman, A.B. (1881), A.M. Professor of Greek. 1. The religious and ethical views of .aSschylus. In Indiana University Bulletin, March, 1888. 2. The study of man through language and literature. In Proe. Indiana Coll. Asso. for 1889. 3. A catalogue of the fishes of Greece, with notes on the names now in use and those employed by classical authors. (Joint author with David Starr Jordan.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Augast 17, 1892. Harold Whetstone Johnston, L.H.D. Professor of Latin. 1. The Roman commonwealth. Chi- cago, 1891. Pp. 25. 2. M. Tulli* Ciceronis orationes et epis- tolae selectae. Selected orations and lettere of Cicero with historical' introduction, ar. outline of the Roman constitution, notes, e:i- cursuses, vocabulary, and index. Chicago, 1892. Pp. 814. 3. Revision of C. M. Lowe and J. T. Swing's 'Caesar's Gallic war.' Chicago, 1894. Pp. 542. 4. Latin manuscripts. Chicago, 1897. Pp. 130; illustrated. 5. A collection of examples illustrat- ing the metrical licenses of Vergil. Chicago, 1898. Pp. 54. 6. The teaching of Vergil. CnicafeO, 1898. Pp. 16. 7. Review of Macmillan's 'Latin dic- tionary.' In School Rev., VI, pp. 136 7. (Feb., 1898.) 8. Cicero's orations and letters. (Joint author with F. W. Sanford, A.M.) Chi- cago, 1899. Pp. 797. 9. Review of Gudeman's 'Latin liter- ature of the Empire.' In School Revieiv, VIII, pp. 179-180. (March, 1899.) 10. The teaching of second-year Latiii with prefatory note by W. G. Hale. Chicago, 1901. Pp. 16. 18 Lindley'\ Bibliography: Present Faculty 11. The Roman name. Chicago, 1901. Pp. 16. 12. The teaching of Latin in the second year. In School Review, X, pp. 69-76. (Jan., 1902.) 13. The private life of the Romans. Chicago, 1903. Pp. 344 ; illustrated. 14. Caesar's Gallic war. (Joint author with F. W. Sanford, A.M.) Boston, 1904. Albert Frederick Ktjersteijstee, Ph.D. Professor of Romance Languages. 1. Review of J. A. Perez Bonalde's 'El Kuerbo por Edgar Allan Poe, Traduk- zion direkta del Ingles.' In Le Maltre Pho- ngtique, X, pp. 146-147. (Aug., 1895.) 2. Note sur I'e muet. In Le Maltre Phonetique, X, pp. 154-155. (Sept., 1895.) 3. Apuntes sobre la pronunciacion cas- tellana. In Le Maitre Phon6tique, XI, pp. 217-221. (Dec, 1896.) 4. Review of B. Roettger's 'Die Alt- franzosischen Lautgesetze in Tabellen.' In Le Maltre Phongtique, XII, pp. 84-85. (March, 1897.) 5. Review of Peter E. Traub's 'The Spanish verb, with an introduction on Span- ish pronunciation.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, XVIII, pp. 182-184. (June, 1903.) Hermann und Dorothea.' In Jour. Ger. Phil., Ill, pp. 380-383. (1901.) Eugene Leser, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of German. ^ 1. Fehler und Lileken in der Li Ser- mon saint Bernart benannten Predigtsamm- lung. Nebst einem lexicalischen Anhange. Sondershausen, 1887. Pp. 119. 2. Parler frangais comme une vache espagnnle. In Mod. Lang. Notes, IX, p. 224. 3. Modern French g4ne = Old French gehine (from gehir.) In Mod. Lang. Notes, X, pp. 168-169. 4. Review of J. T. Hatfield's 'Goethe's Ernest Hibam Lindlet, A.B. (1893), A.M. (1894) , Ph.D. Professor of Psychology and Philosophy. ^ 1. Review of Theodore Kses's (a) 'Bei- trage zur Kenntniss des Reichtums der Grosshirnrinde des Menschen an markhal- tigen Nervenfasern' ; (b) 'Ueber den Mark- fasergehalt der Grosshirnrinde eines 1% jahr- igen mannlichen Kindes' ; (e) 'Ueber Gross- hirnrindenmasse und tlber Anordnung der Markfasersysteme in der Rinde des Men- schen, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage : Un terscheidet sich . die Rinde des Kulturmen- schen von den niederen Racen in Bezug auf Kaliber, Reichtum und Anordnung der markhaltigen Nervenfasern?' In Am. Jour. Psych., VII, pp. 281-284. (Jan., 1896.) 2. A preliminary study of some of the motor phenomena of mental effort. In Am. Jour. Psych., VII, pp. 491-517. (July, 1896.) 3. Some mental automatisms. (Joint author with G. E. Partridge.) In Ped. Sem., V, pp. 41-60. (July, 1897.) 4. A study of puzzles, with special ref- erence to the psychology of mental adapta- tion. In Am. Jour. Psych., VIII, pp. 431- 493. (July, 1897.) 5. Ueber Arbeit und Ruhe. In Psy- ehologische Arbeiten, herausg. von E. Krsepe- lin. Heidelberg, III, 3 Heft, pp. 481-534. 6. Child study in Germany. In Indi- ana Sch. Jour., XLIV, pp. 159-160. (March, 1899.) 7. Science in the daily press. (Joint author with William L. Bryan.) In Science, N. S. XI, p. 74. (1900.) 8. An arithmetical prodigy. (Joint author with W. L. Bryan.) In Proc. Am. Psych. Asso., New Haven, 1900. In Psych. Rev., VII, p. 135. (1900.) 19 Indiana University \_Lindley 9. The case of Arthur Griffith, arith- metical prodigy. (Joint author with W. L. Bryan.) In Oomte rendu du IVe Congr6s International de Psychologie tenu a Paris, 1900, p. 178. 10. Review of J. H. Leuba's (a) 'The state of death' (Am. Jour. Psych., XIV, pp. 133-145) ; (b) 'Introduction to a psychologi- cal study of religion' (Monist, XI, pp. 195- 225) ; (c) 'The contents of religious con- sciousness' (Monist, XI, pp. 536-573) ; (d) 'Religion, its impulses and its ends' (Monist, 1902-03). In Am. Jour. Religious Psych. and Educ, I. (May, 1904.) Robert Edward Lyons, A.B. (1889), A.M. (1890), Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry. 1. A method for the estimation of al- bumin in urine. (Joint author with T. 0. Van Niiys.) In Am. Chem. Jour. XII, pp. 1-17. (1890.) 2. Carbon di-oxide in the urine. (Joint author with T. C. Van Niiys.) In Am. Ghem. Jour., XIV, pp. 14-20. (1892.) 3. Die Phenylverbindungen von Schwe- fel, Selen uud Tellur. Heidelberg, 1894. Pp. 40. 4. TJeber Diphenylselenide und einige Derivate desselben. (Joint author with F. KrafCt.) In Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges., XXVII, pp. 1760-1768. (1894.) 5. Ueber Diphenyltellurid und ein Verfahren zur Darstellung von Sulphiden, Seleniden und Telluriden. (Joint author with F. KrafCt.) In Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges. XXVII, pp. 1768-1773. (1894.) 6. The effect of grape sugar upon the composition of certain fat producing bac- teria. In Proc. Indiana Acad: Sci. for 1895, pp. 85-88. 7. Ueber Diphenylselenon, C„Hb . SeOj. CoHb. (Joint author with F. KrafEt.) In Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges. XXIX, pp. 424- 429. (1896.) 8. The qualitative analysis of inor- ganic bodies. (Joint author with L. S. Davis.) Anderson, Ind., 1897. Pp. 210. 9. Analyses of certain Indiana shales and fire clays. (Assisted by O. W. Brown.) In Ann. Rep. State Geologist for 1898, pp. 68, 69, 114, 115, 130, 134. 10. A . manual toxicological analysis. (Joint author with L. S. Davis.) Ander- son, Ind., 1899. Pp. 112, and color plate. 11. The qualitative analysis of inorganic bodies. (Joint author with L. S. Davis.) Anderson, Ind., 1900. Second edition, pp. 151. 12. Analyses of certain Indiana mineral waters. In Ann. Rep. of State Geologist for 1901, pp. 70, 76, 83. 13. The quantitative determination of selenium in organic compounds. (Joint au- thor with F. L. Shinn. ) In Jour. Am. Chem. Soc, XXIV, pp. 1085-1094 (1902) ; also in Zeits. f. anal. Chem., XLII, pp. 659-661. (1902.) 14. Review of William Dodge Frost's 'Laboratory guide in elementary bacteriol- ogy.' Second edition. In Jour. Am. Chem. Soc, XXIV, pp. 595-596. (1902.) 15. Analyses of certain Indiana coals. (Assisted by F. C. Mathers.) In Ann. Rep. of State Geologist for 1903. 16. Analyses of certain Indiana lime- stones and limes. (Assisted by F. C. Math- ers.) In Annual Report of State Geolo- gist, 1903. 17. Review of R. H. Aders Plimmer's 'Chemical changes 'and products resulting from fermentations.' In Jour. Am. Chem. Soc, XXVI, pp. 113. (1904.) Vernon Freeman Maksters, A.M. Pro- fessor of Geology. 1. Triassic traps of Nova Scotia, with notes on other intrusives of Pictou and An- 20 Moenkhaus'\ Bibliography : Present Faculty tigonish counties, Nova Scotia. In Am. Geol., V, pp. 140-145. (1890.) 2. On certain camptonite dikes near Wliitehall, Washington county, N. T. (Joint autlior with J. F. Kemp.) In Am. Geol., IV, pp. 97-102. (1889.) 3. The trap dikes of the Lake Gham- plain region. (Joint author with J. F. Kemp.) In Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 107, pp. 11-62. (1893.) 4. Geologic literature of Indiana stratigraphic and economic. (Joint author with B. M. Kindle.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893. (1894.) 5. Camptonites and other intrusives of Liake Memphramagog. In Am. Geol., XVI, pp. 25-39; 1 map. (1895.) 6. Aids in teaching physical geogra- phy. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1899, pp. 54-60; 1 pi. (1900.) 7. Topography and geography of Bean Blossom valley, Monroe county, Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1901, pp. 222- 237; 4 figures, 6 plates. (1902.) John Anthont Milleb, A.B. (1890), Ph. D. Professor of Mechanics and Astron- 6. The perseids of 1898. In Pop. As- tron., VII, p. 406; 1 plate. (Sept., 1899.) 7. Kirkwood observatory. In Pub. Ast. Soc. of the Pacific, XIII, pp. 189-140 ; 1 plate. 8. Meteor showers. In Inland Edu- cator, IX, pp. 116-121. (Oct., 1899.) 9. The leonids of 1900. In Proc. In- diana Acad. Sci. for 1900, pp. 78-74. 10. The Kirkwood observatory of Indi- ana University. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1901, pp. 85-87. 11. Inorganic nature study : the sky. In Teachers' Journal, III, pp. 20-21, 75-77, 121-124, 235-241, 273-276, 884-416. 1-i plates. 12. Photographic observations of comet e 1902. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1902, p. 80. 13. Double-star measures. In Astro. Jour., XXIII, pp. 167-169. (Sept., 1903.) 14. Double-star measures. In Astro. Jour., XXIV, pp. 15-16. (1904.) 15. Measures of new double stars, se- lected from the Leipzig A. G. catalogue. In Astronomische Nachrichten, CLXI. (1904.) 16. Concerning certain elliptic func- tions of square rank. In Am. Jour. Math., XXVI. (In press.) 1. A trigonometry for beginners. New York, 1896. Pp. vii, 147 ; 67 plates. 2. An infinite system of forms satis- fying the requirements of Hubert's law. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 80-84. 3. The leonids of 1898. In Proc. In- diana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 151-153. 1 plate. 4. A linear relation between certain of Klein's X-functions and Sigma-functions of lower division value. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 154-157. 5. Meteor showers. In Inland Edu- cator, VII, pp. 147-151; 2 plates. (Nov., 1898.) William J. Moenkhaus, A.B. (1894), A.M. (1895), Ph.D. Associate Pro- fessor of Physiology. 1. Variation in the color-pattern of Etheostoma caprodes. (Abstract.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, pp. 231- 232. 2. Some cases of mimicry in fishes. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1894, p. 86. 3. Variation of North American fishes. I. The variation of Etheostoma caprodes Kafinesque. In Am. Nat., XXVIII, pp. 641-658; 4 plates. (August, 1894.) 21 Indiana University {^Moenkhaus 4. Notes on a collection of fishes from Dubois county, Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 159-162. 5. A'ariation of North American fishes. II. The variation of Etheostoma caprodes Rafinesque in Turkey lake and Tippecanoe lake. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 278-296 ; 9 figures. 6. aiaterial for the study of the vari- ation of Etheostoma caprodes Rafinesque and Etheostoma nigrum Rafinesque in Turkey lake and Tippecanoe lake. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 207-228 ; 6 figures. 7. Contribuigao para o conhecimento das aranhas de S. Paulo. In Revista do Museu Paulista, III, pp. 77-112. 1 plate. (1898.) 8. The spinning of the egg-sac in Ly- cosa. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1901, pp. 113-114. 9. Experiments in the hybridization of fislies. (Abstract.) 7»i Proc. Indiana. Acad. Soi. for 1901, p. 114. 10. An aberrant Etheostoma. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1901, pp. 115-116. 11. The individuality of the maternal and paternal chromosomes in the hybrid be- tween Fuudulus heteroclitus and Jlenidia uotata. (Abstract.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1902, p. 111. 12. An extra pair of appendages modi- fied for copulatory purposes in Cambarus viridis. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1002, pp. 111-112 ; 2 figures. 13. Description of a new darter from Tippecanoe Lake. In Bull. U. S. Fish Com., XXII, pp. 397-898; 1 figure. (Au- gust, 1903.) 14. The development of the hybrids be- tween Fundulus heteroclitus and Menidia notata with especial reference to the beha- vior of the maternal and paternal chromo- somes. In Amer. Jour. Anat., Ill, pp. 29- 67: 4 plates. (1904.) Edward Payson SIorton, A.M., Assistant Professor of English. 1. A lesson in English from a recent novel. In Inland Educator, II, pp. 150-152. (April, 1896.) 2. Shakespeare in the seventeenth cen- tury. In .Jour. Ger. Phil., I, pp. 31-44. (1897.) 3. Review of Jlyra Reynolds's ' The treatment of nature in English poetry from Pope to Wordsworth.' In Jour. Ger. Phil., I, pp. 262-263. (1897.) 4. Review of Francis Turner Pal- grave's 'Landscape in poetry from Homer , to Tennyson.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, XII, pp. 414-417. (Nov., 1897.) 5. Review of Oscar Kuhns's 'The treatment of nature in Dante's Divma Commedia.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, XII, p. 495-498. (Dec, 1897.) 6. Goldsmith's 'Vicar of Wakefield.' Chicago, J 898. Pp. xxv, 254. 7. Shakespeare's 'Julius Caesar.' Chi cago, 1900. Pp. xxvi, 131. 8. Ruskin's 'Pathetic fallacy,' and ? Keats's treatment of nature. In Poet Lore, XII, 58-70. (Jan.-March, 1900.) 9. A method of teaching metrics. In Mod. I>ang. Notes, XV, pp. 193-202. (April, J 1900.) " 10. Review of Mark Harvey Liddell's 'An introduction to the scientific study of poetry.' In Mod. X.^ng. Notes, XVII, pp. 431-434. (Nov., 1902.) 11. Chaucer's Identical rhymes. In Mod. Lang. Notes, XVIII, pp. 73-74. (March, 1903.) 12. Shakespeare's 'Twelfth Night.' New York, 1903. Pp. xiii, 179. 13. Review of Raymond Macdonald Alden's 'English verse.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, XVItl, pp. 174-176. (June, 1903.) v 14. Review of Joseph Bickersteth Mayor's 'A handbook of modern English | metre.' In Mod. Lang. Notes. (In press.) 22 Mottier] Bibliography : Present Faculty Charles Alfeed Mosemiixer, A.B. (1890),. Assistant Professor of Romance Lan- guages. 1. Concerning the etymology of the French word son (=bran).. In Mod. Lang. Notes, XVIII, p. 224. (Nov., 1903.) 2. The origin of the French word cannelerge. In Mod. Lang. Notes, XIX, pp. 46-47. (Feb., 1904.) David Myees Mottier, A.B. (1891), A.M. (1892), Ph.D., Professor of Botany. 1. Notes on the apical growth of liver- worts. In Bot. Gaz., XVI, p. 141. 1 plate. (1891.) 2. On the archegonium and the apical growth of the stem in Tsuga canadensis and Pinus sylvestris. In Bot. Gaz., XVII, p. 141 ;1 plate. (1892.) 3. On the development of the embryo- sac of Arisaema triphyllum. In Bot. Gaz., XVII, p. 258; 1 plate. (1892.) 4. The phylogeny of ferns. A review of J. Bretland Farmer's 'On the embry- ogeny of Angioptftris evecta Hoffm.' (Ann. Bot., VI, p. 265.) In Bot. Gaz., XVIII, p. 106. (1893.) 5. On the embryo-sac and embryo of Senecio aureus. In Bot. Gaz., XVIII, pp. 245-253; 2 plates. (1893.) 6. Development of the embryo-sac of Acer rubrum. In Bot. Gaz., XVIII, pp. 375-377; 1 plate. (1893.) 7. Contributions to the life-history of Notothylas. In Ann. Bot., VIII, pp. 391- 402; 3 plates. (1894.) 8. Contributions to the embryology of the Ranunculacese. In Bot. Gaz., XX, pp. 241-248, 296-304 ; 4 plates. (1895.) 9. Beitrage zar Kenntniss der Kern- theilung in den Pollenmutterzellen einiger Dikotylen und Monokotylen. In Jahrb. fur wiss. Bot., XXX, pp. 169-204; 6 plates. (1897.) 10. Ueber das Verhalten der Kerne bei der Entwickelung des Embryosacks und die Vorgange bei der Befruchtung. In Jahrb. fur wiss. Bot, XXXI, pp. 125-158; 3 plates. (1897.) 11. Ueber den zweiten Theilungsschritt in Pollenmutterzellen. (Joint author with Edouard Strasburger. ) In Ber. der Deutsch. Bot. Gesellschaft, XV, pp. 327-332 ; 1 plate. (1897.) 12. Ueber die Chromosomenzahl bei der Entwickelung der Pollenkorner von Allium. In Ber. der Deutsch. Bot. Gesellschaft, XV, p. 474. (1897.) 13. Das Centrosom bei Dictyota. In Ber. der Deutsch. Bot. Gesellschaft, XVI, pp. 123-128. (1898.) 14. The centrosome in cells of the gametophyte of Marchantia. In Proc. Indi- ana Acad. Sci. for 1898. 15. Endosperm haustoria of Lilium can- didum. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898. 16. Nuclear division in vegetative cells. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898. 17. The effect of centrifugal force upon the cell. In Ann. Bot., XIII, pp. 325-361 ; 1 plate. (1899.) 38. Nuclear and cell division in Dicty- ota dichotoma. In Ann. Bot., XIV, pp. 163- 192; 2 plates. (1900.) 19. A practical laboratory guide for the first year in botany. Bloomington, Ind.. 1902. 20. The behavior of the chromosomes in the spore mother-cells of higher plants and the homology of the pollen and embryo-sac mother cells. In Bot. Gaz., XXXV, pp. 250-282 ; 4 plates. (1903.) 21. The development of the spermato- zoid of Chara. In Ann. Bot, XVIII; 1 plate. (1904.) 22. Further studies on anomalous di- 23 Indiana University IMottier cotyledonous plants. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1904. 23. Fecundation in plants. Washing- ton, 1904. BuETON DOEE Myers, M.D. Associate Pro- fessor of Anatomy. 1. The Chiasma of the toad (Bufo len- tiginosus) and of some other vertebrates. /» Zeitschrift f. Morphologie u. Anthropol- ogie, III, pp. 183-207; 2 plates. (1901.) 2. Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Chias- raas und der Commissuren am Boden des dritten Ventrikels. In Archiv f. Anat. u. Physiologie for 1902, Anatomische Abth., pp. 32 ; 15 plates. 3. Fixation of tissues by injection. In Jour. App. Micr. for Nov., 1903. 4. Review of Gerrish's 'Text-book of anatomy.' In Johns Hopkins Bull, for April, 1903. 5. Review of Karl Camillo Schneider's 'Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Histologie der Thiere.' In Science, Sept. 25, 1903. John Scholte Nollen, Ph.D. Professor of German. 1. Goethes Gotz von Berlichingen auf der Buhne. Leipzig, 1893. Pp. 134. 2. Review of Elias J. MacBwan's translation of Freytag's 'Technique of the drama.' In Dial, XVIII, pp. 77-79. (Feb., 1895.) Also In Mod. Lang. Notes, X, pp. 76-77. (Feb., 1895.) 3. Review of Louis P. Betz's 'Heine in Frankreich.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, X, pp. 441-443. (Nov., 1895.) 4. Heinrich von Kleist's 'Prinz Fried- rich von Homburg.' Boston, 1899. Pp. Ixxii, 172. 5. Review of A. B. Faust's 'Heine's prose.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, XV, pp. 103- 108. (Feb., 1900.) 6. Notes on the modern drama : Ibsen and Hauptmann. In Faculty Corner, Grin- nell, pp. 47-64. (1901.) 7. Heine and Wilhelm Miiller. In Mod. Lang. Notes, XVII, pp. 207-218, 261- 276. (April, May, 1902.) 8. Kritisches und Prinzipielles zu Wolffs 'Jugendlustspielen von Heinrich von Kleist.' In Jour. Ger. Phil., IV, pp. 483- 519. (1902.) 9. Review of R. M. Meyer's 'Grundriss der neueren deutschen Litteraturgeschichte.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, XVII, pp. 391-395. (June, 1902.) 10. College and university in the middle west. In Iowa College Circulars, II, pp. 1- 10. (Oct., 1902.) 11. Elective studies and courses in sec- ondary schools. In Iowa College Circulars, 11, pp. 47-59. (Dec, 1902.) 12. Review of Edward Stockton Meyer's 'Franz Grillparzer's Der Traum em Leben.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, XVIII, pp. 122-124. (April, 1903.) 13. A chronology and practical bibliog- raphy of modern German literature. Chi- cago, 1903. Pp. 118. 14. Outline history of modern German literature, introductory to the texts of the 'Lake' German series. Cfhicago, 1903. Pp. 122. 15. German poems, 1800-1850. Chicago, 1904. 16. Review of John G. Robertson's 'A history of German literature.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, XIX, pp. 17-20. (Jan., 1904.) 17. Schiller's poems. New York, 1904. Cael Wilhelm Ferdinand Osthaus, A.j\l. (1890). Associate Professor of German. 1. Review, of Hager's 'Freytag's Aus dem Staat Friedrichs des Grossen.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, V, pp. 301-303. (May, 1890.) 24 Rothrock ] Bibliography : Present Faculty 2. Gerstacker's 'Germelshausen.' With introduction and English notes. Boston, 1891. Pp. vii, 56. 3. Eichendorff's 'Aus dem Leben eines Taugenichts.' With introduction and Eng- lish notes. Boston, 1892. Pp. ix, 176. 4. Review of Oarruth's 'Schiller's Wil- helm Tell.' In Jour. Ger. Phil., II, pp. 125- 126. (1898.) 5. Ein litterarischer Vandalismus ? (Erwiderung). In Paedagogische Monats- hefte, I, pp. 8-10. (March, 1900.) 6. Abridged editions of modern Ger- man authors. Reviews of nine different novels. In Jour. Ger. Phil., IV, pp. 248- 259. (1902.) 7. Where empire and republic meet. In Western Camera Notes, IV pp. 221-225; 5 plates. (Sept., 1903.) 8. Revision of Mary A. Frost's edition of Seheffel's 'Trompeter von Sakkingen,' with introduction and notes. New York, 1904. Roy Hendebson Peering, A.B. (1894), A.M. (189G). Instructor in German. 1. An English criticism of Schiller's 'Robbers.' In Germ. Amer. Ann. N. S., I, pp. 304-315. (June, 1903.) RoiXA Rot Ramsey, A.B. (1895), A.M. (1898), Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Physics. 1. A photographic study of electrolytic cells. In Phys. Rev., IV, pp. 189-190; 1 plate. (1899.) 2. Eine photographische Untermahung elektrolytercher Tellen. In Physikalische Zeitschrift, I, p. 269. (1900.) 3. The effect of gravity and pressure on electrolytic cells. In Phys. Rev., XIII, pp. 1-30; 17 plates, 9 tables. (1901.) 4. Die Wirkung von Schwere und Druck auf die elektrolyteschen Vorgange. In Physikalische Zeitschrift, Hi, pp. 177- 182; 4 tables. (1902.) 5. The change of volume in chalk and cadmium cells and its relation to change of electromotive force due to pressure. In Phys. Rev., XVI, pp. 105-111; 1 plate, 3 tables. (1903.) William A Rawles, A.B. (1884), A.M. (1895), Ph.D. Junior Professor of Po- litical Economy. 1. The government of the people of the State of Indiana. Philadelphia, 1897. Pp. vi, 172. 12 plates. 2. Centralizing tendencies in the ad- ministration of Indiana. New York, 1903. Pp. 336. George Loms Reiwhaed, LL.D. Professor of Law and Dean of the School of Law. 1. Indiana criminal law. Cincinnati, 1879. Pp. xxii, 523. 2. Judicial opinions and decisions as judge of Indiana Appellate court. In Indi- ana App. Ct. Rep., I-XVII. (1891-1897.) 3. Agency. A treatise on the law of principal and agent. Indianapolis, 1903. Pp. cxi, 656. 4. The right to practice law. In Proc. Indiana State Bar Asso. for 1902, pp. 129-151. 5. American law schools and the teach- ing of law. In Green Bag, XV. (March, 1904.) David Andrew Rothrock, A.B. (1892), A.M. (1893), Ph.D. Associate Profes- sor of Mathematics. 1. Invariants of the finite continuous groups of the plane. In Am. Math. Mo., V, pp. 249-264. (Nov., 1898.) 25 Indiana University \_Rothrock 2. Point invariants of the Lie groups. In. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 119-135. 3. Differential invariants derived from point invariants. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 135-147. 4. An algebra for high schools. (Joint author with R. J. Aley.) New York, 1904. (In press.) Martin Wright Sampson, A.M. Professor of English. 1. Milton's Lyric and Dramatic Poems. New York, 1901. Pp. 1, 345. 2. Webster's 'Duchess of Malfy,' and 'The White Devil.' Boston, 1904. Pp. xxxvi, 422. 3. Irving's Life of Goldsmith. New York, 1905. 4. About 2.50 to 300 reviews and articles in Critic, Dial, Auglia, Outlook, Nation, Modern Language Quarterly, Jour- nal of Germanic Philology, etc. GuiDO Hekmann Stempel, A.JI. Asso- ciate Professor of Comparative Philol- ogy. 1. Sein und haben. In Germania, III, pp. 132-135. (June 1, 1891.) 2. Review of Charles F. Johnson's 'English words.' In School and College, I, pp. 255-250. (April, 1892.) 3. Review of Emil Trechmann's 'A short historical grammar of the German language, translated and adapted from Pro- fessor Behaghel's Deutsche Sprache.' In Academy, VII, pp. 308-309. (June, 1892.) 4. Wilhelm Bliiller. In Germania, VI, 14-18. (May, 1894.) 5. Review of Charles Sears Baldwin's 'The inflections and syntax of the Jlorte d'Arthur.' In Dial.^VIII, p. 25. (Jan. 1, 1895.) 6. Review of Francis B. Gummere's 'Old English ballads.' In Dial, XVIII, p. 87. (Feb. 1, 1895.) 7. Review of Alfred M. Williams's 'Studies in folk-song and popular poetry.' In Dial, XVIII, pp. 182-183. (March 16, 1895.) 8. Review of Oliver Farrar Emerson's 'The history of the English language.' In School Rev., Ill, pp. 229-233. (April, 1895.) 9. Review of Edward S. Joynes's 'Schiller's Maria Stuart.' In Educ. Rev., X, pp. 499-500. (Dec, 1895.) 10. Review of Walter W. Skeat's 'The student's Chaucer.' In School Rev., V. (Oct., 1897.) 11. Review of Hermann B. Bolsen's 'Preparatory book of German prose.' In Alumnus, I, No. 2, pp. 32-33. (Nov., 1898.) 12. Review of Caroline H. Harding and Samuel B. Harding's 'Greek gods, heroes, and men.' In Alumnus, I, No. 2, p. 33. (Nov., 1898.) 13. Review of Carl Osthaus's 'Eichen- dorff's Aus dem Leben eines Taugenichts.' In Alumnus, I, No. 2, p. 34. (Nov., 1898.) 14. Review of Caroline H. Harding and Samuel B. Harding's 'The city of the seven hills.' In Alumnus, I, No. 3, pp. 35-36. (Feb., 1898.) 15. Review of Harold W. Johnston's 'Latin manuscripts.' In Alumnus, I, No. 3, pp. 36-37. (Feb., 1898.) 16. Review of Edward P. Morton's 'Goldsmith's The Vicar of Wakefield.' In Alumnus, I, No. 4, pp. 24-25. (May. 1899.) 17. Questions, etc., and a bibliography. Contributed to Marsh and Royster's 'Teach- ers' manual for the study of English class- ics.' Chicago, 1902. Pp. 95. 18. The Yale bicentennial and compara- tive philology. Review of Hanns Oertel's 'Lectures on the study of language' ; E. Washburn Hopkins's 'India old and new,' and 'The great epic of India' ; E. P. Mor- 26 Woodburn J Bibliography: Present Faculty ris's 'On principles and methods in Latin syntax.' In Dial, XXXIII, pp. 92-94. (Aug. 16, 1902.) Henry Thew Stephenson, B.S., A.B. Assistant Professor of English. 1. The Elizabethan play-house. In Inland Educator, X, pp. 158-164; 2 plates. (May, 1900.) 2. Patroon Van Volkenberg : A tale of old Blanhattan in the year sixteen hun- dred and ninety-nine. Indianapolis, 1900. Pp. 380, Illustrated. 3. The fickle wheel : A tale of Eliza- bethan London. Indianapolis, 1901. Pp. 380. Illustrated. 4. Elizabethan London : A topograph- ical description. (In press.) 5. Elizabethan manners and customs. (In preparation.) Ulysses Grant Weatherly, Ph.D. Pro- fessor of Economics and Social Science. 1. Louis VI, the founder of the French monarchy. Hamilton, N. X., 1891. Pp. 27. 2. A miniature European state : Liechtenstein. In Cornell Magazine, VI, pp. 205-208. (March, 1894.) 3. Comparative politics. Albany, N. Y., 1895. Pp. 39. 4. Review of Herbert Tuttle's 'His- tory of Prussia under Frederick the Great, 1756-1757.' In Am. Hist, Rev., II, pp. 145- 148. 5. The relation of history and geog- raphy. In Indiana Sch. Jour., XLII, pp. 226-251. (April, 1897.) 6. Recent books on historical method. In Inland Educator, V, pp. 247-249. (Dec, 1897.) 7. Review of Georges Pariset's 'L'gtat et les gglises en Prusse sous Frederic Guil- laume I, 1715-1740.' In Am. Hist. Rev., Ill, pp. 852-855. (Jan., 1898.) 8. History in the high school. In In- land Educator, VI, pp. 261-262. (July, 1898.) 9. Review of Godefroy Cavaignac's 'La formation de la Prusse contemporaine, 1808- 1813.' In Am. Hist. Rev., IV, pp. 149-151. (Oct., 1898.) 10. Stein's German policy at the Con- gress of Vienna. In Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. Asso. for 1900, 1, pp. 521-534. (1901.) 11. Why charities ought to be organized. In Indiana Bull. Char, and Corr., June, 1902, pp. 91-92. James Albert Woodburn, A.B. (1876), A.M. (1885) , Ph.D. Professor of Amer- ican History and Politics. 1. The race problem in the South. In Indiana Student. (Nov., 1885.) 2. Government by the people. In In- diana Student. (Nov., 1886.) 3. The Johns Hopkins University. In Indiana Student. (Jan., 1887.) 4. Needed changes in the school law of Indiana. In Indiana Sch. Jour. (Feb., 1888.) 5. The slave trade. A series of articles on the recent slave trade of the Moham- medans in Central Africa. In United Pres- byterian. (Jan., Feb., 1888.) 6. Review of Sir Henry Maine's 'Lec- tures on international law delivered before the University of Cambridge.' In Christian Union. (June 27, 1889.) 7. The study of history ; an article on the study of history in America sug- gested by the proceedings of the 6th annual session of the American Historical Associa- tion at Washington, D. C, Dec, 1889. In Christian Union. (Jan. 9, 1890.) 8. The speaker and the quorum. An essay on the notable decision of Hon. Thomas B. Reed, Speaker of the House of Representatives, Feb., 1890. In Indiana Student. (March, 1890.) 27 Indiana University \_fVoodburn 9. Chautauqua ; the growth of its sum- mer school. In Christian Union. (Aug. 21, 1890.) 10. History of higher education in In- diana. Washington, 1891. Bureau of Edu- cation, Circulars of Information, No. 1. Pp. 200. 11. States made from colonies. In Chautauquan. (Dec, 1891.) 12. States made from territories. In Chautauquan. (Feb., 1892.) 13. Causes of the American Revolution. In Johns Hop. Univ. Studies, X, pp. 557- 616. (Dec, 1892.) 14. Select orations of Burke and Web- ster, with introduction and notes. (Joint author with C. W. Hodgin.) Boston, 1892. Pp. 583. 15. The historical significance of the Missouri Compromise. In Ann. Kept. Am. Hist. Asso. for 1893, pp. 251-297. 16. The study of politics in American colleges. In Am. Jour, of Pol. (May, 1894.) 17. American political orations, re-ed- ited with historical notes. 4 vols. New York, 1896. 18. The tariff in legislation. In Chau- tauquan. (April, 1896.) 19. The Monroe doctrine and some of its applications. In Chautauquan. (Feb., 1896.) 20. To what extent may undergraduate students of history be trained in the use of the sources. In Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. Asso. for 1897, pp. 45-49. 21. France in the American Revolution. In Chautauquan. (June, 1897.) 22. The American Revolution, 1763- 1783, being the chapters and passages re- lating to America from Lecky's history of England in the 18th century. Edited with bibliographical and historical notes. New York, 1898. Pp. xvlii, 518. 23. The making of the Constitution : a syllabus for Madison's Journal. Chicago, 1898. Pp. 41. 24. Washington's foreign policy and the Philippines. In Independent, L. (Oct. 27, 1898.) .^ 25. Our plighted word and the Philii)- j pines. In Independent, L, pp. 1381-1383. (Nov. 17, 1898.) 26. The American republic and its gov- ernment : an analysis of the government of the United States with a consideration of its fundamental principles and of its relations to the States and Territories. New York, 1902. Pp. iv, 410. 27. Political parties and party problems in the United States : a sketch of American party history and of the development and operations of party machinery, together with a consideration of certain party prob- lems in their relation to political morality. New York, 1902. Pp. ix, 314. 28. Party politics in Indiana during the Civil War. In Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. Assoc for 1902, I, pp. 225-251. 29. Review of U. B. Phillip's 'Georgia and state rights.' In Am. Hist. Rev., VIII, pp. 785-786. (July, 1903.) 30. Review of Lecky's 'Leaders of pub- lic opinion in Ireland.' In Am. Hist. Rev., IX, pp. 375-377. "(Jan., 1904.) 31. Review of William Henry Smith's 'A political history of slavery.' In Am. Hist. Rev., IX, pp. 385-389. (Jan., 1904.) 28 PUBLICATIONS OF FORMER FACULTY ***Inthe following list the attempt has been made to gather together the publica- tions of former members of the Faculty up to the times when their connections with Indiana University ceased. The list is made as complete as the difficulty of the task and the time at the disposal of the compilers will permit; but it is realized that there must be many omissions, both of names of authors and of titles of publications, which the list as planned should include. Edwin George Baldwin, M.A. Instructor in Latin, 1898-1899. 1. The laws of the twelve tables : text and translation. Bloomington, Ind., 1899. Pp. 8. Elisha Ballaktine, D.D., LL.D. Pro- fessor of Mathematics, 1854-1856; Pro- fessor of Greek, 1856-1863; 1867-1878. Acting President, 1884 ; Vice President, 1884-1886. Died March 31, 1886, at Bloomington, Ind. 1. Christ, His own witness ; or the words of Jesus concerning Himself. New York, 1877. 2. Old age ; two discourses delivered at Bloomington, Ind. Bloomington, Ind., 1879. Pp. 22. David Demaree Banta, Dean of the School of Law, 1890-96. See Alumni list. Earl Baenes, Professor of European History, 1889-90. See Alumni list. Charles Henry Beeson, Tutor in Latin, 1894-95; Instructor in Latin, 1895-96. See Alumni list. Sanford Bell, Assistant Professor of Ped- agogy, 1898-1900. See Alumni list. George Augustus Bicknell, A.B., LL.B., LL.D. (1864). Professor of Law, 1861- 70. 1. Commentary on bankrupt law. New York, 1841. 2. About 250 judicial decisions, as judge of the Second (Indiana) Judicial Circuit (1852-76). 3. Bicknell's civil practice. Pp. 700, 2d edition, 1871. 4. Bicknell's criminal 5)raetice. Pp. 500, 2d edition, 1871. Ernest Ludlow Bogart, A.M., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Economics and Social Science, 1898-1900. Now Pro- fessor of Economics and Sociology, Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio. 1. Financial procedure in the State legislatures. In Ann. Am. Acad. Soc. Pol. Sci., VIII, pp. 2.36-253. (Sept., 1896.) 2. Geschichte der Volkspartei in den Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-Amerika. In Jahrbiicher fiir Nationalokonomie und Sta- tistik, LXVII, pp. 577-624. (Oct., 1896.) 3. Die Finanzverhaltnisse der Elnzel- staaten Jn den Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-Amerika. Jena, 1897. Pp. xiii, 157. 29 Indiana University {^Bogart 4. Die Geschichte der Nationalschuld der Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-Amerika. In Jahrbiicher fiir Nationalokonomie und Statistik, LXX, pp. 66-88. (Jan., 1898.) 5. Housing of tlie working people in Yonkers. In Economic Studies of Am. Econ. Assoc, III, pp. 373-347. (Oct., 1898.) 6. Public employment bureaus in the United States and Germany. In Quart. Jour. Econ., XIV, pp. 341-377. (May, 1900.) 7. Ten or twelve review articles in Political Science Quarterly, Annals of the American Academy, and Jahrbucher fiir Nationalokonomie. Richard Gause Boone, Ph.D. Professor of Pedagogics, 1886-1893. Now editor of 'Education.' 1. Education in the United States. New York, 1889. Pp. xii, 402. 2. History of education in Indiana. New York, 1892. Pp. xi, 454. 3. Results under an elective system. In Edue. Rev.^ IV, 53-73, 142-156; 16 tables. (June, Sept., 1892.) John Gaspee Bbannek, Professor of Geol- ogy, 1885-91. See Alumni list. James Ray jMcCorkle Bryant, Professor of Law, 1856-1861. Died Feb. 25, 1866. 1. A baccalaureate address to the grad- uating class of the Law Department of In- diana University, March 24, 1858. Bloom- ington, Ind., 1858. Pp. 19. Douglas Houghton Campbell, Ph.D. Professor of Botany, 1888-1891. Now Profesor of Botany, Leland Stanford Junior University, Stanford University, Gal. 1 . The Botanical Institute at Tiibin- len. In Bot. Gaz. for Jan., 188*?. 2. The staining of the living nuclei. In Untersuchungen aus dem Bot. Inst, zu Tiibingen. ( 1888. ) 3. A meeting of the German Botanical Society. In Bot. Gaz. for June, 1888. 4. The paraffin imbedding process in botany. In Bot. Gaz. for June, 1888. 5. The systematic position of the Rhizocarpese. In Bull. Tor. Bot. Club for^ Oct., 1888. 6. Report of the Cleveland meetings of the Botanical Club of the A. A. A. S. In Torrey Bull, for Oct., 1888. 7. The development of Pilularia glob- ulifera. In Ann. of Bot, II, No. 3. (1888.) 8. Einige Notizen fiber die Keimung von Marsilia aegyptaca. In Beriehte der Deut. Bot. Gesell. for Dec, 1888. 9. On the affinities of the Pilicinese. In Bot. Gaz. for Jan., 1890. 10. Studies in cell-division. In Bull. Tor. Bot. Club for March, 1890. 11. Elements of structural and sys- tematic botany. New York, 1890. 12. Contributions to the life-history of Isoetes. In Ann. Bot., V, pp. 231-258; 6 plates. (1891.) 13. Notes on the apical growth in the roots of Osmunda and Botrychium. In Bot. Gaz., XVI, pp. 37-42 ; 1 plate. (1891.) John Rogers Commons, A.M. Professor of Economics and Social Science, Indiana University, 1892-1895. Now Assistant Secretary, National Civic Federation, New York City. 1. The Christian minister and sociol- ogy. In Lend a Hand, VIII, p. 117. (Feb., 1892.) 2. Proportional representation. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. Sci., II, pp. 700-707. (March, 1892.) 3. Natural monopolies and protection. In Quar. Jour. Econ., VI, pp. 479-484 (July, 1892.) 30 Griggs'] Bibliography : Former Faculty 4. How to abolish the gerrymander. In Rev. of Rev., VI, p. 541. (Dec, 1892.) 5. The church and poverty in cities. In Charities Rev., II, pp. 347-356. (May, 1893.) 6. The distribution of wealth. New York, 1893. Pp. x, 258. 7. Social reform and the church. New York, 1894. Pp. x, 176. 8. State supervision fpr cities. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. Sd., V, pp. 865-881. (May, 1895.) 9. Progressive individualism. In Am. Mag. Civics, VI, pp. 561-574. (June, 1895.) 10. Taxation in Chicago and Philadel- phia. In Tour. Pol. Econ., Ill, pp. 434-460. (Sept., 1895.) John Merle Coulter, President of the Uni- versity and Professor of Botany, 1891- 93. See Alumni list. Richard Heath Dabney, Ph.D. of History, 1886-89. Professor 1. The causes of the French revolu- tion. New York, 1888. Pp. x, 297. William Mitchell Daily, D.D., LL.D. President of the University, 1853-59. See Alumni list. George Flavel Danforth, Ph.B. Libra- rian, 1898-1903. Bloomington, Ind. 1. Catalogue of the Barnes reference library, Cornell University. Ithaca, N. Y., 1897. 2. United States catalog, books in print, 1899. Bloomington, Ind., 1900. Pp. 1112. 3. Quarterly bibliography of books re- viewed in leading periodicals. Bloomington, Ind., vol. 1 (1902), pp. 207; vol. II (in press ) . Fletcher Bascom Dresslae, Instructor in Psychology, Sept.-Dec, 1892. See Alumni list. Frank Drew, Instructor in Philosophy, 1895-96. See Alumni list. Frank Albert Fetter, Professor of Eco- nomics and Social Science, 1895-98. See Alumni list. Samuel Garner, Professor of Romance Languages, 1882-1887. Now Professor of Romance Languages, U. S. Naval Academy, Annapolis, Md. 1. Review of Julius Siede's 'Syntak- tische Eigentiimlichkeiten der Umgangs- sprache weniger gebildeter Pariser.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, I, pp. 73-75. (1886.) 2. A much needed reform. In Mod. Lang. Notes, I, pp. 52-53. (1886.) 3. Report on Romania. In Am. Jour. Philol., VII, No. 1. (1886.) 4. The gerundial construction in the Romanic languages. In Mod. Lang. Notes, II, pp. 109-117. (1887.) Uhalll, Henry Gilbert, Professor of Zociofe. , 1888-1891. See Alumni list. Oliver Edmunds Glenn, Instructor in Mathematics, 1902-1903. See Alumni list. Edward Howard Griggs, Instructor in English, 1889-90 ; Associate Professor of English, 1890-91 ; Professor of General Literature, 1891-93. See Alumni list. (3) 31 Indiana University \_Hall Eatnard liasH Hall, Principal of Indiana Seminary, 1824-1S28 ; Professor of An- cient Languages, 1828-1831. Died Jan. 23, 1863, at Brooklyn, N. Y. 1. Rigliteousness the safe-guard and glory of a nation ; a sermon preached in the Representative Hall, at Indianapolis, Indi- ana, December 31, 1826. Pp. 23. 2. Something for everybody. New York, 1846. Pp. viii, 223. 3. The new purchase ; or early years in the far West. 1st ed., New York, 1843. Vol. I, pp. 300; vol. II, pp. 316. 2d ed., New Albany, Ind., 1855. Pp. v, 471. Launcelot JMlNOK Harris, Ph.D. Instruc- tor in English, 1893-94 ; Assistant Pro- fessor of English, 1894-96. Now Pro- ' f essor of English, College of Charles- ton. Charleston, S. C. 1. The Creoles of New Orleans. Southern Collegian for 1896. In Martin Luther Hoffman, Instructor in Mathematics, 1896-97. See Alumni list. Walter Raleigh Houghton, Principal of the Preparatory Department, 1873-84. See Alumni list. Joseph Henrt Howard, Assistant Pro- fessor of Latin, 1894-1901. See Alumni list. George Maxwell Howe, Instructor in German, 1893-95. See Alumni list. Ernest Wilson Hutfcut, LL.B., Professor of Law, 1890-92. Now Dean of the School of Law, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 1. English in the preparatory schools. (Monographs on education.) Boston, 1892. Pp. 28. Jeremiah Whipple Jenks, Ph.D. Profes- sor of Economics and Social Science, 1889-1891. Now Professor of Political Economy and Politic.9, Cornell Univer- sity, Ithaca, N. Y. 1. Road legislation for the American state. In Monog. Am. Econ. Assoc. (Jlay, 1889.) 2. The development of the whiskey trust. In Pol.' Sci.^Quart. for June, 1889. 3. The economic outlook : review of David A. Wells's 'Recent economic changes.' In Dial for Dec, 1889. 4. Trusts and the people. In States- man for Dec, 1889. 5. Review of Yeijiro Ono's 'The in- dustrial transition in Japan' (Monograph of Am. Econ. Asso.). In Pol. Sci. Quart, for 1890. 6. The needs of the farmer. In West- ern Home and Farm for Dec, 1890. 7. Review of Theodorj Hertzka's 'Preiland.' In Pol. Sci. Quart, for Dec, 1890. 8. Schoolbook legislation. In Pol. Sci. Quart, for March, 1891. 9. Die Trusts in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika. In Jahrb. f. Nation- alok. u. Stat, for Jan., 1891. 10. Review of J. N. Keynes's 'The scope and method of economic science.' In Pol. Sci. Quart, for June, 1891. 11. Land transfer, reform. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. Soc. Sci. for June, 1891. 12. The university extension movement in Indiana. In Book Notes for May, 1891. Hans Cabl Gunther von Jagemann, Ph.D. Professor of Germanic Lan- guages and Philology, 1885-1889. Now Professor of Germa'nic Philology, Har- vard University, Cambridge, Mass. 1. On the relation of the Anglo-Nor- man vowel system to the Norman words in 32 Jordan J Bibliography : Former Faculty Knglish. In Trans. Am. Philol. Asso., XV, pp. 06-87. (1884.) 2. On the genitive in old French. In Proc. Mod. Lang. Asso., I. (1884.) 3. On the genitive m old French. In Trans. Mod. Lang. Asso. of Am., I, pp. 64- 83. (1884-1885.) 4. On the use of English in teaching foreign languages. In Trans. Mod. Lang. Asso. of Am., I, pp. 216-226. (1884-1885.) 5. On the etymology of inveigle. In Mod. Lang. Notes, I, pp. 18. (1886.) 6. Review of E. Oourtonne's 'Langue Internationale N6o-Latine.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, I, pp. 38-39. (1886.) 7. Review of E. Pillissier's 'French roots and their families.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, I, p. 125. (1886.) 8. Review of R. Kleinpaul's 'Men- gchen und Volkernamen.' In Science, VII, pp. 403-404. (1886.) 9. Review of Jean Roemer's 'Origin of the English people and the English lan- guage.' In Dial for Feb., 1887 ; also in Mod. Lang. Notes for March, 1888. 10. Review of Balg's 'Comparative glossary of the Gothic language.' In Mod. Lang. Notes for April, 1888. 11. Fouque's Undine ; a new edition, with notes and vocabulary. New York, 1889. David Staer Jordan, LL.D. Professor of Biology, 1879-1885; President of the University, 1885-1891. Now President of Leland Stanford Junior University, Stanford University, Cal. 1. The colors of vegetation. In Am. Nat, VII, pp. 65-70. (1873.) 2. Hoof-rot in sheep. In Prairie Farmer, 1873. 3. A popular key to the birds, reptiles, batrachians, and fishes of the Northern United States, east of the Mississippi River. (Joint author with Balfour H. Van Vleck., Appleton, Wis. Pp.100. (1874.) 4. The flora of Penikese island. In Am. Nat., VIII, pp. 193-187. (1874.) 5. A key to the higher algse of tht Atlantic coast between Newfoundland and Florida. In Am. Nat., VIII, pp. 398-403, 479-493. (1874.) 6. The Sisco of lake Tippecanoe. In Am. Nat., IX, pp. 135-138. (1875.) 7. The Sisco of lake Tippecanoe and its relatives. In Rep. Geol. Surv. Indiana for 1876. 8. A synopsis of the fishes to be looked for in Indiana. In Rep. Geol. Surv. Indi- ana for 1876. 9. The genus Pomoxys Rafinesque. (Joint author with Herbert Edson Cope- land.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, XXVIII, pp. 68-71. (1876.) 10. Concerning the fishes of the Ich- thyologia Ohiensis. In Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist., 1876, pp. 91-97. (1876.) 11. Manual of the vertebrates of the Northern United States, including the dis- trict east of the Mississippi river and north of North Carolina and Tennessee, exclusive of marine species. Chicago, 1876. 12. Johnny darters. (Joint author with H. E. Copeland.) In Am. Nat., X, pp. 335-341. (1876.) 13. The sand-darter. (Joint author with H. E. Copeland.) In Am. Nat., XI, pp. 86-88. (1877.) 14. List of fishes of Indiana. (Joint author with Charles Henry Gilbert.) In Indiana Farmer, Jan. 17, 1877. 15. A story of a stone. In St. Nich- olas, Feb. 1877. 16. Check-list of the fishes of the fresh waters of North America. (Joint author with H. E. Copeland.) In Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist., II, pp. 33-164. (1877.) 17. On the fishes of Northern Indiana. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, XXIX, pp. 42-82. (1877.-) 33 Indiana University [_ Jordan 18. On the genera of Nortli American fresh-water fishes. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, XXIX, pp. 83-104. (1877.) 19. A partial synopsis of the fishes of Upper Georgia. In Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, XI, pp. 307-377. (1877.) 20. Contributions to North American ichthyology, I. Review of Rafinesque's 'Memoirs on North American fishes.' In Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., IX, p. 53. (1877.) 21. Contributions to North American ichthyology, II. A. Notes on Cottidse, Etheostomatidse, Percidse, Centrarchidae, etc., with revisions of genera and descrip- tions of new or little known species. B. Synopsis of the Siluridse of the United States. In Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, p. 116. (1877.) 22. On Lagochila, a new genus of catostomoid fishes. (Joint author with Alembert Winthrop Brayton.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., XXIX, pp. 280-283. (1877.) 23. On the distribution of fresh-water fishes. In Am. Nat., XI, pp. 607-613. (1877.) 24. On the distribution of fresh-water fishes of the United States. In Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., I, pp. 92-120. (1878.) 25. A catalogue of the fishes of Illi- nois. In Illinois Lab. Nat. Hist., II. (1878.) 26. Catalogue of the fishes of Indiana. In 27th Ann. Rep. Indiana State Board of Agr. for 1877, XIX. (1878.) 27. Manual of the vertebrates of the Northern United States, including the dis- trict east of the Mississippi river and north of North Carolina and Tennessee, exclusive of marine species. Second edition, revised and enlarged. Chicago, 1878. Pp. 407. 28. Contributions to North American ichthyology, based primarily on the collec- tions of the U. S. Nat. Mus. III. (Joint author with A. W. Brayton.) A. On the distribution of the fishes of the Alleghany region of South Carolina, Georgia, and Tennessee, with descriptions of new or little known species. B. A synopsis of the fam- ily Catostomidie. In Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., XII, p. 237. (1878.) 29. Notes on a collection of fishes from Clackamas river, Oregon. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., I, pp. 69-119. (1878.) 30. Notes on a collection of fishes from the Rio Grande at Brownsville, Texas. In Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Ter., IV, pp. 397- 406. (1878.) 31. A catalogue of the fishes of the fresh waters of North America. In Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Ter., IV, pp. 407-442. (1878.) ~ 32. Notes on a collection of fishes from the Rio Grande at Brownsville, Texas, con- tinued. In Bull, U. S. Geol. Surv. Ter., IV, pp. 663-667. 33. Report on the collection of fishes made by Dr. Elliott Ooues, U. S. A., in Dakota and Montana, during the seasons of 1873 and 1874. In Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., IV, pp. 777-799. (1878.) 34. Report on the fishes collected during the years 1875, 1876, and 1877, in California and Nevada. (Joint author with Henry W. Henshaw.) In Rep. Geol. Surv. W. 100th Mer., for 1878. Appendix K, pp. 187-200. 35. Notes on the fishes of Beaufort Harbor, North Carolina. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., I, 365-888. (1879.) 36. Notes on certain typical specimens of American fishes in the British Museum and in the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle at Paris. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., II, pp. 218-226. (1880.) 37. Description of new species of North American fishes. In Proc. U. S. Nat. JIus., II, pp. 235-241. (1880.) 38. Notes on a collection of fishes ob- tained in the streams of Guanajuato, and in Chapala lake, Mexico, by Prof. A. Dugte. 34 Jordan^ Bibliography : Former Faculty 1. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., II, pp. 298-301. (1880.) 39. Manual of the vertebrates of the Northern United States, including the dis- trict east of the Mississippi river and north of North Carolina and Tennessee, exclusive of marine species. Third edition, revised and enlarged. Chicago, 1880, p. 406. 40. Notes on a collection of fishes from East Florida, obtained by Dr. J. A. Hen- shall. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 17-21. (1880.) 41. Notes on a collection of fishes from St. John's river, Florida, obtained by Mr. A. H. Curtiss. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, p. 22. (1880.) 42. Notes on a collection of fishes from San Diego, California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 23-34. (1880.) 43. Description of a new flounder (Xystreurys liolepis) from Santa Catalina island, California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 34-36. (1880.) 44. Description of a new ray (Platy- rhina triseriata) from the coast of Califor- nia. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 36-38. (1880.) 45. Description of a new species of rock cod ( Sebastichthys serriceps) from the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 38-40. (1880.) 46. On the occurrence of Cephaloscyl- lium laticeps (Dumgril) Gill on the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 40-42. (1880.) 47. On the oil shark of Southern Cali- fornia (Galeorhinus galeus). (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. TJ. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 42-43. (1880.) 48. Description of a new flounder (Pleuronichthys verticalis; from the coast of California, with notes on other species. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. TJ. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 49-51. (1880.) 49. Notes on sharks from the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gil- bert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 51-52. (1880.) 50. On the generic relations of Platy- rhina exasperata. (Joint author with 0. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, p. 53. (1880.) 51. Description of a new species of Sebastichthys (Sebastichthys miniatus) from Monterey Bay, California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 70-73. (1880.) 52. Description of a new species of rock- fish (Sebastichthys carnatus) from the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 73-75. (1880.) 53. Description of a new species of ray (Raia stellulata) from Monterey, California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., pp. 133-135. (1880.) 54. Description of new species of Xiphister and Apodichthys, from Monterey, California. (Joint author with C. H. Gil- bert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 135-140. (1880.) 55. Description of two new species of Sebastichthys ( Sebastichthys entomelas and Sebastichthys rhodochloris ) from Mon- terey Bay, California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 142-146. (1880.) 56. Description of a new Agonoid fish (Brachyopsis xyosternus) from Monterey Bay, California. (Joint author with 0. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 152-154. (1880.) 57. Description of a new flounder (Hippoglossoides exilis) from the coast oS California. (Joint author with C. H. Gil- 35 Indiana University I Jordan bert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 154-156. (1880.) 58. Description of a new species of ray (Raia rhina) from the coast of California. (Joint author with 0. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 251-253. (1880.) 59. Description of two new species of fishes (Ascelichthys rhodorus and Scytalina cerdale) from Neah Bay, Washington terri- tory. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 264-208. (1880.) 60. Description of two new species of Scopeloid fishes (Sudis ringens and Mycto- phum crenulare) from Santa Barbara Chan- nel, California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 273-276. (1880.) 61. Description of two new species of flounders (Parophrys ischyrus and Hippo- glossoides elassodon) from Puget Sound. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 276-280. (1880.) 62. Description of seven new species of Sebastoid fishes from the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 287-298. (1880.) 63. Description of a new Embiotocoid (Abeona aurora) from Monterey, California, with notes on a related species. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 299-301. (1880.) 64. Description of a new flounder (Platysomatichthys stomias) from the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 301-303. (1880.) 65. Description of a new Embiotocoid fish (Cymatogaster rosaceus) from the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 303-305. (1880.) 66. Description of a new species of deep-water fish (Icichthys lockingtoni) from the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat Mus., Ill, pp. 305-308. (1880.) 67. Description of a new Embiotocoid fish (Ditrema atripes) from the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gil- bert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 320-322. (1880.) 68. Description of a new Scorpsenoid fish ( Sebastichthys maliger) from the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 322-324. (1880.) 69. Notes on a forgotten paper of Dr. Ayres, and its bearing on the nomenclature of the Cyprinoid fishes of the San Francisco markets. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Jlus., Ill, pp. 325-327. (1880.) 70. Notes on Sema and Dacentrus. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, p. 327. (1880.) 71. Description of a new Scorpsenoid fish (Sebastichthys proriger) from Mon- terey Bay, California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 327-329. (1880.) 72. Description of a new Agonoid (Agonus vulsus) from the coast of Califor- nia. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 330-332. (1880.) 73. Description of a new species of Hemirhamphus (Hemirhamphus rosae) from the coast of California. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 335-336. (1880.) 74. Description of a new species of Notidanoid shark (Hexanchus corinus) from the Pacific coast of the United States. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 352-355. (1880.) 75. Scientific names of the black bass. In Forest and Stream, Nov. 28, 1880, v- 340. (Reprinted in Henshall's 'Book of W\Jan. and Feb., 1900.) 122. Note upon John M. Clarke's 'The Upper Silurian fauna of the Rio Trombetas, State of Para, Brazil,' and 'Devonian mol- lusca of the State of ParS, Brazil,' published in Archivos do Museu Nacional, X, pp. 1-48, 49-174. In Journal of Geology, VII, pp. 813-814. (Dec, 1899.) 123. Gold in Brazil. In Mineral Indus- try, VIII, p. 281. (1900.) 124. Diamonds in Brazil. In Mineral Industry, VIII, pp. 221-222. (1900.) 125. Ants as geologic agents in the tropics. In Jour. Geol., VIII, pp. 151-153, 3 figures. (Feb. -March, 1900.) 126. The oil-bearing shales of the coast of Brazil. In Trans. Am. Inst. Mining En- gineers for 1900, vol. XXX, pp. 537-554. Illustrated, map. Review in Neues Jahrb. f. Mineralogie, II, pp. 267-268. (1901.) Ab- stract in Engineering and Mining Jour., LXX, pp. 308-309. (Sept. 15, 1900.) 127. Syllabus of economic geology. (Joint author with J. F. Newsom.) Stan- ford University, 1900. 2d ed. Pp. viii, 368, 141 figures. 128. Review of G. D. Harris and A. C. Veatch's 'A preliminary report on the geol- ogy of Louisiana.' In Jour. Geol., VIII, pp. 177-179. (April-May, 1900.) 129. Two characteristic geologic sections on the northeast coast of Brazil. In Proc. Washington Acad. Science for 1900, II, pp. 185-201 ; 3 plates, 5 figures. 130. Beach cusps. In Jour. Geol. VIII, pp. 481-484, 3 figures. (Sept.-Oct., 1900.) 131. The zinc and lead region of North Arkansas. In Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey Ar- kansas, vol. V. Little Rock, Dec, 1900. Pp. siv, 395; 38 plates, 92 figures, atlas of 7 sheets. 132. Review of F. W. Simonds's 'A rec- ord of the geology of Texas, etc' In Jour. Geol., IX, p. 91. (1901.) 133. Review of Henri Carpentier's 'Geol- ogie et mineralogie appliquSes. (Paris, 65 Indiana University i'Br 1900.) In Jour. Geol., IX, pp. 198-199. (Feb.-March, 1901.) 134. Os recifes de grgs do Rio Pormoso, Brazil. In Revista do Institute Archeolog- ico e Geographico Pernambucano, No. 54, pp. 131-136. Illustrated. (1901.) 135. The origin of travertine falls. In Science, XIV, pp. 184-185. (August, 1901.) 186. The zinc and lead deposits of North Arkansas. In Trans. Am. Inst. Jlining En- gineers, vol. XXXI, pp. 572-603; 27 illus- trations. Republished in Lead and Zinc News of St. Louis, ilo., II, Nov. 4, 1901, pp. 4-6, Nov. 11, 1901, pp. 4-6, Nov. 18, 1901, pp. 4-6, Nov. 25, 1901, pp. 4-5. Abstract in Engineering and Mining Jour., Nov. 30, 1901, pp. 718-719. 1 figure. 137. Editorial upon giant ripples. In Jour. Geol., IX, pp. 535-536. (Sept.-Oct.. 1901.) 138. Apontamentos sobre a fauna das II- has de Fernando de Noronha. Publicagao do Instituto Archeologico e Geographico Per- nambucano. Pernambuco, 1901. Pp. 14 ; 2 figures. 139. Depressions and elevations of the southern archipelagoes of Chile. Transla- tion (with introduction) of a paper by Francisco Vidal Gormaz in the Revista Nueva of Santiago de Chile, 1901. Trans- lation and introduction. In Scottish Geog. Mag., XVIII, pp. 14-24, 1 map. (Jan., 1902.) 140. Notes upon the surface geology of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. By James E. Mills. Edited from his letters. In Am. Geol., XXIX, pp. 120-127. (Feb., 1902.) 141. The occurrence of fossil remains of mammals in the interior of the States of Pernambuco and AlagSas, Brazil. In Am. Jour. Sci., CLXIII, pp. 133-137, 1 map, 1 plate. (Feb., 1902.) 142. Geology of the northeast coast of Brazil. In Bull. Geol. Soc. America, Roch- ester, XIII, pp. 41-98; 16 figures, 9 plates. James Ronaijj Brakson, A.B. (1903), In- dianapolis, Ind. 1. Editor of 'The Arbutus' (Senior class annual, Indiana University). Bloom- ington, Ind., 1903. Pp. 287. WiLLiAii L Beat, A.B. (1893), Ph.D. As- sociate Professor in charge of School of Botany, University of Texas, Austin, Tex. 1. Revision of the South American CichlidsE. (Joint author with C. H. Eigen- 143. The palm trees of Brazil. In Poi). Sci. Mo., LX, pp. 386-412 ; 25 figures. 144. Discussion of Eric Hedburg's paper on 'The Missouri and Arkansas zinc region." || In Trans. Am. Inst. Mining Engineers, XXXI, pp. 1013-1014. 145. The phosphate rocks of Arkansas. (Joint author with J. P. Newsom.) In Bull. 74, Arkansas Agr. Exper. Station, pp. 59-123; 23 figures, 15 analyses. (Sept, 1902.) 140. Syllabus of a course of lectures on elementary geology. 2d ed. Stanford Uni- versity, 1902. Pp. 370. 109 figures, 25 plates. 147. The Carnegie institution. In Sci. ence, Oct. 3, 1902. N. S., XVI, pp. 527- 528. 148. Bibliography of the geology, miner- alogy, and paleontology of Brazil. (1288 titles.) Published by the Bibliotheca Na- cional de Rio Janeiro^ Brazil. (1902.) 149. Geologia elementar. (An elemen- tary treatise on geology for the use of Bra- zilian students. Published in Portuguese.) Rio de Janeiro, 1902. Pp. 256 ; 264 figures, 15 plates. 150. Biographical notice of James E. Mills. In Bull, of the Geol. Soc. of Am., XIV. (1904.) (In press.) 66 Brooks J Bibliography : Alumni mann.) In Ann. New York Acad. Sci., VII, pp. 607-637. (Jan., 1894.) 2. Synopsis of North American Ama- ranthacese. (Joint author with E. B. Uline.) In Bot. Gaz., XIX, pp. 267-272, 313-320; XX, pp. 155-161; 337-344, 449- 453. (July, August, 1894; April, August, Oct., 1895.) 3. The geographical distribution of thij Frankeniacese considered in connection with their general relationship. In Jahrb. f. sys- tem., Phlanzengeschichte u. Pflanzengeo- graphie, XXIV, pp. 395-418. (1897.) 4. On the relation of the flora of the Lower Sanoran zone in North America to that of the arid zones of Chili and Argen- tine. In Bot. Gaz., XXVI, pp. 121-147. (August, 1898.) 5. Texas as a field for botanical study. In the Univ. of Texas Record, I, pp. 153- 171. (April, 1899.) 6. The relation of plant physiology to the other sciences. Translation of an ad- dress by Dr. Julius VPiesner. In Ann. Rep. Smithson. Inst, for 1898, pp. 427-444. (1900.) 7. The relation of the North Ameri- can flora to that of South America. In Science, XII, pp. 709-716. (Nov., 1900.) 8. Botany in the high school. In Bul- letin No. 1 of Committee of Aflaliated Schools, Univ. of Texas, pp. 55-61. (Feb., 1901.) 9. Destruction of timber by the Gal- veston storm. In Forester, VII, pp. 53-56. (March, 1901.) 10. Texas forests and the problem of forest management for the long-leaf pine lands. In Forester, VII, pp. 131-138. (June, 1901.) 11. The ecological relation of the veg- etation of Western Texas. In Bot. Gaz., XXXII, pp. 99-123, 195-217, 262-291; 24 text figures. (Aug., Sept., Oct., 1901.) 12. Forest management by the Kirby Lumber Company. In University of Texas Record, V, pp. 36-45. (April, 1903.) 13. The tissues of some plants of the Sotol region. In Bull. Tor. Bot. Club, XXX, pp. 621-633, 10 text figures. (Nov., 1903.) 14. Forest conditions and forest re- sources in Texas. In Bull. U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Bureau of Forestry. Numerous maps and plates. (In press.) 15. Relation of the timber covering the Edwards plateau in Texas to water supply. (A report now in hands of editor of Bureau of Forestry, U. S. Dept. Agricul- ture.) 10 plates. 16. The vegetation of the Sotol country. (Bulletin of University of Texas.) (1904.) Oliver W Brown, A.M. (1896). See Fac- ulty list. Elmer Bueeitt Bryan, A.B. (1893). See Faculty list. WiLLLAM Lowe Brtan, A.B. (1884), A.M. (1886), Ph.D. See Faculty list. Robert Claekson Brooks, A.B. (1896), Ph.D. Instructor in Economics, Cor- nell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 1. The Merchants' Municipal Commit- tee of Boston. In Municipal Affairs, I, pp. 1-508. (Sept., 1897.) 2. Review of W. T. Stead's 'Satan's invisible world displayed.' In Municipal Af- fairs, II, pp. 304-306. (June, 1898.) 3. Review of Gustav Herzfeld's 'Gross New York, eine Stiidie zur Einverleibungs- frage.' In Municipal Affairs, III, pp. 351- 352. (June, 1899.) 4. The three-class election system in Prussian cities. In Municipal Affairs, III, pp. 396-433. (Sept., 1899.) 5. Review of 'A municipal program.' (H. E. Deming and others, editors). In Mu- 67 Indiana University \_Brooks nicipal Affairs, IV, pp. 235-238. (March, 1900.) 6. Political clubs in Prussian cities. In Municipal Affairs, IV, pp. 375-384. (June, 1900.) 7. A bibliography of municipal admin- istration and city conditions. New York, 1897. Pp. ix, 224. Second edition, revised and enlarged. New York, 1901. Pp. 346. 8. Translation of Karl Bilcher's 'Die wirtschaftlichen Aufgaben der modernen Stadtgemeinde.' In Municipal Affairs, VI, pp. 167-179. (June, 1902.) 9. Review of Charles Zeublin's 'Amer- ican municipal progress.' In Charities, X, pp. 185-186. (Feb., 1903.) 10. Review of S. N. Patten's 'Theory of prosperity.' In Philos. Rev. XII, pp. 689-690. (Dec, 1903.) Pekct Bentley Burnet, A.B. (1884), A.M. (1887). Professor of Modern Lan- guages, Iowa College, Grinnell, Iowa. 1. French-English and English-French dictionary. (Joint author with A. J. Ed- gren.) New York, 1901. Pp. xvi, 1252. 2. La Familia de Alvareda. New York, 1901. Pp. iv, 190 (30 pages of notes.) 3. S^pauish grammar. Chicago, 1902. Pp. iii, 135. 4. Review of M. M. Ramsey's 'Lo Es- encial del Lenguaje Castellano.' In Mod. Lang. Notes, Dec, 1902. Be.ssie Bushing. See Mrs. Douglas Clay Ridgeley. Amos William Butler, A.B. (1894), A.M. (1900). Secretary Indiana State Board of Charities, Indianapolis. 1. The birds of Franklin county, Ind. In Atlas of Franklin County, Indiana, etc. (Chicago, 1882), pp. 11-12. 2. Ornithological notes from Brook- ville, Ind. In Jour. Cin. Soc Nat. Hist., V, pp. 192-193. (1882.) 3. Local weather lore. In Am. Meteor. Jour., I, pp. 313-317. (Dec, 1884.) Ab- stract ill Proc. A. A. A. S., XXXIII, pp. 609-613. (1884.) 4. Hibernation of the lower verte- brates. In Am. Nat., XIX, pp. 37-40. (1885.) Abstract in Proc. A. A. A. S., XXXIII, pp. 543-545. (1885.) 5. The habits of some Arvicolina;. (Joint author with Edgar R. Quick.) In Am. Nat., XIX, pp. 113-118. (Feb., 1885.) Abstract in Proc. A. A. A. S., XXXIII, pp. 539-542. (1884.) 6. The sacrificial stone of San Juan Teotihuacan. In American Antiquarian, pp. 149-152. (May, 1885.) Absti-act in Proc. A. A. A. S., XXXIII, pp. 601-603. (1884.1 7. Observations on faunal changes. In, Bull. No. 1, Brookville Society of Nat. Hist, 1885, pp. 5-13. Reprinted in Ornithologist and Oologist, X, p. 32. (1885.) 8. Land and fresh-water mollusca ob- served in Franklin county. (.Joint author with D. R. Moore.) In Bull. No. 1, Brook- ville Soc. of Nat. Hist., 1885, pp. 41-44. 9. Observations on the muskrat. In Am. Nat, XIX, pp. 1044-1055. (Nov., 1855.) Abstract in Proc. A. A. A. S., XXXIV, pp. 324-329. (1885.) 10. The remains at San Juan Teotihua- can. Abstract in Proc. A. A. A. S., XXXIV, pp. 418-420. (1885.) 11. A list of the birds observed in Franklin county, Indiana. In Bull. No. 2, Brookville Soc. of Nat. Hist., pp. 12-39. (1886.) 12. Meadow mice in Southeastern Indi- ana. In Hoosier Naturalist, I, pp. 144-145. (April, May, 1886.) 13. The periodical Cicada in Southeast- ern Indiana. In Bull. No. 12, U. S. Dept. Agriculture, pp. 24-31. (1886.) Abstract in Proc. A. A. A. S., XXXIV. pp. 328-329. (1885.) 68 Butler! Bibliography : Alumni 14. The cerulean warbler. In Ornithol- ogist and Oologist, IX, pp. 27-28. (1884.) 15. Zoological miscellany. In Jour. Gin. Soc. Nat. Hist., pp. 261-206. (Jan., 1887.) 16. Zoological miscellany — some notes on Indiana amphibians and reptiles. In Jour. Gin. Soc. Nat. Hist., pp. 147-150. (Oct., 1887.) 17. Zoological miscellany. In Jour. Ciu. Soc. Nat. Hist., pp. 214-216. (Jan., 1888.) 18. Notes on the range of the protho- notary warbler in Indiana. In Ornitholo- gist and Oologist, XIII, pp. 33-34. (March, 1888.) 19. On a new subspecies of Ammo- dramus sandwichensis from Mexico. In Auk, V, pp. 264-266. (July, 1888.) 20. A catalogue of the birds of Indi- ana. In Proc. Indiana Hort. Soc, appendix C, pp. 1-135. (1890.) 21. Our birds and what they do for the farmer. In Rep. State Board of Agric. In- diana for 1890, pp. 113-125. 22. Notes on the. range and habits of the Garolina parakeet. In Auk, IX, pp. 49-56. (Jan., 1892.) 2-3. Our smaller mammals and their re- lation to horticulture. In Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. for 1891, pp. 117-123. 24. Contributions to Indiana Herpetol- ogy. No. 3. In .Tour. Gin. Soc. Nat. Hist, for 1892, pp. 169-179. (1892.) 25. Some notes concerning the evening grosbeak. In Auk, IX, pp. 238-247. (July, 1892.) 26. On Indiana shrews. In Proc. Indi- ana Acad. Sci. for 1891, pp. 161-163. 27. Notes on Indiana birds. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1891, pp. 104-166. 28. Further notes on the evening gros- beak. In Auk, I, pp. 155-157. (April, 1893.) 29. The range o£ the crossbills in the Ohio valley, with notes on their unusual occurrence in summer. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1892, pp. 63-72 ; in Am. Nat, XXVIII, pp. 130-140 (Feb., 1894 ) ; in Pa- pers presented to the World's Gongress of Ornithology (1893), Chicago, 1890, pp. 47-58. 30. The fruit lands of southeastern In- diana. In Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. for 1893, pp. 50-61. 31. Bibliography of Indiana ornithology. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, pp. 108-116. 32. Notes on Indiana birds. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, pp. 110-120. 33. Bibliography of Indiana mammals. (Joint author with B. W. Everraann.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 3893, pp. 320- 124. 34. Preliminary list of Indiana mam- mals. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, pp. 124-130. 35. Notes on the birds of 1894. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1804, pp. 73- 80. 30. The mammals of Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1894, pp. 81-86. 37. An orchard talk. In Trans. Indi- ana Hort. Soc. for 1805, pp. 149-152. 38. With the birds of Winona. In In- diana Synod, II, pp. 78-80. (Dec, 1895.) 39. Notes on the birds of 1894. In Oologist, pp. 73-80. (1895.) 40. Indiana — a century of changes in the aspects of nature (President's address.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 31-42 ; in Inland Educator, II, pp. 313-318. (July, 1896.) Reprint in Studies in Indi- ana Geography, Terre Haute, 1897, pp. 72- 81. 41. Additional notes on Indiana birds. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 162-168. 42. From wilderness to civilization. In Proc. Indiana Hort. Soc. for 1890, pp. 19- 29. 43. The bobolink (Dolichonyx oryziv- 69 Indiana University [Butler oi-us) ill Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1S9G, pp. 227-243. 44. Some additions to the Indiana bird list, with otlier notes. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1896, pp. 244-240. 45. Some Indiana crow roosts. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 189/, pp. 175- 178. 46. Notes on Indiana heronries. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 201- 202. 47. Tlie recent occurrence of the raven in Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 201-202. 48. The birds of Indiana. In 22d Rep. Indiana State Geologist for 1897, pp. 515- 1187. 49. Brunnich's murre (Uria lomvia), an addition to the birds of Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 180- 183. 50. The unusual occurrence of Brun- nich's murre (Uria lomvia) far inland, with notes on other rare birds. In Auk, XIV, pp. 197-200. (April, 1897.) 51. Bird life in Indiana. In Trans. Indiana Ilort. Soc. for 1S9S, pp. 30-38. 52. Life in the forest — Mammals. In Nature and Art, I, Chicago, pp. 53-57. (Feb., 1898.) 53. State care of dependent children in Indiana. In Ohio Bull, of Char, and Cor., June, 1899, pp. 5-9; in Indiana Bull. Char, and Cor., June, 1899, pp. 8-12. 54. The value of horticulture to our public institutions. In Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. for 1899, pp. 119-124; in Indiana Bull, of Char, and Cor., March, 1900, pp. 10-16. 55. Notes on Indiana birds. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1899, pp. 149-151. 56. Development of the reformatory idea in Indiana. Read before the Local Council of Women, Indianapolis, 1899. Printed for general distribution by the Indiana Reform- atory, pp. 12. Republished in Ohio Bull. Char, and Cor., March, 1900, pp. 21-30. 57. Advantages and disadvantages of the present system of public care of the lioor. Read before Indiana Trustees' Asso- ciation, Dec. 27, 1899. In Indiana Bull. Char, and Cor., March, 1900, pp. 2-10. 58. Facts about the operation of the new poor rel'pf laws. In Proc. Sixth An- nual Meeting I.^diana State Board of Com- merce, Feb., 1900, pp. 1-26; in Bull. No. 10, Indiana Bureau of Statistics, JIarch, 1900, pp. 8-14 ; in Eighth biennial report Indiana Bureau of Statistics, 1900, pp. 289-297. 59. The condition and needs of our jails. From Proc. Indiana State Conference of Char, and Cor., 1899. In Indiana Bull. Char, and Cor., June, 1900, pp. 20-25. 00. Saving the children. In Proc. Nat. Conf. Oliar. and Cor. for 1901, pp. 204-213. 01. A notable factor of social degenera- tion. Vice-presidential address. Section of Anthropology. In Proc. A. A. A. S., for 1901, L. pp. 337-353. Reprinted for gen- eral distribution in England by the Lanca- shire and Cheshire Society for the Perma- nent Care of the Feeble-minded, pp. 10. Also in Science, N. S., XIV, pp. 444-453. (Sept. 20, 1901) ; and in Indiana Bull. Char, and Cor., Dec, 1901, pp. 17-27. 02. State visitation of children. In Proc. Illinois Conf. of Char., 1901, pp. 14-19. 63. Education and crime. In Ad. and Proc. Nat. Edu. Asso., Detroit, Mich., 1901, pp. 560-564 ; also in Ann. Rep. Supt. of Pub. Inst., for 1901, p. 13-20. 64. State supervision and administration — the experience in Indiana. In Proc. Nat. Conf. Char, and Cor. for 1902, pp. 144-146. 0.">. The prevention of crime. In Proc. Jlinnesota State Conf. Char, and Cor. for 1902, pp. 01-68. 66. Report of committee on discharged prisoners. In Proc. Nat. Pris. Asso., 1902, pp. 283-323. Reprinted for general distri- TO Callahan J Bibliography : Alumni bution by the Indiana Boys' School, 1903, pp. 44. 07. County and municipal corrections. In Proc. Nat. Conf. Char, and Cor. for 1903, pp. 392-400 ; exU-act in Indiana Bull. Char, and Cor., Dec, 1903, pp. 4-7. GS. Child problems and their ti-eatment. From Proc. Ohio State Conf. Char, and Cor. for 1903. In Ohio Bull. Char, and Cor., XIX. pp. 75-Sl. (Dec, 1903.) 69. Conditions affecting the distribution of birds in Indiana. (Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory, Indiana Univer- sity, No. 37.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903. 70. Ethnology. Ai-ticle in Encyclopedia Americana, YII. (1904.) 71. The success of an Indiana expei-i- ment. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. Soc. Sci., XXIII, pp. 20-2-204. (March, 1904.) RiCHABD Ellswoeth Call, A.B. (1890), A.M. (1S91). Curator, Childi-en's Mu- seum, Brooklyn Institute of Arts, Brooklyn. 1. On the quaternary and recent Mol- lusca of the Great Basin, with descriptions of new forms. In V. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. II,- pp. 355-420. OSS4.) 2. Jlemoranda on a collection of fishes from the Ozai'k region of Missouri. In Proc. Davenport Acad. Xat. Sci.. V, p. 73. (1SS7.) 3. Desci'iption of new Unios from the Ozark region of Missouri. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 18S9, X, pp. 498-500, 2 plates. 4. On a new Post-Pleiocene Limnseid from California. In Am. Geol., I, p. 146. (1SS^.) In Proc Iowa Acad. Sci. for 1889, p. 17. 5. On the gross anatomy of Campe- loma. In Am. Nat., for 1889. In Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. for 1SS9, p. 16. 6. On tlie ferns of the Ozark region of Missouri. In Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. for 1889, pp. 15-16. 7. The parvus group of UuionidfE. In Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. for ISSO, pp. 45-51. 8. The geology of Crowley's Ridge, Ar- kansas. In Proc Iowa Acad. Sci. for 1889, pp. 52-53. 9. The chemistry of soils. In North- west, VII, No. 404, p. n ; VI, No. 410, p. 7. 10. The geology of eastern Arkansas. In Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. for 1889, pp. ST-95. 11. The life and writings of Kafinesque. (Publications Filson Club, Louisville, Ky., vol. X.) Louisville, 1895. Pp. 227. 12. Sketch of the life, the ichthyologic work, and the ichthyologic bibliography of Ral3nesque. In Rafinesque-Schmaltz"s 'Ich- thyologia Ohiensis' (Cleveland, 1899). Pp. 175. James Morton Cihaiian, A.B. (1894), A.M. (1895), Ph.D. Professor of His- tory and Political Science, University of West Virginia, Morgantown, ^^^ Va. 1. Outlines of physiology. Chicago, 1890. Pp. 50. 2. Outlines of civil government. Chi- cago, 1890. Pp. 4S. 3. Outlines of United States history (with notes). Chicago, 1891. Pp. 60. 4. Outlines of geography. Chicago, 1891. Pp. 51. 5. Outlines and experiments in bot- any. Chicago, 1S92, Pp. 53. 6. Outlines and experimental work in physiology. Boston, 1892. Pp. 121. 7. A guide to actual work in practical physiology. Chicago, 1893. Pp. 108. S. The agreement of 1817 — Reduction of naval forces on the American lakes. In Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. Assoc, for 1895, pp. 369-392. (1896.) 9. The northern lake frontier during the Civil War. In Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. As- soc, for 1896, I, pp. 337-359. (1897.) 71 Indiana University [ Callahan 10. Cuba and Anglo-American relations. In Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. Assoc, for 1897, I, pp. 195-215. (1898.) 11. Review of Jesse Macy's 'The Eng- lish constitution.' In Citizen for July 1898. 12. The neutrality of the American Lakes, and Anglo-American relations. Bal- timore, 1898. Pp. 199. 13. Diplomatic relations of the Confed- erate States with England (1861-1865). In Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. Assoc, for 1898, pp. 267-283. (1899.) 14. Cuba and international relations. Baltimore, 1899. Pp. 503. 15. American relations in the Pacific and the Far East. Baltimore, 1901. Pp. 177. 16. Great heroes and leaders. New York, 1901. Pp. 250. 17. Central America and the American foreign policy. Washington, 1902. Pp. 25. 18. Confederate archives. In South At- lantic Quarterly for 1903, pp. 14. 19. The American expansion policy. Baltimore, 1904. Pp. 350. 20. Introduction to American foreign policy. I. The Monroe Doctrine and inter- American relations. 1904. Pp. 300. 21. The United States and Canada : A study in international history. Pp. 275. .loHN Wesley Caer, A.B. (1885), A.M. (1890). Superintendent of Schools, Anderson, Ind. 1. The province of the supervisor. In Proc. Nat. Edu. Asso. for 1897, pp. 235-236. 2. Course of study for pupils who can not complete high school work. In Proc. Nat. Edu. Asso. for 1899, pp. 378-379. 3. Response to address of welcome at Charleston, S. C. In Proc. Nat. Edu. Asso. for 1900, pp. 52-54. 4. Does Indiana need additional Nor- mal School facilities? (In conjunction with R. A. Ogg and C. M. McDaniel.) In Rep. Indiana Town and City Superintendents' Asso. for 1902. 5. Best methods of electing school boards. In Proc. Nat. Edu. Asso. for 1908, pp. 159-161. 6. The school curriculum. In Proc. Nat. Edu. Asso. for 1903, p. 263. 7. Educational progress in Indiana. In Proc. Nat. Edu. Asso. for 1903, pp. 798-800. 8. Teaching of religion in the public schools. In Proc. Nat. Educ. Assoc, for 1903, p. 361. 9. Percentage of boys leaving high school. In Proc. Nat. Educ. Assoc, for 1903, p. 798. 10. Moral and religious training of chil- dren in the public schools. In Proc. Reli- gious Edu. Asso. for 1903. 11. Moral instruction in the Anderson public schools. In Proc. Religious Edu. Asso. for 1904. 12. Course of instruction in morals. In New York Sch. Jour. 13. A permanent teaching profession. In New York Sch. Jour. William Davis CiiAMiiEns, A.B. (1898). Teacher, Muncie, Ind. 1. Mid-winter science. In Educator- Journal, III, p. 294. (Jan., 1903.) 2. Jlid-winter science — iron ^nd steel. In Educator- Journal, III, pp. 344-345. (April, 1903.) Oscar Chkisman, A.B. (1888), A.M. (1893), Ph.D. Professor of Paldology, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio. 1. The hearing of children. In Ped. Sem., II, pp. 397-441. (Dec, 1893.) 2. Secret language of children. In Science, XXII, pp. 303-305 ; XXIII, pp. 18- 19. (Dec. 1, 1893, and Jan. 12, 1894.) 3. Child-study, a new department of education. In Forum, XVI, pp. 728-730. (Feb., 1894.) 72 Chrisman] Bibliography : Alumni 4. The science of the child. In South Dakota Educator, VII, pp. 11-12. 5. Vertical writing. In Texas Sch. Jour, for 1894. 6. Contribution to a symposium on child-study. In Interstate Sch. Rev. for June, 1894, p. 225. 7. One year with a little girl. In Edu. Rev., IX, pp. 52-71. (Jan., 1895.)* 8. Paidologie, Entwurf zu einer Wis- senschaft des Kindes. Inaugural Disserta- tion der philosophischen Fakultilt der Uni- versitat Jena zur Erlangung der Doktor- wtirde. Jena, 189G. Pp. 96. 9. Children's secret language. In Child-Study Mo., II, pp. 202-210. (Sept., 1896.) 10. How a story affected a child. In Child-Study Mo., II, pp. 650-061. (April, 1897.) 11. The hearing of school children. In North-Western Mo., VIII, pp. 31-35. (July 1897.) 12. Child-study in Texas. In Child- Study Mo., Ill, pp. 287-289. (Nov., 1897.) (Rep. Child- Study Section Texas State Teachers' Asso., held at Waco, June 29-July 2, 1897.) 13. Motor control : Its place in the physical and psychical life of the child. In State Normal JIo., X, pp. 3-4. (Oct., 1897.) 14. The secret language of children. In North-Western Mo., VIII, pp. 187-193, 375- 379, 649-651. (Oct., 1897, Jan. and June, 1898.) 15. Exceptionals. In State Normal Mo., X, pp. 51-52. (Jan., 1898.) 16. Religious ideas of a child. In Child-Study Mo., Ill, pp. 516-528. (Jan., 1898.) 17. Results of child-study. In Educa- tion, XVIII, pp. 823-382. (Feb., 1898.) 18. How to use the library. In West- ern College Mag., XIX, pp. 502-505. (March, 1898.) 19. Paidology, the science of the child. In Educ. Rev., XV, pp. 269-284. (March, 1898.) 20. The secret language of childhood. In Century, IjVI, pp. 54-58. (May, 1898.) 21. Religious periods of child-growth. In Educ. Rev., XVI, pp. 40-48. (June, 1898.) 22. Review of Nathan Oppenheim's 'De- velopment of the child.' In Educ. Rev., XVI, pp. 279-282. (Oct., 1898.) 28. Child and parent. In North-West- ern Mo., IX, pp. 135-138, 180-183. (Nov. and Dec, 1898.) 24. Opening remarks as president of the Kansas Society for Child-Study. In Child- Study Mo., IV, pp. 451-452. (Feb., 1899.) 25. Editorial for the Child-Study De- partment. In North-Western Mo., IX, pp. 275-276. (Feb., 1899.) 20. The pubescent period. In Educa- tion, XIX, pp. 342-347. (Feb., 1899.) 27. Child and teacher. In Jour. Ped., XII, pp. 112-125. (May, 1899.) 28. Courses of study for Normal Schools. In Arena, XXII, pp. 56-60. (July, 1899.) 29. Outline in Paidology — the child among ancient peoples. Arranged for the 'Study Outlines for Clubs,' prepared by the Educational Committee of the National Congress of Mothers, 1900. 30. Review of Stuart H. Rowe's 'The physical nature of the child and how to study it.' In Educ. Rev., XIX, pp. 87-89. (Jan., 1900.) 31. Evolution and definition of Paidol- ogy. In Paidology, I, pp. 2-20. (July, 1900.) 32. The science of the child. In Quart. Rep. Nat. Cong, of Mothers, I, pp. 35-46. (Sept., 1900.) 33. Review of Milicent Washburn Shinn's 'Notes on the development of a child.' In Educ. Rev., II, pp. 192-184. (Sept., 1900.) 84. One child's disposition toward the 73 Indiana University IChris: opposite sex. In Paidology, I, pp. lOG-112. (Oct., 1900.) 35. Bibliography of Paidology. In Paidology, I, pp. 20(;-226. (Jan., 1901.) 30. Education of tlie home-woman. In Paidology, I, pp. 308-333. (April, 1901.) 87. Editor of 'Paidology, the Science of the Child.' A magazine devoted to the scientific and practical study of children. Published quarterly. Volume 1, 1000-1901. 38. Education for the home. In Arena, XXX, pp. 401-409. (Oct., 1903.) 39. The department of Paidology in Ohio University. In Jour. Childhood and Adolescence, III, pp. 50-50. (Jan., 1904.) Wilbur Adelman Cocsiiall, A.M. (1903). .s'ce Faculty list. Chaelbs Patton Clark, A.B. ( 1901 ) . Student, Rush Medical College, Chicago. 1. Pneumococcal Bronchiolitis (capil- lary bronchitis). (Joint author with P. H. Batman.) In Jour, of Infectious Diseases, I, pp. 229-235. (March 19, 1904.) Howard Walton Clark, A.B. (189G), A.M. (1902). Preparator in Zoiilogy, Field Columbian Museum, Chicago. 1. The flora of Eagle Lake and vicin- ity. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1901, pp. 12S-192. 7 plates. Haury Evan Coblentz, A.B. (1894), A.M. Teacher of English, South Division High School, Milwaukee. 1. The blank verse of Matthew Ar- nold's 'Sohrab and Rustum.' In Poet-Lore VII, pp. 497-505. (Oct., 1895.) 2. A Rime-Index to the parent cycle of the York mystery plays and of a portion of the Woodkirk 'Conspii-acio et Captio.' In Pub. Mod. Lang. Asso., X, pp. 487-557. 3. Irving's Life of Goldsmith. Edited with notes and questions. Boston, 1904. Pp. xxix, 296. Edward Cokradi, A.B. (1897), A.M. (1S98). Fellow in Clark University, Worcester, Mass. 1. School hygiene. Translation of Dr. Ludwig Kotelmann's 'Ueber Schulgesund- heitspflege.' (Joint author with J. A. Bergstriim.) Syracuse, N. Y., 1899. Pp. 391. 2. Children's interests in words, slang, stories, etc. In Ped. Sem., X, pp. 359-404. James B. Cook, A.B. (1890). Died July 19, 1895, at Brookville, Ind. 1. The sugar trust. In Statesman for 1890. John Merle Coulter, Ph.D. (1884). Pres- ident of Indiana University and Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-93. Now head of the Department of Botany and Profes- sor of Morphology, University of Chi- cago. 1. Botany of the U. S. Geological Sur- vey of Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, and Utah. Pp. 747-792. (April, 1873.) 2. Suyopsis of the flora of Colorado. (Joint author with T. C. Porter.) In the U. S. Geological and Geographical Survey of Territories. Misc. publication No. 4. 180 pages. Washington. (March, 1874.) 3. A partial list of the flora of Jeffer- son county, Indiana. In Geological Survey of Indiana for 1874, pp. 230-273. (Dec, 1874.) 4. Relations of the scientific to the practical in botany. In Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. for 1881, pp. 29-39. (Dec, 1880.) 5. Catalogue of the plants of Indiana. (Joint author with C. R. Barnes.) Craw- fordsville, Indiana, 1881. Pp. 38. 6. The native flora of Indiana. In 74 Coulter ] Bibliography: Alumni Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. for 1882, pp. TO- TS. (Dec, 1881.) T. Development of a dandelion flower. In Am. Nat, XVII, pp. 1211-121T. (Dec, 1883.) 8. Some lessons in botany. The seed ; germination, or the seed in action ; the root. In Indiana Farmer. (1SS4.) 9. Manual of the botany of the Rocky Mountain region. New York, ISSo. Pp. xvi, 452. 10. Pollen spores of Tradescantia vir- ginica. (Joint author wilu J. N. Kose.) In Bot. Gaz., XI, pp. 10-14. (Jan., 1S8G.) 11. Sketch of Edmond Boissier. In Bot. Gaz., XI, pp. 39-40. (Feb., 188G.) 12. Revision of North American Hyp- pericaceiE. In Bot. Gaz., XI. pp. T8-8S, 106-112. (April, May, 18S(j.) 13. Primula cusickiana Gray. In Bot. Gaz., XI, p. 91. (April, 188C..) 14. Synopsis of North American pines. (Joint author with J. N. Rose.) In Bot. Gaz., XI, pp. 256-2G2, 302-309. (Oct., Nov., 1886.) 15. Some notes on Hypericum. In Bot. Gaz., XI, pp. 2T5-2T6. (Oct., 188G.) 16. Notes on Umbellifera> of the East- ern United States. (Joint author with J. N. Rose.) In Bot. Gaz., XII. (1S8T.) IT. Some western plants. In Bot. Gaz., XII, p. 252. (Oct., 188T.) 18. Evolution in the plant kingdom. In Proc Indiana Acad. Sci. for 188T, pp. 322- 335. 19. Revision of North American Um- belliferse. (Joint author with J. N. Rose.) Washington, 1888. Pp. 144. 9 plates. 20. Continuity of protoplasm. In Bot. Gaz., XIV, pp. 82-83. (March, 1889.) 21. Some notes on Hypericum. In Bot. Gaz., XIV, p. 200. (August, 1889.) 22. Notes on North American Umbel- liferse. (Joint author with J. N. Rose.) In Bot. Gaz., XIV, pp. 274-284 (Nov., 1889) ; XV, pp. 259-261 (Oct, 1890).' 23. Manual of the botany (Si the North- ern United States. (Joint author with Asa Gray and Sereno AVatson.) New York, 1889. I'p. 760. 25 plates. 24. A new genus of Umbelliferse. (Joint author with J. N. Rose.) In Bot. Gaz., XV, pp. 15-16. (Jan., 1890.) 25. A revision of North American Cor- iiaceof. (.loiut author with W. H. Evans.) In Bot. Gaz., XV, pp. 30-39, SG-97. (Feb., April, 1890.) 26. Sketch of Charles C. Parry. In Bot. Gaz., XV, pp. 66-68. (March, 1890.) 27. Penicillium and corrosive sublimate. In Bot. Gaz., XV, pp. 69-70. (March, 1890.) 28. Geographical distribution of North American Umbelliferae. In Proc A. A. A. S., XXXIX, pp. 292-298. (August, 1890.) 29. Pithecolobium texense. In Bot. Gaz., XV, pp. 209-270. (Oct, 1890.) 30. Actinella texana. (Joint author with J. is. Rose.) In Bot. Gaz., XVI, pp. 27-28. (Jan., 1891.) 31. New or noteworthy Compositse from Guatemala. In Bot. Gaz., XVI, pp. 95-102. (April, 1891.) 32. Some new Solanacese from Guate- mala. In Bot. Gaz., XVI, pp. 144-145. (May, 1891.) 33. Practical education. Indianapolis, 1891. Pp. 16. 34. The future of systematic botany. In Proc A. A. A. S., XL, pp. 3-14. (August, 1891.) 35. The future of systematic botany. In Bot. Gaz., XVI, pp"". 243-254. (Sept, 1891.) 36. Botany and horticulture. In Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc for 1891, pp. 30-33. (Dec, 1891.) 37. Sketch of Sereno Watson. In Bot. Gaz., XVII, pp. 137-141. (May, 1892.) 38. Some new North American plants. (Joint author with E. M. Fisher.) In Bot. Gaz., XVII, pp. 348-353. (Nov., 1892.) Indiana University [ Coulter 39. Sullivantia hapemani. In Bot. Gaz., XVII, p. 421. (Dec, 1892.) 40. Notes on North American Unabel- liferse. (Joint author with J. N. Rose.) In Bot. Gaz., XVIII, pp. 54-56. (Feb., 1893.) 41. Preliminary revision of North Amer- ican species of Cactus, Anhalonium, and Lophophora. In Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb- arium, III, ijp. 91-132. (March, 1894.) 42. Botany of Western Texas. In Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herbarium, ii, p. 588. (1891, 1892, 1894.) 43. FormuliE for life histories. In Bot. Gaz., XX, pp. 31-32. (Jan., 1895.) 44. New or noteworthy Oomposita? from Guatemala. In Bot. Gaz., XX, pp. 41- 54. (Feb., 1895.) 45. Musineon of Rafinesque. (Joint author with J. N. Rose.) In Bot. Gaz., XX, pp. 258-260. (June, 1895.) 46. The botanical work of the govern- ment. In Bot. Gaz., XX. pp. 2C4-20S. (June, 1895.) 47. The botanical outlook. Lincoln, 1895. Pp. 28. 48. Deanea, a new genus of Umbel- liferaj from Mexico. (Joint author with J. N. Rose.) In Bot. Gaz., XX, pp. 372- 373. (August, 1895.) 49. Preliminary revision of the North American species of Eehinocactus, Cereus, and Opuntia. In U. S. Nat. Herbarium, III, IV, pp. 355-462. (Dec, 1895.) 50. Plants in their environment. Chi- cago, 1896. Pp. 12. 51. Review of 'Missouri Botanical Gar- den, 7th Annual report' In Bot. Gaz., XXII, pp. 59-60. (July, 1896.) 52. Review of E. Warming's 'Lehrbuch der okologischen Pflanzengeographie.' In Bot. Gaz., XXII, pp. 173-175. (August, 1896.) 53. Review of Mitford Freeman's 'The bamboo garden.' In Bot. Gaz.. XXII, pp. 177-178. (August, 1896.) 54. Review of N. L. Britton and A. Brown's 'An illustrated flora of the north- ern United States, Canada and the British possessions.' In Bot. Gaz., XXII, pp. 269- 270; XXIV, pp. 120-121; XXVI, pp. 281- 282. (Sept., 1896; Aug., 189T ; Oct., 1898.) 55. Evolution. Chicago, 1897. Pp. 14. 56. Notes on the fertilization and em- bryogeny of Conifers. In Bot. Gaz., XXIII, pp. 40-43. (Jan.. 1897.) 57. Review of W. P. Hiern's 'Catalogue of the Afi-ican plants collected by Dr. F. Welwitsch.' In Bot. Gaz., XXIIl, pp. 210- 211. (March, 1897.) 58. Review of W. .T. Real's 'Grasses of North America.' In Bot. Gaz., XXIII, pp. 212-213. (March, 189/.) 59. Review of J. C. Willis's 'A manual and dictionary of the flowering plants and ferns.' In Bot. Gaz., XXIII, pp. 213-214. (March, 1S97.) 00. Revision of Lilseopsis. (Joint au- thor with J. N. Rose.) In Bot. Gaz., XXIV, pp. 47-49. (July, 1897.) 01. Review of Asa Gray's 'Synoptical flora of North America.' In Bot. Gaz., XXIV, pp. 121-122. (August, 1897.) 02. Review of JI. Giirke's 'Plants; Eu- ropaeae.' In Bot. Gaz., XXIV, p. 122. (August, 1897.) 63. Review of A. W. Chapman's 'Flora of the southern United States.' In Bot. Gaz., XXIV, p. 123. (August, 1897.) 64. Review of M. W. Morley's 'A few familiar flowers.' In Bot. Gaz., XXIV, p. 124. (August, 1897.) 05. Review of 'Cytologische Studien aus dem Bonner botanischen Institut,' by E. Strasburger, W. J. Osterhout, and others. In Bot. Gaz., XXIV, pp. 216-220. (Sept., 1897.) 66. Review of C. C. Curtis's 'A text book of general botany.' In Edu. Rev. for 1898. 07. Review of J. R. Green's 'A manual of botany.' In Bot. Gaz., XXV, pp. 62-63. (Jan., 1898.) 76 Coulter ] Bibliography: Alumni 68. Review of W. W. Bailey's 'Botan- ical note book,' In Bot. Gaz., XXY, pp. 03-64. (Jan., 1898.) 69. Notes on Lilseopsis. (Joint author with J. N. Rose.) In Bot. Gaz., XXV, pp. 53-54. (Jan., 1898.) 70. Contribution to the life history of Ranunculus. In Bot. Gaz., XXV, pp. 73-88. (Feb., 1898.) 71. Review of Mrs. L. L. Wilson's 'Nature study in elementary schools.' In Botanical Gazette, XXV, pp. 209-210. (March, 1898.) 72. Review of H. Christ's 'Die Parn- krauter der Erde.' In Bot. Gaz., XXV, pp. 283-284. (April, 1898.) 73. Review of C. H. Clark's 'A labora- tory manual in practical botany.' In Bot. Gaz., XXV, pp. 367-368. (May, 1898.) 74. The origin of Gymnosperms and the seed habit. In Bot. Gaz., XXVI, pp. 153- 168. (Sept., 1898.) Also in Science, VIII, pp. 377-385. (Sept., 1898.) 75. Review of C. R. Barnes's 'Plant life.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVI, pp. 280-281. (Oct., 1898.) 76. Review of 'Missouri Botanical Garden, 9th annual report' In Bot. Gaz., XXVI, pp. 282-283. (Oct., 1898.) 77. Review of Th. Durand and H. Schinz's 'Conspectus Florae Africse.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVI, pp. 283-284. (Oct., 1898.) 78. Review of A. Schneider's 'A guide to the study of lichens.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVI, pp. 284-285. (Oct., 1898.) 79. Review of G. F. Atkinson's 'Ele- mentary botany.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVI, pp. 440-441. (Dec, 1898.) 80. Plant relations. New York, 1899. Pp. vii, 266. 214 plates. 81. Plant structures. New York, 1899. Pp. vii, 348. 289 plates. 82. Review of A. Bngler's 'Monograph- ien afrikanischer Pflanzenfamilien und Gattungen.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVII, pp. 72- 73. (Jan., 1899.)- 83. Review of S. H. Vine's 'An ele- mentary text-book of botany.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVII, pp. 141-142. (Feb., 1899.) 84. Review of D. Grecescu's 'Conspec- tus florei Romainei.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVII, pp. 142-143. (Feb., 1899.) 85. Review of I. Urban's 'Symbolse Antillanse seu fundamenta florae Indiie occi- dentalis.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVII, p. 143. (Feb., 1899.) 86. Review of G. F. Atkinson's 'Ele- mentary botany.' In Sch. Rev., Feb., 189G, pp. 114-115. 87. Review of Gibb E. Hughes's 'The making of a daisy.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVII, pp. 217-218. (March, 1899.) 88. Review of Alice M. Davidson's 'Cal- ifornian plants in their homes.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVII, p. 218. (March, 1899.) 89. Review of D. H. Campbell's 'Lec- tures on the evolution of plants.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVII, p. 219. (March, 1899.) 90. Plant societies. In Pratt Institute Mo., May, 1899, 172-173. 91. Review of F. L. Parson's 'How to know the ferns.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVII, p. 484. (June, 1899.) 92. Review of X iL -IjaffiaQB!s iA -text- book on botany.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVII, 484-485. (June, 1899.) 93. Review of Alice Lounsoerry's 'A guide to the wild flowers.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVIII, p. 72. (July, 1899.) 94. Review of Maud Going's 'Field, forest, and wayside flowers.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVIII, p. 72. (July, 1899.) 95. Review of Edw. Knobel's 'The grasses, sedges, and rushes of the northern United States.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVIII, p. 72-73. (July, 1899.) 96. The origin of the leafy sporophyte. In Bot. Gaz., XXVIII, pp. 46-59. (July, 1899.) 97. Review of Engler and Prantl's 'Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien.' In Bot. Gaz., XXVIII, pp. 217-218. (Sept., 1809.) 11 Indiana University [ Coulter 98. The proper use of science by the pulpit. In Amer. Jour. Theology, III, pp. 041-653. (Oct., 1899.) 99. Analytical key to flowering plants. New York, 1900. Pp. 93. 100. A synopsis of Mexican and Central American TJmbelliferae. (Joint author with J. N. Rose.) In Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., I, pp. 111-159. 10 plates. (Jan., 1900.) 101. Review of L. H. Bailey's 'Cyclo- pedia of American horticulture.' Vols. I-IV. In Bot. Gaz., XXIX, pp. 282-283 ; XXX, p. 277 ; XXXI, p. 436 ; XXXIII, pp. 467-468. (April, Oct., 1900 ; June, 1901 ; June, 1902.) 102. Review of G. P. Atkinson's 'Lessons in botany.' In Bot. Gaz., XXIX, p. 358. (May, 1900.) 103. A pattern flower. In Nature and Art, VIII, pp. 2-7. 1 plate. (June, 1900.) 104. Review of Harriet L. Keeler's 'Our native trees.' In Bot. Gaz., XXX, pp. 132- 133. (August, 1900.) 105. Review of Neltje Blanchan's 'Nature's garden.' In Bot. Gaz., XXX, pp. 132-133. (August, 1900.) 106. Review of Alice Lounsberry's 'A guide to the trees.' In Bot. Gaz., XXX, pp. 132-133. (August, 1900.) 107. Review of D. H. Scott's 'Studies in fossil botany.' In Bot. Gaz., XXX, pp. 352- 354. (Nov., 1900.) 108. Morphology of Gymnosperms. (Joint author with C. J. Chamberlain. ) New York, 1901. Pp. X, 188. 10 plates. 109. The polity of the Y. M. C. A. Chi- cago, 1901. Pp. 16. 110. The student Y. M. C. A. as it relates to the entire association movement. Chicago, 1901. Pp. 14. 111. Plant studies. New York, 1901. Pp. ix, 387. 336 plates. 112. Review of J. Percival's 'Agricul- tural botany ; theoretical and practical.' In Bot. Gaz., XXXI, pp. 67-08. (Jan., 1901.) 113. Review of L. H. Bailey's 'Botany, an elementary text-book for schools.' In Bot. Gaz., XXXI, pp. 129-130. (Feb., 1901.) 114. Some problems in education. In Educator-Journal, I, pp. 405-407, 459-460. (April, May, 1901.) 115. Review of W. L. Jepson's 'A flora of western middle California.' In Bot. Gaz., XXXI, pp. 435-436. (June, 1901.) 116. Review of Charles Mohr's 'Plant life of Alabama.' In Bot. Gaz., XXII, pp. 371-372. (Nov., 1901.) 117. Review of N. L. Britten's 'Manual of the flora of the northern states and Can- ada.' In Bot. Gaz., XXXII, pp. 426-427. (Dec, 1901.) 118. Organic evolution as illustrated by plants. Chicago, 1902. Pp. 20. 119. Review of D. H. Campbell's 'A university text-book of botany.' In Bot. Gaz., XXXIV, pp. 67-08. (July, 1902.) 120. Review of A. Schnedier's 'Powdered vegetable drugs.' In Bot. Gaz., XXXV, pp. 00-01. (Jan., 1903.) 121. Review of H. Kraemer's 'A course in botany and pharmacognosy.' In Bot. Gaz., XXXV, pp. 60-61. (Jan., 1902.) 122. The embryogeny of Zamia. (Joint author with C. ,7. Chamberlain. I In Bot. Gaz., XXXV, pp. 184-195. (Marcn, 1903.) 123. Morphology of Angiosperms. (Joint author with C. J. Chamberlain. ) New York, 1903. Pp. X, 348. 113 plates. Edwin Cook Crampton, LL.B. (1889). Associate Editor, on editorial staff of West Publishing Co. and Keefe-Davison Co., St. Paul, Minn. 1. Articles on : False pretenses ; false personation ; fixtures ; forcible entry and de- tainer ; grand jury ; health ; and infants. In Century Edition, American Digest of Law. (1900-1901.) 2. Articles on : Lis pendens ; licenses 78 Daily^ Bibliography: Alumni to enter on land ; life estates ; i-emainders ; reversions ; powers ; supervision of tlie power of alienation ; poor ; religious societies ; post- ponement ; principal and agent ; stipula- tions ; subscriptions ; recording written in- struments ; records, registers. In Abbott's New York Cyclopedic Digest. (1901-1903.) 3. Articles on : Account ; action or suit for cancellation of written instruments; bill of review ; drainage ; discovery and inspec- tion ; election of officers ; equity ; eminent domain ; higliways ; new trial ; garnishment ; attachment; reformation of instruments; in- toxicating liquors; injunction; rescission of contracts. In Illinois Cyclopedic Digest. (1902-1903.) 4. Articles on : Accounting ; accounts stated and open accounts ; agency ; arbitra- tion and award ; attorneys and counselors ; appeal and review ; alteration of instru- ments ; writs of assistance ; arrest and bind- ing over; auction and auctioneers; appear- ance ; attachment ; bail in civil actions ; bail in criminal proceedings ; breach of marriage promise ; brokers ; bridges ; canals, cancel- lation of written instruments ; confession of judgment : clerks of courts ; contracts ; con- flict of laws ; contempt ; continuance and postponement; discovery and inspection; equity ; eminent domain, fn (Current Law for 1903-1904. Nelson Kendall Ckowe, A.B. (1851), A.M. (1854). Clint on ville, Pa. 1. A history of the freedmen's mission of the Reformed Presbyterian church. Ell WOOD P Cubbebley, A.B. (1891), A.M. Associate Professor of Education, Le- land Stanford Jr. University. Stanford University, Gal. 1. Determinative mineralogy. Vin- cennes, 1895. Pp. xx, 200. 2. School organization. In Edu. Uev , XIII, pp. 1G3-171. (1897.) 3. Report of the public schools of San Diego, Cal., with courses oi study. San Diego, 1897. Pp. 199; illustrated. 4. Report of the public schools of San Diego, Cal. San Diego, 1898. Pp. 15. 5. Courses of study for the public schools of San Francisco. San Francisco, 1900. Pp. 311. 0. A proposed act permitting of ' the consolidation of rural schools, rural super- vision, and the transportation of pupils. In West. Jour. Educ, V, pp. 3-11 ; VIII, pp. 180-18G. (1900, 1903.) 7. Syllabus of school management. Boston, 1901. Pp. 19. 8. The school situation in San Fran- cisco. In Educ. Rev., XXI, pp. 3G4-383. (1901.) 9. A state tax for high schools. In West. Jonr. Educ, VII, pp. 004-607. (1902.) 10. Our country school problem. In We.'it, Jour. Educ, VIII, pp. 278-282. (1903.) 11. Consolidation of schools and trans- portation of pupils. In West. Jour. Educ, VIII, p. 80. (June, 1903.) 12. Syllabus of lectures on the history of education in Europe. New York, 1902. Pp. 302 ; 7 charts ; 7 maps ; 39 illustrations. GEor.GE Adams Custer, LL.B. (1897). Logansport, Ind. 1. Legal counselor and form book. (Joint author with Charles A. Hawkins.) Logansport, Ind., 1901. Pp. 645. William Mitchell Daily, A.B. (1836), D.D. (1851), LL.D. President of the University, 1853-59. Died Feb. 5, 187T. at New Orleans, La. 1. Funeral discourse delivered in the (6) Indiana University \_Daih chapel of Indiana University, Nov. 13, 1851, over tlie remains of tlie late Rev. Andrew AVj'lie, President of Indiana University. Indianapolis, 1852. Pp. 20. 2. Inaugural address as President of Indiana University, August 2, 1854. Indian- apolis, 1854. Pp. 20. 3. The heroic man ; a baccalaureate to the graduating class of the Indiana Univer- sity at the commencement of 1855. Bloom- ington, Ind., 1855. Pp. 22. 4. Our banner : a baccalaureate to the graduating class of Indiana University, 185G. Bloomington, Ind., 185G. Pp. 22. 5. Zaph-nath Pa-a-ne-ah : a baccalau- reate to the graduating class of Indiana Uni- versity, 1857. Bloomington, Ind., 1857. Pp. 24. C. Urim and Thummim : a baccalau- reate to the graduating class of Indiana Uni- versity, 1858. Bloomington, Ind., 1858. Pp. 23. CjtAiiLES Gideon Davis, A.B. (1898), Ph.D. Instructor in German, University e.f Illinois, Urbaua, 111. ]. Die Substantiva auf liny im acht- zehnten Jahrhundert. Strassburg, 1003. Pp. 49. I.OUIS Sherman Davis, A.E. (1891), A.M. (1892), Ph.D. See Faculty list. ScttUYLER Colfax Davisson, A.B. (1890), A.M. (1892), Sc.D. See Faculty list. Alonzo Axvin DeLarme, A.B. (1887), A.M. (1890). Pastor First Baptist Church, Paterson, N. J. 1. History of the First Baptist Church of Norristown, Pa. Philadelphia, 1897. Pp. 229. 20 plates. John Franklin Dillon, B.S. (1874), LL.B. (1870). Pierre, S. D. 1. Pleading and practice in Dakota. J. B. Dolan, Student (189G-1897). 1. Temperature of i Turkey Lake (Ind.). In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 235-239. William Columbus Draper, B.b. (1807), Trinidad, Col. 1. Esmeralda, and other stories. Triii idad, Colo., 1902. Pp. 120; 3 illustrations. Fletcher Babcom Dresslar, A.B. (1889), A.M. (1892), Ph.D. Assistant Profe.s- sor of Pedagogy, University of Califor- nia, Berkley, Cal. 1. A review of the genus Semotilus. (Joint author with E. P. Bicknell.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1885. 2. A review of the mackerels (Scom- brinse) of America and Europe. (Joint author with Bert Fesler.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1887. 3. Fatigue. In Ped. Sem., II, pp. 102- 106. (June, 1892.) 4. A sketch of old schoolhouses. In Ped. Sem., II, pp. 115-125. (June, 1892.) 5. Some influences which affect the ra- pidity of voluntary movement. In Am. Jour. Psych., IV, pp. 514-527. (August, 1892.) 6. On facial vision and the pressure sense of the drum of the ear. In Am. Jour. Psych,. \, pp. 344-:3.")0. (April, 1893.) 7. A new illusion for touch and an e.'J- planation for the illusion of displacement of certain cross lines in vision. In Am. Jour. Psyclu, VI, pp. 275-270. 8. A new and simple method for com 80 Edwards^ Bibliography : Alumni paring the perception of rate of movement in the direct and indirect fields of vision. In Am. Jour. Psych., VI, p. 312. 9. Psychology of touch. In Am. Jour. Psych., VI, pp. 50-54. 10. Outline for a study of habit-degen- eration. In Teachers' Handbook for Chil- dren, published by Illinois Society for Child-Study, I, pp. 21-23. (May, 1895.) 11. Preparation for history in the grades. In Normal Exponent for 1895. 12. The new psychology and its peda- gogical significance. In Proc. California Teachers' Asso. for Dec, 1895. 13. Experiments in psychology. In Overland Mo. for Aug.-Dec, 1896, and Feb.- June, 1897. 14. Education in Havyaii. In Educ. Rev., XV, pp. 50-54. (Jan., 1898.) 15. Genetic psychology. In Northwest- ern Mo., IX, pp. 355-358. (April, 1899.) 16. (xuessing, as influenced by number preferences. In Pop. Sci. Mo., LIV, pp. 781-786. (April, 1899.) H'rank Drew, A.B. (1890), A.M. (1891), I'h.D. Instructor in Philosophy, Indiana University, 1895-96. Now Professor of P.sychology, State Normal School, Wor- cester, Slass. 1. field notes on the birds of San Juan county. Colorado. In Bull. Xuttall Ornith. Club, VI. (1881.) 2. On the vertical range of birds in Colorado. 7»Auk, II. (1885.) 3. Adenoids in children. In Pad. Sem., il, pp. 307-309. (March, 1893.) 4. Love poems of college students. In Ped. Sem., II, pp. 504-506. ( Dec, 1893.) 5. Attention, experimental and criti- cal. In Am. Jour. Psych., VII, pp. 533-572. (July, 1896.) John Walter Dunn, A.B. (1897). County Superintendent of Schools, Knox, Ind. 1. The Starke County (Ind.) Child Study Association. In Child-Study Mo., V, No. 1. (May, 1899.) Charles Lincoln Edwards, B.S. (1886), A.M. (1887),-^ Ph.D. Professor of Natural History, Trinity College, Hart- ford, Conn. 1. The relation of pectoral muscles in birds to the power of flight. In Am. Nat., XX, pp. 25-29. (Jan., 1886.) 2. A review of the American species of the Tetraodontidse. (Joint author with David Starr Jordan.) In Proc U. S. Nat. Mus. for 188G, p. 232. 3. The influence of warmth upon the irritability of frogs' muscle and nerve. In Studies from Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Uni- versity. 4. An expression of animal sympathy. In Am. Nat., XXI, p. 1129. (Dec, 1887.) 5. Winter roosting colonies of crows. In Am. Jour. Psych., I, pp. 436-459. (May, 1888.) 6. Notes on the embryology of Mulle- ria Agassizii. Sel., a Holthurian common at Green Turtle Cay, Bahamas. In Johns Hopkins University Circular, VIII, p. 37. (1889.) 7. Folk-lore of the Bahama negroes. In Am. Jour. Psych., II, pp. 519-542. (August, 1889.) 8. Beschreibung einiger neuen Copepo- den und eines neuen copepoden-ahnlichen Krebses, Leuckartella paradoxa. In Archiv f. Naturgeschichte, Jahrg. 57, Bd. I, p. 35. (1891.) 9. Some tales from Bahama folk-lore. In Jour, of Am. Folk-Lore, IV, pp. 47-54. (1891.) 10. Some tales from Bahama folk-lore. 81 Indiana University \_[idu.ards Fairy tales. In Jour, of Am. Folk-Lore, IV, pp. 247-252. (1891.) 11. Bahama songs and stories. In Memoirs of tlie Am. Follc-Lore Soc, III, p. 111. (1S95.) 12. Notes on the biology of Phrynosoma cornutum Harlan. In Zool. Anzeiger, No. 498. (1896.) 13. Variation and regeneration in Syn- apta inherens. In Science, N, S., XI, p. 178. 14. Animal myths, and their origin. (Address as president of the American Polk-Lore Society.) In Jour, of Am. Folk- Lore Soc, XIII. (Jan.-March, 1900.) 15. The lower temperature limits of in- cubation for the egg of the common fowl. In Science, N. S., XII, pp. 310-311. (Au- gust 24, 1900.) 16. Contributions from the biological laboratory of the department of Natural History, Trinity College, Hartford, Conn. Under the direction of C. L. Edwards. 17. The physiological zero and the in- dex of development from the egg of the do- mestic fowl. Callus domesticus. A contri- bution to the subject of the influence of tem- perature on growth. In Am. Jour, of Physi- ology, VI. pp. 351-397. (Feb., 1902.) Ab- stract in Science, N. S., XV, pp. 521-522. (April 4, 1902.) 18. A note on Phrynosoma. In Science, N. S., XVII, pp. 826-827. (May 22, 1903.) rtosA (Smith) Eigenmann (Mrs. Carl I-I Eigenmann.) Student, 1880-1882. 1. *0n the occurrence of a. species of Cremnobates at San Diego, California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1880, III, pp. 147- 149. 2. *Description of a new gobioid fish (Othonops eos) from San Diego, California. "Tiilcs marked " appeared, under the mime Ro.«a Smith. In Proc. U. S. Nat. JIus. for 1881, IV, pp. 19-21. 3. *Description of a new species ot Gobiesox (Gobieso.^ rhessodon) from San Diego, California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1881, IV, pp. 140-141. 4. *Notes on a collection of fishes from Johnston's Island, including descriptions of five new species. (Joint author with .Toseph Swain.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1882,. V, pp. 119-143. 5. *0n the life coloration of the young of Pomacentrus rubicundus. In Proc. U. S. Nat. JIus. for 1882, V, pp. 652-653. 6. *Description of a new species of Uranidea (Uranidea rhothea) from Spokane River, Washington Territory. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1882, V, pp. 347-348. 7. *The life colors of Cremnobates integripinnis. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1883, VI pp. 216-217. 8. *Notes on the occurrence of Gaster- osteus williamsoni Grd., in an artesian well at San Bernardino, California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1883, VI, p. 217. 9. *Notes on the fishes of Todos Santos Bay, Lower California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1883, VI, pp. 232-230. 10. *Description of a new species of Squalius. In Proc. California Acad. Sci. for 1884. 11. *Notes on fishes collected at San Cristobal, Lower California, by Jlr. Charles H. Townsend, Assistant, U. S. Fish Com- mission. In Proc. U. S. Nat. J\Xus. 'for 1885, VII, pp. 551-553. 12. *The fishes of San Diego, Califor- nia. A list in two parts. In W. Am. Sci. for 1885, pp. 4.5-47, 53-55. (July, August, 1885.) 13. *0n the occurrence of a new species of Rhinoptera (R. encenadse) in Todos Santos Bay, Lower California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. JIus. for 1886, IX, p. 220. 14. *On Tetraodon setosus. In Bull. 82 Eigenmann'\ Bibliography: Alumni California Acad. Sci., II, No. 6, pp. 155-150. (Nov. 13, 1886.) 15. A ciiapter on sharks. In Golden Era for August, 1887. 16. A chapter on sting rays. In Golden Era for Sept., 1887, pp. 489-490. 17. Charles L. McKay, [n W. Am. Sci. for 1887, pp. 189-191. 18. Women in science. In W. Am. Sci. for 1887, pp. 230-236. 19. A list of the American Gobiidse and CallionymidiE, with notes on the specimens contained in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Cambridge, Mass. (Joint author with Carl H. Eigenmann.) In Vroc. Cali- fornia Acad. Sci., 2d ser., I, pp. 51-78. (Jan. 25, 1888.) 20. South American Nematognathi. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Am. Nat., XXIII, pp. 647-649. (July, 1888.) 21. Preliminary notes on South Ameri- can Nematognathi. I. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci. 2d ser., I, pp. 119-172. (July, 1888.) 22. Cyprionodon californiensis, Girard. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., V, pp. 3-4. (Sept., 1888.) 23. Description of a. new species of Cyprinodon. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., I, p. 270. (Jan. 8, 1889.) 24. Notes on some California fishes, with descriptions of two new species. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 7-8. (April, 1889.) 25. Preliminary notes on South Ameri- can Nematognathi. II. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., II, pp. 28-56. (August 18, 1889.) 26. On the phosphorescent spots of Porichthys margaritatus. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 32-34. (May, lh89.) 27. Contributions from the Kan Diego Biological Laboratory. I. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 44-47. (June, 1889.) 28. Notes from the San Diego Biologi- cal Laboratory. The fishes of Cortes Banks. (Joint author with C. H. Eigen- mann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 123-132. (Oct., 1889.) 29. Notes from the San Diego Biological Laboratory. II. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In W. Am. Sci., VI, pp. 147- 151. (Nov., 1889.) 30. A review of the Erythrininae. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., II, pp. 100-116. 1 plate. (Nov. 8, 1889.) 33. A revision of the edentulous genera of CurimatiniB. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Ann. New York Acad. Sci., IV, pp. 1-32. (Nov., 1889.) 32. Description of a new species of Euprotomicrus. In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser.. III. (1890.) 33. New California fishes. In Am. Nat. for 1890, pp. 153-156. 34. Additions to the fauna of San Diego. (Joint author with 0. H. Eigen- mann.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser.. Ill, pp. 1-25. (March 24, 1890.) 35. A revision of the South American Nematognathi or catfishes. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Occasional pa- pers, Proc. California Acad. Sci., I, pp. 1- 508, plates, map. (July, 1890.) 36. Descriptions of new species of Se- bastodes. (Joint author with C. H. Eigen- mann.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser.. Ill, pp. 36-38. (May 28, 1890.) 37. A catalogue of the fresh-water fishes of South America. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1891, XIV, pp. 1-81. 83 Indiana University \_Eigenmann 38. A catalogue of the fishes of the Pa- cific coast of America north of Cerros island. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Ann. New York Acad. Sci., VI, pp. 349-358. (June, 1892.) 39. Recent additions to the fauna of California. (Joint author with C. H. Eigen- mann.) Abstract in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1891, pp. 159-161. 40. New fishes from Western Canada. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Am. Nat., XXVI, pp. 961-964. (Nov., 1892.) 41. Preliminary description of new fishes from the Northwest. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Am. Nat., XXVII, pp. 151-154. (Feb., 1893.) William Harris Elson, A.B. (1895). Superintendent of Schools, Grand Rapids, Michigan. 1. Outlines of masterpieces of Ameri- can literature. Boston, 1893. Pp. 22. 2. The necessity of stimulating the child's full mental power in kindergarten work. In Kindergarten Magazine, X, pp. 357-363. (Feb., 1898.) Barton Waeren Evermann, B.S. (1886), A.M. (1888), Ph.D. (1891). Assistant in charge Division of Scientific Inquiry, Bureau of Fisheries, Washington, D. C. 1. California bird notes. In Ornithol- ogist and Oologist, VI, p. 7. (March, 1881.) 2. Least titmouse, its nesting habits . n California. In Ornithologist and Oologist, VI, p. 19. (May, 1881.) 3. Large clutches of eggs. In Ornithol- ogist and Omogist, VI, p. 40. (July, 1881.) 4. Unusual nesting site of the chewink. In Ornithologist and Oologist, VI, p. 61. (Oct., 1881.) 5. Animal analysis. Chicago, 1882. Pp. iv, 123. 6. The road-runner. In Ornithologist and Oologist, VI, p. 85. (Jan., 1882.) 7. American barn owl, Aluco flammeus americanus (Aud.) Ridgw. In Ornitholo- gist and Oologist, VII, pp. 97-98, 109-110. (March, April, 1882.) 8. Bluebirds' eggs. In Ornithologist and Oologist, VII, p. 147. (August, 1882.) 9. American barn owl, further notes. In Ornithologist and OiJlogist, VII, pp. 166- 167. (Oct., 1882.) 10. The black-crested fly-catcher. In Ornithologist and Oologist, VII, pp. 169-170, 177-179. (Nov., Dec, 1882.) 11. Bird notes from Bloomington, Indi- ana. In Ornithologist and Oologist, VlII, pp. 27-28. (April, 1883.) 12. A review of the species of Gerres found in American waters. (Joint author with Seth E. Meek.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1883, pp. 116-124. 1 3. Bird migration. In American Field, XXI, pp. 544-545. (1884.) 14. Arrivals of birds at Camden, Indi- ana, 1884. In Ornithologist and Oologist, IX, p. 74. (June, 1884.) l.j. List of fishes collected in Harvey and Cowley counties, Kansas. (Joint author with Morton W. Fordice. ) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1885, p. 412 ; also ill Bull. Washburn College Lab. Nat. Hist., I, pp. 184-186. (July, 1886.) 16. A list of the birds observed in Ven- tura county, California. In Auk, III, pp. 86-94,179-186. (Jan., Feb., 1886.) 17. Birds observed in Ventura county, California. In Pacific Science Mo., I, pp. 77- 89.' (Jan., 1886.) 18. A list of birds observed at Pensa- cola, Florida. In Ornithologist and Oologist, II, pp. 81-83, 97-98. (June, July, 1886.) 19. Notes on a collection of fishes from the Monongahela River. (Joint author with 84 Evermann^ Bibliography: Alumni Chai'les II. Bollman.) In Proc. New Xork Arad. S<.i. for 188(1. pp. 33.J-340. 20. Descriptions of six new species of fishes from the Gulf of Mexico, with notes on other species. (Joint author with David Stai-r Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus. for 1880, pp. 466-47G. 21. A list of the fishes observed In the vicinitv of Brookville, Franklin countj', In- diana. 7)1 Bull. 2. Brookville Soc. Nat. Hist, for ISSO, pp. 1-11. 22. A revision of the American species of the genus Gerres. (Joint author with S. E. Meek.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., for 1886, pp. 1:50-27::. 23. The food fishes of Indiana. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) Iii Rep. Indi- ana State Board of Agriculture for 1886, pp. 156-173. 24. The yellow-billed magpie. In Am. Nat., XX, pp. 607-611. (July, ISSO.) 25. A day with the birds of a Hoosier swamp. In Ornithologist and Oiilogist, IT, pp. 99-101. tJuly, 1886.) 20. Some rare Indiana birds. In Am. Nat.. XXI, pp. 290-291. (March, 1SS7.) 27. Bird migration. In Pop. Sci. JIo., XXXI, pp. 803-SlO. (April, 1S87.) 28. Birds of Monroe county, Indiana. In Hoosier Naturalist, II, pp. 137-145. (May, 1887.) 29. An addition to the list of birds of Monroe county, Indiana. In Hoosier Nat- uralist, II, p. 164. (June, 1887.) 30. The occurrence in Indiana of the star-nosed mole. In Am. Nat.. XXII, p. 359. (April, ISSS.) 31. Ornithology from a railroad train. (Joint author with Oliver P. Jenkins.) In Ornithologist and Oologist, XIII, pp. 65-69. (May, 18SS.) 32. Notes on Indiana fishes. (Joint author with O. P. Jenkins.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1888, pp. 43-57. 33. Description of eighteen new species of fishes from the Gulf of California. (, feint author with O. P. Jenkins.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1888, pp. 137-loS. 34. Birds of Carroll county, Indiana. In Auk, V, pp. 344^351, 22-30. (Oct., 1888; Jan., 1889.) 35. The wood ibis in Indiana. In Auk, VI. pp. 1S6-1S7. (April, 1889.) 30. Description of the yellow-finned trout of Twin Lakes, Colorado. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat Mus. for 1SS9, pp. 453-454. (1890.) 37. Description of a new species of fish from the Tippecanoe river, Indiana. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S, Nat. Mus. for 1890, pp. 3-4. 38. Report upon a collection of fishes made at Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, with descriptions of new species. (Joint author with O. P. Jenkins.) In Proc. U. S. Nat Mus. for 1891, pp. 121-165 ; 'A plates. 39. A reconnaissance of the streams and lakes of western Montana and northwestern Wyoming. In Bull. U. S. i'ish Comm. for 1S91 (1892), pp. 3-GO; 27 plates. 40. A report upon investigations made in Texas in 1891. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1891 (1892), pp. 61-90, 9 plates. 41. Two-Ocean Pass. In Proc. Indiana Acad. !Sci. for 1S92, pp. 29-34 : 1 plate. 42. The work of the U. S. Fish Com- mission steamer Albatross in the Noitli Pacific and Bering Sea in 1S!)2. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1892, pp. 50-57. 43. The ptarmigan of the Aleutian Islands. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1892, pp. 7S-S1. 44. The work of the United States Fisli Commission and its relation to the farmer. In Rep. Indiana Fish Comm. for 1893-94, pp. 15-25. 45. Description of a new sucker, Pantosteus jordani, from the upper Missouri Basin. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1892 (1893), pp. 51-56, 1 plate. 46. The fishes of Texas and the Rio Grande Basin, considered chiefly with ref- S5 Indiana University \_Evermann erence to their geogTapliic distribution. (Joint autlioi- witli William C. Kendall.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. £oi- 1892 (1894), pp. 57-120, 31 plates. 47. The ichthyologic features of the Black Hills region. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1892, pp. 73-78. 48. Bibliography of Indiana mammals. (Joint author with Amos W. Butler.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893 (1894), pp. 120-124. 49. A preliminary list of Indiana mam- mals. (Joint author with A. W. Butler.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 18a3 (1894), pp. 124-139. 50. Notes on the fur-seal rookeries of the Pribilof Islands, July 18 to 31, 1892. In Proc. Tribunal of Pur Seal Arbitration at Paris, 1893, VII, pp. 204-273. 51. The investigation of rivers and lakes with reference to the hsh environment. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1803, pp. 69-73. 32. A skeleton of Steller's sea cow. In {Science, p. 59. (Feb., 1893.) 53. Report upon the advisability of es- tablishing a iish-hatching station in the State of Tennessee. In Senate Mis. Doc. No. 52, 53d Cong., 2d Sess., pp. 1-3. (Jan., 1894.) 54. Report upon the advisability of es- tablishing fish-hatchery stations at suitable points in Wyoming and the states of South Dakota, Iowa and Nebraska. Senate Mis. Doc. No. 53, 53d Cong., 2d Sess., pp. 1-5. (Jan., 1894.) 55. The salmon fisheries of the Colum- bia River Basin. (Joint author with Charles H. Gilbert.) Senate Mis. Doc. No. 200, 53d Cong., 2d Sess., pp. 1-55, 13 plates. (August, 1894.) 56. A report upon investigations in the Columbia River Basin, with descriptions of four new species of fishes. (Joint author with C. H. Gilbert.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1894, pp. 153-207 ; 13 plates. 57. A list of the species ot fishes known from the vicinity of Neosho, Missouri. (Joint author with W. C. Kendall.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1894 (1895), pp. 469-472. 58. The fishes of the Colorado Basin. (Joint author with Cloudsley Rutter.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1894 (1895), pp. 473-486. 59. Recent investigations concerning the redfish, Oncorhynchus nerka, at its spawning grounas in Idaho. (Joint author with J. T. Scovell.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 131-134. 00. The fishes of the Missouri Basin. (Joint author with J. T. Scovell.) /» Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 126-138. Gl. 'iwo-Ocean Pass. In Pop. Sci. Mo., XLVII, pp. 175-186; with plates. (June, 1895.) 62. In the Sawtooth Mountains. In American Angler, XXV, p. 285. (Oct., 1895.) 03. The whitefishes of North America. (Joint author with I-Iugh M. Smith.) In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1894 (1896), pp. 283-324 ; 18 plates. 64. An annotated list of the fishes known from the state of Vermont. (.Joint author with W. C. Kendall. ) In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1894 (1896), pp. 579-604. 65. Report upon the fishes of the Mis- souri River Basin. (Joint author with Ulysses O. Cox.) In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1894 (1896), pp. 325-429. 66. Description of a new species of pipe- fish, Siphostoma scovelli, from Texas. (Jjint author with W. O. Kendall.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1895 (1896), p. 113. 67. A preliminary report upon salmon investigations in Idaho in 1894. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1895 (1896), pp. 253- 284. 68. The fishes of the Neuse River Basin. 86 Evermann J Bibliography: Alumni (Joint author with U. O. Cox.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1895 (1896), pp. 303- 310. 69. Description of a new species of shad (Alosa alabamae) from Alabama. In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1805 (1896), pp. 203- 205. 70. A check-list of the fishes and fish- like vertebrates of North and Middle Ameri- ca. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1895 (1896), pp. 207-584. 71. The fishes of North and Middle America. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) Bull. 47, U. S. Nat. Mus., Part I, pp. Ix, 1240 (1896) ; Part II, pp. xxx, 1241-2183 (1898) ; Part III, pp. xxix, 2183a-3136 (1898) ; Part IV, pp. ci, 3137-3313, 392 plates (1900). 72. Indian River and its fishes. (Joint author with Barton A. Bean.) Senate Doc. 46, 54th Cong., 2d Sess., pp. 5-26 ; 37 plates. Also in Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1896, pp. 223-262; 36 plates. 73. The opah (Lampris luna) in Monte- rey Bay. In Recreation, IV, p. 41. (Jan., 1896.) 74. Two-Ocean Pass. In Inland-Edu- cator, II, pp. 299-306; 5 plates. (July, 1896.) 75. tSomething about snipes. In Recre- ation, V, p. 147. (Sept., 1S96.) 76. Review of E. T. D. Chambers's 'The ouananiche and its Canadian environment.' In American Angler, XXVI, pp. 359-360. (Oct.-Nov., 1896.) 77. In the Sawtooth Mountains. In Recreation, V, pp. 135-137, 196-197, 252- 253. (Sept., Oct., Nov., 1896.) 78. Idaho grouse. In Recreation, V, p. 274. 79. The mountain lion (Felis concolor). In Recreation, V, p. 332, 1 plate. (Dec, 1896.) 80. How many kinds of bears are there in this country? In Recreation, V, pp. 322- 3Z3. (Dec, 1896.) 81. Trouting in Klamath Lakes. In Recreation, V, p. 336. (Dec, 1896.) 82. Report on the fish and fisheries of the coastal waters of Florida. In Senate Doc. No. 100, 54th Cong., 2d Sess., 1897, pp. 1-80 ; also in Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1896 (1897), pp. 203-342. 83. A report upon salmon investigations in the headwaters of the Columbia River, in the state of Idaho, in 1895. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1896, pp. 149-202, 6 plates. 84. U. S. Fish Commission investiga- tions at Crater Lake. In Mazama, I, pp. 230-238. (1897.) 85. The fish fauna of Florida. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1897, pp. 201-208; also in Recreation, XII, pp. 292-295 (April, 1900) ; and in Southern Sportsman, II, pp. 9-14 (Jan., 1899). 86. A report upon salmon investigations in the Columbia River Basin and elsewhere on the Pacific coast in 1896. (Joint author with S. E. Meek.) In Bull. U. S. Pish Comm. for 1897, pp. 15-84 ; S plates. 87. Review of Florence A. Merriam's 'A-birding on a broncho.' In Recreation, VI, p. 290. (April, 1897.) 88. Review of David Starr Jordan's 'Science Sketches.' In Recreation, VI, p. 290. (April, 1897.) 89. Review of W. Furneaux's 'Life in pond and stream.' In Recreation, VI, p. 291. (April, 1897.) 90. Review of Frank Cramer's 'The method of Darwin.' In Recreation, VI, p. 291. (April, 1897.) 91. Review of Nathaniel Lord Britton and Addison Brown's 'An illustrated flora of the northern United States, Canada and the British Possessions, I.' In Inland Educator, IV, p. 251. (June, 1897.) 92. Lake trout from Montana. In Rec- reation, VII, pp. 54-55. (July, 1897.) 8Y Indiana University \_E% 93. Catfish in Louisiana. In Recrea- lion. VII, p. 5G. (July, 1897.) 94. Trout culture in Montana. In Rec- reatioii, VII, pp. 140. (August, 1897.) 95. White and yellow perch, /ra Recre- ation, VII, p. 178, 494. (Sept., Dec, 1897.) 96. Descriptions of new or little known genera and species of fishes from the United States. (Joint author with W. C. Kendall.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1897 (1898), pp. 125-133 ; 4 plates. 97. Notes on fishes collected by E. W. Nelson on the Tres Marias Islands and in Sinaloa and Jalisco, Mexico. In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XII, pp. 1-3. (Jan., 1898.) 98. Crater Lake. In Recreation, VIII, pp. 18-20; 2 illustrations. (Jan., 1898.) 99. Note on the Columbia sturgeon. In Recreation, VIII, p. 301. (April, 1898.) 100. Crater Lake to be a national park. In Recreation, VIII, p. 396. (May, 1898.) 101. The teaching of biology in the pub- lic schools. In Plant World, I, pp. 119-122. (May, 1898.) 102. The teaching of biology in the pub- lic schools. In Inland-Educator, VI, pp. 141-143. (May, 1898.) 103. Review of Nathaniel Lord Britton ami Addison Brown's 'An illustrated flora of the northern United States, Canada and the British Possessions, II.' In Inland-Edu- cator, VI, p. 180. (May, 1898.) 104. Note on the Loch Leven trout. In Recreation, VIII, p. 465. (June, 1898.) 105. Key to the species of Lucius. In Recreation, IX, p. 207. (Sept., 1898.) 106. Artificial key to the families of true fishes or Teleostei of North and Middle America. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Bull. 47, U. S. Nat. Mus., pp. 2875-2890. (1898.) 107. Report on investigations by the U. S. Fish Commission in Mississippi, Louisi- ana, and Texas in 1897. In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1898 (1899), pp. 285-310; 29 plates. 108. Check-list of the fishes of Florida. (Joint author with W. C. Kendall.) In Rep. U. S. Pish Comm. for 1899, pp. 35-103. 109. Descriptions of new genera and species of fishes from Puerto Rico. (Joint author with Millard C. Marsh.) In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1899, pp. 351-362. 110. Something about Porto Rico. In Inland-Educator, pp. 7-10 ; 5 illustrations. (August, 1899.) 111. Review of S. Reynolds Hale's 'Our garden.' In Recreation, XI, p. 2.34. (Sept., 1899.) 112. Review of Albert Gardner Robin- son's 'Porto Rico to-day.' In Recreation, XI, p. 322. (Oct., 1899.) 113. Review of Sir Edward Grey's 'Fly fishing.' In Recreation, XI, p. 322. (Oct., 1899.) 114. A note on Roccus lineatus, Roccus chrysops, and Moroue interrupta. In Recre- ation, XI, pp. 287-288. (Oct., 1899.) 115. The ling and other fishes of Lake Chelan, Washington. In Recreation, XI, pp. 371-372. (Nov., 1899.) 116. Note on a specimen of the wolf-fish, Alepisaurus sesculapias. In Recreation, XI, p. 373. (Nov., 1899.) 117. Review of Frederic A. Ober"s 'Puerto Rico and its resources.' In Recrea- tion, XI, p. 397. (Nov., 1899.) 118. Review of David Starr Jordan's 'Manual of vertebrates.' In Recreation, XI, p. 397. (Nov., 1899.) 119. Description of two new species of "darters from Lake Maxinkuckee, Indiana. In Rep. U. S. Fish Coram, for 1899 (1900), pp. 363-367; 1 plate. 120. Investigations of the aquatic re- sources and fisheries of Porto Rico by the United States Fish Commission steamer Fish Hawk in 1899. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1900, pp. 1-350; 52 plates, 112 figiires. 121. The fishes of Porto Rico. (Joint 88 Evermann ] Bibliography: Alumni author with M. C. Marsh.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Oomm. for 1900, pp. 51-350 ; 164 plates. 122. Some observations concerning species and sub-species. In Science, N. S., XI, pp. 451-455. (March, 1900.) 123. Keview of William Dinwiddle's 'Puerto Rico.' In Recreation, XII, p. 399. (May, 1900.) 124. The United States Fish Commision. In Current Encyclopedia, I, pp. 457-461 ; 6 illustrations. (Oct., 1901.) 125. Investigations of the United States Fish Commission steamer Albatross. In Current Encyclopedia, I, pp. 689-693; 3 il- lustrations. (Dec, 1901.) 126. Bait minnows. In Rep. New York Forest, Fish and Game Comm. for 1900 (1902), pp. 307-352; 16 text-figures and colored plates of 12 species. 127. Notes on the fishes and moUusks-of Chautauqua Lake, New York. (Joint author with Edmund L. Goldsborough. ) In Rep. New York Forest, Fish and Game Comm. for 1900 (1902), pp. 357-366; 1 plate. 128. Notes on the fishes of Lake On- tario. (Joint author with W. C. Kendall.) In Rep. N. Y. Forest, Fish and Game Comm. for 1900 (1902), pp. 479-488. 129. Summary of the scientific results of the Fish Commission expedition to Porto Rico. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1900 (1902), XI-XV, First Part. 130. General report on the investigations in Porto Rico of the United States Fish Commission steamer Fish Hawk in 1899. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1900 (1902), pp. 1-26, Part 1. 131. List of species of fishes known to occur in the Great Lakes or their connecting waters. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1901 (1902), pp. 95-96. 132. A report on fishes collected in Mex- ico and Central America, with notes and descriptions of five new species. (Joint author with E. L. Goldsborough.) In BulL U. S. Fish Comm. for 1901 (1902), pp. 137- 159 ; 8 text-figures. 133. Notes on the fishes and mollusks of Lake Chautauqua, New York. (Joint author with E. L. Goldsborough.) In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1901 (1902), pp. 169- 175. 134. Notes on the fishes of Lake Ontario. (Joint author with W. C. Kendall.) In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1901 (1902), pp. 209-216. 135. An annotated list of the fishes known to occur in Lake Champlain and its tributary waters. (Joint author with TV. C. Kendall.) In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1901 (1902), pp. 217-226. 136. An annotated list of the fishes known to occur in the St. Lawrence River. (Joint author with W. C. Kendall.) In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1901 (1902), pp. 227-240. 137. Description of a new species of shad; (Alosa ohiensis) with notes on other food- fishes of the Ohio River. In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1901 (1902), pp. 273-288; 6 plates. 138. The fishes and fisheries of the Ha- waiian Islaads. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1901 (1902), pp. 353-499; 7 plates. 139. Preliminary report on the investi- gations of the fishes and fisheries of the Ha- waiian Islands. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In House Doc. No. 249, 57th. Cong., 1st Sess., pp. 1-33. (Jan., 1902.) 140. Lopho, the quail. In Harper's Mo., CIV, pp. 487-492. (Feb., 1902.) 141. Facts about the eel. In Recreation,. XVI, p. 222. (March, 1902.) 142.- Lake Mashipacong. In Recreation,. XVI, pp. 291-293. (April, 1902.) 143. Nature study and nature study books. In Recreation, XVI, p. 317. (April,. 1902.) 89 Indiana University iE% 144. Porto Rico, its fishes and fislieries. '(Joint author with M. C. Marsh.) In Cur- rent Encyclopedia, II, pp. 1274-1279 ; 8 text- illustrations. (April, 1902.) 145. The feeding habits of the coot and other water birds. In Osprey, I, pp. 57-64. (April, 1902.) 146. American food and game fishes : a popular account of all the species found in America north of the Equator, with keys for ready identification, life histories, and meth- ods of capture. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) New York, 1902. Pp. 1, 573; 10 colored plates, 63 photographic plates, and 220 text-figures. 147. Notes on some Mexican fishes. (Joint author with E. L. Goldsborough. ) In Science, N. S., XV, pp. 746-749. (May, 1902.) 148. A new species of shad from the Ohio River. In Forest and Stream, LVIII, pp. 408-409; 6 plates. (May, 1902.) 149. Strange fishes of the deep sea. In The World To-day, II, pp. 1398-1406; 18 plates. (June, 1902.) 150. A new species of shad. In Sports Afield, XXIX, pp. 63-66; 3 plates. (July, 1902.) 151. Fishes of the Great Lakes. In Sports Afield, XXIX, p. 70. (July, 1902.) J 52. The mystery of the salmon, /m Out- ing, pp. 562-568. (August, 1902.) 153. Pike, pickerel, muscalonge. In Forest and Stream, LIX, p. 193. (Sept., 1902.) 154. The big trees of California. Tn Sports Afield, XXIX, p. 272. (Sept., 1902.) 155. Some strange ocean fishes. (Joint .author with M. C. Marsh.) In World To- day, III, pp. 1800-1805, 10 plates. (Sept., 1902.) 156. Hawaiian Island fisheries. In Sports Afield, XXIX, p. 273. (Sept., 1902.) 157. Water the birds. In Country Life in America, III, pp. 17-19. (Nov., 1902.) 158. Nerka, the blueback salmon. In World To-day, III, pp. 2221-2228 ; 9 plates. (Dec, 1902.) 159. Uescriptions of new genera and species of fishes from the Hawaiian Islands. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Coram, for 1902 (1903), pp. 161- 208. 160. Descriptions of a new genus and two new species of fishes from the Hawaiian Islands. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., for 1902 (1903), pp. 209-210. 161. The cutthroat trout and its rela- tives. In Country Life in America, IV, p. 130;- 1 Illustration. (June, 1903.) 162. The United States Bureau of Fish- eries. In Pacific Fisherman II, pp. 16-18 ; 3 plates. (Jan., 1904.) 163. The fishes and other aquatic re- sources of the Hawaiian Islands. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1903 (1904) ; 73 colored plates, 300 lithographs and text-figures. 164. Preliminary report of the Alaska Salmon Commission. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In House Doc. No. 477, 58th Cong., 2d Sess., pp. 1-37. (Jan., 1904.) 165. The native fishermen of Hawaii. In Outing, XLIII, pp. 660-667 ; 7 illustrations. 166. Modesty itself, the brown towhee. In Recreation, XX, pp. 277-279; 1 plate. (April, 1904.) 167. Statistics of the fisheries of the Middle Atlantic States. In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1902, pp. 433-540. (1903.) 168. Report of the Division of Statistics and Methods of the Fisheries. In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1903, pp. 101-122. (1904.) 169. The Bureau of Fisheries. In Nat Geog. Mag., XV, pp. 191-212; 14 illustra- tions. (May, 1904.) 90 Fesler'\ Bibliography: Alumni Bert Fesler, A.B. (1889). Duluth, Minn. 1. A review of the mackerels (Scom- brinoe) of America and Europe. (Joint author with Fletcher B. Dresslar.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comra. for 1887. Frank Albert Fetter, A.B. (1891), Ph.D. Professor of Economics and Social Science, Indiana University, 1895-1898. Now Professor of Political Economy and Finance, Cornell University. 1. Versuch einer Bevolkerungslehre, Jena, 1894. Pp. 105. 2. History of the city of Peru, Indiana. In History of Miami county, (Chicago, 1887), pp. 3G2-392. 3. Theories of value and deferred pay- ments. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci., V, pp. 882-896. (May, 1895.) 4. The gold reserve, its functions and its maintenance. In Pol. Sci. Quart, XI, pp. 237-247. (June, 1896.) 5. Review of Julius Lehr's 'Produktion und Consumption.' In Pol. Sci. Quart., XI, p. 33G. (June, 1896.) 6. Review of F. W. Taussig's 'Wages and capital.' In Pol. Sci. Quart., XII, p. 146. (March, 1897.) 7. The improvement of methods of poor relief in Indiana. In Bull. Indiana State Board of Charities. (June, 1898.) 8. Tne essay of Malthus : a centennial review. In Yale Rev., VII, p. 153. (August, 1898.) 9. Review of John Davidson's 'Bargain theory of wages.' In Pol. Sci. Quart., XIII, p. 556. (Sept., 1898.) 10. Politics in the charitable institu- tions of the Pacific coast. In Proc. Nat. Conf. Char, and Cor. for 1899. 11. Social progress and race degenera- tion. In Forum, XXVIII, p. 228. (0(t.„ 1899.) 12. Recent discussion of the capital' concept. In Quart. Jour. Econ., XV, pp. 1- 45. (Nov., 1900.) 13. The next decade of economic theory. In Pub. Am. Econ. Asso., Third series, II, pp. 236-246. (Feb., 1901.) 14. The passing of the old rent concept. In Quart. Jour. Econ., XV, pp. 416-445. (May, 1901.) 15. Public subsidies to private charities. In Proc. Nat. Conf. Char, and Cor. for 1901, p. 118. 16. An American economist (J. B. Clark). /« Internat. Mo. (July, 1901.) 17. The maps, diagrams, data, and sta- tistical tables on housing conditions in Chi- cago (about 100 pages). In Report of the City Homes Association on Tenement Con- ditions in Chicago. Chicago, 1901. 18. The subsidizing of private charities. In Am. Jour. Soc, VII, p. 359. (Nov., 1901.) 19. Review of A. H. Gibson's 'Natural- economy.' In Jour. Pol. Econ., X, p. 289. (March, 1902.) 20. Review of E. A. Ross's 'Social con- trol.' In Charities, VIII, p. 213. (March, 1902.) 21. Review of E. von Bohm-Bawerk's 'Einige strittige Fragen der Capitalstheorie.' In Pol. Sci. Quar., XVII, p. 169. (Jlarcli, 1902.) 22. Editor of 'Papers and proceedings of the 14th annual meeting of the American Economic Association.' New York, 1902. Pp. 400. (Pub. Am. Econ. Asso., 3d ser.,. Ill, No. 1.) 23. The roundabout process in the iuter- est theory. In Quar. Jour. Econ., XVII,. pp. 163-180. (Nov., 1902.) 24. Review of G. B. Lockwood's 'The- New Harmony communities.' In Jour. Pol. Econ., XI, p. 175. (Dec, 1902.) 91 Indiana University [Fetter 2.J. Review of I. Broome, 'The last days ■of the Ruskin community.' In Jour. Pol. Econ., XI, p. 177. (Dec, 1902.) 26. Editor of 'Papers and proceedings of the 15th annual meeting of the American Economic Association.' New York, 1903. Pp. 298. (Pub. Am. Econ. Asso., 3d ser., IV, No. 1.) 27. Taxation in the American States in 1902. In I^egislative Bull. New York State Library, No. 19, p. 785. (1903.) 28. The relations between rent and 'n- terest. Paper read at the sixteenth annual meeting of the Am. Econ. Assoc, Dec, 1903. In Pub. Am. Econ. Assoc. 3d ser., V, pp. 176-198. (Feb., 1904.) Reprint, with dis- cussion, 74 pp. (April, 1904.) 29. Taxation in the American States in 1903. In Legis. Bull. N. Y. State Library -for May, 1904. 30. Editor of 'Papers and proceedings ■of the 16th annual meeting of the American Economic Association.' Part I. New York, 3904. Pp. 250. (Pub. Am. Econ. Assoc, 3d ser., V, No. 1.) 31. Editor of 'Papers and proceedings ■of the 10th annual meeting of the American Economic Association.' Part II-. New York, 1904. Pp. 210. (Pub. Am. Econ. Assoc, 3d. ser., V, No. 2.) 32. Principles of economies, with appli- cations to practical problems. New Y'ork, 1904. About 500 pp. (In press.) 3. Avoidable causes of mortality in tu- berculosis in the Southwest. In Cleveland Med. Jour., for Nov., 1903. iivY Harland Pitzgeeald, A.B. (1890), M.D. Albuquerque, N. M. 1. Etiology of appendicitis. In Clevo- dand Medical Gaz. for 1901. 2. The Southwest for pulmonary tu- l)erculosis. In Cleveland Med. Jour., X. (March, 1902.) Arthur Lee Foley, A.B. (1890), A.M. (1891) , Ph.D. See Faculty list. Morton William Fordice, B.S. (1880). Kussellville, Ind. 1. A review of the American Stromat- eidte. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, for 1884, pp. 311-317. 2. A review of the American Bleotrid- inje. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1885, pp. 06-80. 3. A catalogue of the fishes of Bean Blossom Creek, Monroe county, Indiana. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, for 1885, pp. 410-411. 4. List of fishes collected in Harvey and Cowley counties, Kansas. (Joint au- thor with Barton W. Evermann. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, for 1885, p. 412. 5. Some Kansas fishes. (Joint author with B. AV, Evermann.) In Bull. Wash- burn College Nat. Hist, for 1885. 6. A review of the North American species of Petromyzontidse. (Joint author with David Starr Jordan.) In Ann. Acad. Nat. Sci. N. Y., for 1886. 7. A review of the American species of BellonidEB. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IX, pp. 338-361. (1886.) 8. A review of the sturgeons (Acipen- seridae) of North America. (Joint author with Philip H. Kirsch.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, for 1889, pp. 24.")- 257. 92 Foster ] Bibliography: Alumni FlNLEY JJlLLIOAN FOSTER, A.B. (1876), Ph.D. Clergj'man, New York. 1. The witnessing chui-cli. New York, 1800. Pp. 233. 2. A plea for tlie old church. New York, 1896. Pp. 44. John Mitchell Foster, A.B. (1871). Pas- tor Second Reformed Presbyterian Church, Boston, Jlass. 1. Review of S. L. Loomis's 'Modern cities.' In Christian Statesman. (Sept., 1888.) 2. Reformation principles. Cincinnati, 1890. Pp. 448, 3. Review of Elisha Mulford's 'The nation.' In Christian Statesman. (Sept., 1890.) 4. Distinctive principles of the Cove- nanters. Boston, 1892. Pp. 56. 5. Our triple foe. Boston, 1892. Pp. 48. 0. Romanism : The evil and its rem- edy. Boston, 1802. Pp. 04. 7. Principles of the covenanters. In Our Day (Boston) for March, 1894, pp. 102- 113. 8. Ciirist the king. Boston, 1895. Pp. 448. 9. Secret societies and the state. In Arena, XIX, pp. 220-240. (Feb., 1898.) 10. Review of James Bryce's 'The American commonwealth.' In Christian Statesman. (June, 1900.) 11. Review of A. J. Gordon's 'The Holy Spirit in missions.' In Olive Tree. (1900.'' 12. Review of R. W. Thompson's 'The papacy and the civil power.' In Am. Citi- zen. (April, 1901.) 13. Review of James Bryce's 'The Holy Roman Empire of the Germans.' In Am. Citizen. (March, 1901.) 14. Review of Josiah Strong's 'The new era.' In Christian Statesman. (June, 1901.) 15. Review of Stephen L. Baldwin's 'Foreign missions of the Protestant Church.' In Olive Tree. (Dec, 1901.) 16. Ten lectures on Romanism. In Am. Citizen. (Boston.) 17. One hundred lectures on the Chris- tian state. In Christian Statesman. (Pitts- burg, Pa.) 18. Twenty lectures on foreign missions. In Olive Tree. (New York.) 19. Fifty .addresses on the Slessiah's kingdom. In Midland. (Chicago.) 20. Review of Harlan P. Beach's 'The geography and atlas of Protestant missions.' In Olive Tree. (Feb., 1904.) 21. Review of Josiah Strong's 'Twen- tieth century cities.' In Midland. 22. Review of A'. T. Pierson's 'Evan- gelistic work.' In Christian Nation. John Watson Foster, A.B. (1855), LL.D. Washington, D. C. 1. Coffee cultivation in Blexico, Agri- cultural Department. (1876.) 2. International awards and national honor. Washington, 1886. 3. Visit to foreign mission lands, Pres. bd., New York, 1895. 4. Bering Sea arbitration. In No. Am. Rev., CLXI, pp. 693-702. (Dec, 1895.) 5. Biography of Matthew Watson Fos- ter. New York, 1896. Pp. 86. 6. The Viceroy Li Hung Chang. In Century, LII, pp. 560-571. (August, 1896.) 7. The Hawaiian Islands. In Nat. Geog. Mag., for Nov., 1890. 9. Rank of ambassadors. In Columbia Univ. Pub., for Dec, 1899. 10. A century of American diplomacy. Boston,' 1900. Pp. i-xiii, 405. 93 Indiana University \_Foster 11. A foreign sovereign in an American court. In lale Law Jour., May, 1900. 12. A permanent metliod of arbitration. In Independent, LII, pp. 1420-142^. (June 14, 1900.) 13. Tlie riglit of missionaries to protec- tion. In Rev. of Revs., August, 1900. 14. The great Chinese viceroy and dip- lomat. In Internat. Mo., II, pp. 584-596. (Nov., 1900.) 15. Reciprocity treaties and the Senate. In Independent, LII, p. 289t». 16. La Doctrina de Monroe. In Bull. Am. Republics, Dec, 1900. 17. The United States, is or aref In New York Sat. Rev., May 4, 1901. 18. The Clayton-Bulwer treaty. In In- dependent, LIII, pp. 1167-1171. (May, 1901.) 19. Latin-American constitutions and revolutions. In Jour. Am. Sci., Nov., 1901. 20. Treaty making power under the Constitution. In Yale Law Jour., Dec, 1901. 21. The New Mexico. In Nat. Geo. Mag., Jan., 1902. 22. Canada and the Monroe Doctrine. In Independent, LIV, pp. 721-723. (March 27, 1902.) 23. Pan-American diplomacy. In Atl. Mo„ LXXXIX, pp. 482-491. (April, 1902.) 24. Gifts from foreign governments : Art. 1, Sec. 9, CI. 8, U. S. Constitution. In Columbia Univ. Pub., Dec, 1902. 25. American diplomacy in the Orient. Boston, 1903. Pp. i-xiv, 498. 26. The Canadian boundary. In Nat. Geo. Mag., March, 1903. 27. Porfirio Diaz : Soldier and states- man. In Internat. Quar., VIII, pp. 342-353. (Dec, 1903.) 28. The Alaskan Boundary Tribunal. In Nat. Geo. Mag., Jan., 1904. 29. What the United States has done for international arbitration, /re. Green Bag, March, 1904. Addison Luthee Fulwidee, A.B. (1895). Principal of High School, Jacksonville, 111. 1. History in the high school. In In- land-Educator, VI, pp. 100-104. (April, 1808.) 2. Relative value of history. In Proc. Illinois State Teachers' Asso., Dec, 1899. Chakies Henry Gilbert, M. S. (1882), Ph.D. (1883). Professor of ZoSlogy, Indiana University, 1888-1891. Now Professor of Zoology, Leland Stanford Junior University, Stanford University, Cal. 1. List of fishes of Indiana. (Joint author with David Starr Jordan.) In Indi- ana Farmer, Jan. 17, 1877. 2. On the genera of North American fresh-water fishes. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, XXIX, pp. 83-104. 3. Notes on the fishes of Beaufort Har- bor, North Carolina. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., I, pp. 365-388. (1878.) 4. Notes on a collection of fishes from San Diego, California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 23-34. (1880.) 5. Description of a new flounder (Xys- treurys liolepis) from Santa Catalina Is- land, California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 34-36. (1880.) 6. Description of a new ray (Platy- rhiua triseriata) from the coast of Cali- fornia. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 36-38. (1880.) 7. Description of a new species of rock cod ( Sebastichthys serriceps) from the coast of California. (Joint author with 94 Gilbert] Bibliography : Alumni D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 40-42. 8. On the occurrence of Cephaloscyl- linm laticeps (Dumeril) Gill on the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 40-42. (1880.) 9. On the oil shark of Southern Cal- ifornia (Galeorhinus galeus). (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 42-43. (1880.) 10. Description of a new flounder (Pleu- ronichthys verticalis) from the coast of Cal- ifornia, with notes on other species. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 49-51. (1880.) 11. Notes on sharks from the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 51-52. (1880.) 12. On the generic relations of Platy- rhina exasperata. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, p. 53. (1880.) 13. Description of a new species of Se- bastichthys ( Sebastichthys miniatus) from Monterey Bay, California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 70-73. (1880.) 14. Description of a new species of rock- fish (Sebastichthys carnatus) from the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., m, pp. 73-75. (1880.) 15. Description of a new species of ray (Raia stellulata) from Monterey, Califor- nia. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 138-135. (1880.) 16. Descriptions of new species of Xiph- ister and Apodichthys, from Monterey, Cal- ifornia. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.. Ill, pp. 135-140. (1880.) 17. Descriptions of two new species of Sebastichthys (Sebastichthys entomelas and (7) 95 Sebastichthys rhodochloris) from Monterey Bay, California. (Joint author with D. S, Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 142-146. (1880.) IS. Description of a new Agouoid fish (Brachyopsis xyosternus) from Monterey Bay, California. (Joint author witn D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 152-154. (1880.) 19. Description of a new fiounder (Hip- poglossoides exilis) from the coast of Cali- fornia. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 154-156. (1880.) 20. Description of a new species of ray (Raia rhina) from the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 251-253. (1880.) 21. Descriptions of two new species of fishes (Ascelichthys rhodorus and Scytalina cerdale) from Neah Bay, Washington Ter- ritory. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 264-268. (1880.) 22. Descriptions of two new species of Scopeloid fishes (Sudis ringens and Mycto- phum crenulare) from Santa Barbara Chan- nel, California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 273-276. (1880.) 23. Descriptions of two new species of flounders (Parophrys isehyrus and Hippo- glossoides elassodon) from Puget Sound. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 276-280. (1880.) 24. Description of seven new species of Sebastoid fishes from the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 287-298 (1880.) 25. Description of a new Bmbiotocoid (Abeona aurora) from Monterey, California, with notes on a related species. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 299-301. (1880.) Indiana University [Gilbert l'(J. Description of a new flounder (Plat- ysoraatichtliys stomias) from the coast of California. (Joint autlior witli D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 301-303. (1880.) 27. Description of a new Embiotocoid fisli ( Cy matogaster rosaceus) from the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 303-305. (1880.) 28. Description of a new species of deep-water fish (Icichthys lockingtoni) from the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 305-308. (1880.) 29. Description of a new Embiotocoid fish (Ditrema atripes) from the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 320-322. (1880.) 30. Description of a new Scorpsenoid fish ( Sebastichthys maliger) from the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 322-324. (1880.) 31. Description of a new Scorpsenoid fish (Sebastichthys proriger) from Monterey Bay, California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 327-329. (1880.) 32.' Description of a new Agonoid (Ago- nus vulsus) from the coa.st of' California. (Joint author with D. S. .Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 330-332. (1880.) 33. Description of a new species of Hemirhamphus ( Hemirhamphus rosse) from the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III. pp. 335-336. (1880.) 34. Description of a new species of No- tidanoid shark (Hexanchus corinus) from the Pacific coast of the United States. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 352-355. (1880.) 3.'i. Description of a new species of Nemichthys (Nemichthys avocetta) from Puget Sound. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 409-410. (1881.) 36. Description of a new species of ParaleiJis (Paralepis coruscans) from the Straits of .Juan de Fuca. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 411-413. (1881.) 37. List of the fishes of the Pacific coast of the United States, with a table showing the distribution of the species. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 452-458. (1881.) 38. On the generic relations of Belone exilis. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, p. 459. (1881.) 39. Notes on a collection of fishes from Utah Lake. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, pp. 359-465. (1881.) 40. Description of a new species of rock-fish (Sebastichthys chrysomelas) from the coast of California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, p. 465. (1881.) 41. Observations on the salmon of the Pacific. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Am. Nat, XV, pp. 177-186. (1881.) 42. Notes on the fishes of the Pacific coast of the United States. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IV, pp. 29-70. (1881.) 43. Description of Sebastichthys mys- tinus. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IV, pp. 70-72. (1881.) 44. Description of a new species of Pty- chochilus (Ptychochilus harfordi) from Sac- ramento River. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IV, pp. 72-73. (1881.) 45. Note on Raia inoruata. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan. 1 In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IV, pp. 73-74. (1881.) 96 Gilbert'] Bibliography: Alumni 40. Notes on a collection of fishes made by Lieut. Henry B. Nichols, TJ. S. N., on the west coast of Mexico, with descriptions of new species. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IV, pp. 225-233. (1881.) 47. List of fishes collected by Lieut. Henry E. Nichols, U. S. N., in the Gulf of California, and on the west coast of Lower California, with descriptions of four new species. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IV, pp. 273-279. (1882.) 48. Descriptions of thirty-three new species of fishes from Mazatlan, Mexico. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IV, pp. 338-365. (1882.) 49. Descriptions of a new species of Pomadasys from Mazatlan, with a key to the species known to inhabit the Pacific coast of tropical America. (Joint author with I). S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IV, pp. 383-388. (1882.) 50. Description of a new species of Xenichthys (Xenichthys xenurus) from the west coast of Central America. (Joint au- thor with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IV, p. 454. (1882.) 51. Description of five new species of fishes from Mazatlan, Mexico. (Joint au- thor with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IV, pp. 458-463. (1882.) 52. Description of four new species of sharks from Mazatlan, Mexico. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 102-110. (1882.) 53. Description of a new shark (Car- charias lamiella) from San Diego, Califor- nia. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 110-111. (1882.) 54. Descriptions of nineteen new species of fishes from the Bay of Panama. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., I, pp. 306-335. (1882.) 55. Description of a new Cyprinodont (Zygonectes inurus) from southern Illinois. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 143-144. (1882.) 56. Description of a new species of Uranidea (Uranidea pollicaris) from Lake Michigan. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 222- 223. (1882.) 57. Notes on fishes observed about Pen- sacola, Florida, and Galveston, Texas, with descriptions of new species. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. L. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 241-307. (1882.) 58. Description of a new species of Con- odon (Couodon serrifer) from Boca Soledad, Lower California. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 351-352. (1882.) 59. Catalogue of the fishes collected by Mr. John Xantus at Cape San Lucas, which are now in the United States National Mu- seum, with descriptions of eight new species. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 353-371. (1882.) 60. List of fishes collected by Mr. John Xantus at Colima, Mexico. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 371-372. (1882.) 61. List of fishes collected at Panama by Capt. John M. Dow, now in the United States National Museum. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 373-378. (1882.) 62. List of a collection of fishes made by Mr. L. Belding, near Cape San Lucas, Lower California. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., \, pp. 378- 381. (1882.) 63. List of fishes collected at Panama by Rev. Mr. Rowell, now preserved in the United States National Museum. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 381-382. (1882.) 64. Descriptions of two new species of fishes ( Sebastichthys umbrosus and Cithar- ichthys stigmseus) collected at Santa Bar- Indiana University \_Gilbert bara, California, by Andrea Larco. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 410-412. (1882.) 65. A review of the Siluroid fishes found on the Pacific coast of tropical Amer- ica, with descriptions of three new species. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Bull. U. S. Pish Comm., II, pp. 34-54. (1882.) 66. List of fishes collected at Mazatlan, Mexico, by Charles H. Gilbert. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Bull. U. S. Fish uomm., II, pp. 105-108. (1882.) 67. List of fishes collected at Panama by C. H. Gilbert. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Bull. U. B. Fish Comm., II, pp. 109-111. (1882.) 68. Description of a new species of Goby (Gobiosoma ios) from Vancouver's Island. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., •^, pp. 437-438. (1882.) 69. List of fishes observed at Punta Arenas, on tlie Pacific coast of Central Amer- ica. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., II, p. 112. (1882.) 70. On certain neglected generic names of Lacgpede. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 570-576. (1883.) 71. On the synonymy of the genus Bothus Rafinesque. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 576-577. (1883.) 72. Description of a new species of Artedius (Artedius fenestralis) from Puget Sound. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 577-579. (1883.) 73. Description of a new species of Urolophus (Urolophus asterias) from Ma- zatlan and Panama. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 579-580. (1883.) 74. Notes on a collection of fishes from Charleston, South Carolina, with descrip- tions of three new species. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 580-620. (1883.) 75. List of fishes now in the museum of Yale College, collected by Prof. Frank H. Bradley at Panama, with description of three new species. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 630-632. (1883.) 76. Descriptions of two new species of fishes (Myrophis vafer and Chloroscombrus orqueta) from Panama. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 645-647. (1883.) 77. Description of a new eel (Sidera castanea) from Mazatlan, Mexico. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 647-648. (1883.) 78. On the nomenclature of the genus Ophichthys. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 648- 651. (1883.) 79. Contributions to North American ichthyology, based primarily on the collec- tions of the U. S. Nat. Mus., IV. A synopsis of the fishes of North America. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Bull. TJ. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, 1145 p. (1883.) 80. Notes on the nomenclature of cer- tain North American fishes. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VI, pp. 110-111. (1883.) 81. Description of two new species of fishes (Aprion ariomnus and Ophidium beani) from Pensacola, Florida. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. TJ. S. Nat. Mus., VI, pp. 142-144. (1883.) 82. A review of the American Carangi- ntE. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VI, pp. 188-208. (1883). 83. Note on the a«tiera of Petromyzon- tidae. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VI, p. 208. (1883.) 84. Description of a new Mursenoid eel 98 Gilbert'] Bibliography : Alumni (Sidera chlevastes) from the Galapagos Islands. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VI, pp. 208-210. (1883.) 85. Description of a new species of Rhinobatus (Rhinobatus glaucostigma) from Mazatlan, Mexico. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VI, pp. 210-211. (1883.) 86. A list of fishes collected in the east fork of White River, Indiana, with descrip- tions of two new species. In Proc. U. S. -Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 199-205. (1884.) 87. Notes on the fishes of Switz City Swamp, Greene county, Indiana. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 206-210. (1884.) 88. Descriptions of three new fishes from Kansas. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 512-514. (1884.) 89. Notes on the fishes of Kansas. In Bull. Washburn Col. Lab. Nat. Hist., I, pp. 10-16. (1884.) 90. A review of the species of the genus Calamus. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 14-24. (1884.) 91. Descriptions of ten new species of fishes from Key W^est, Florida. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 24-32. (1884.) 92. Note on Caraux ruber and Caranx bartholomsei. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 32-33. (1884.) 93. Note on Calamus proridens, a new species of Calamus. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, p. 150. (1884.) 94. Description of Scia?na sclera, a new species of Scisena from Mazatlan and Panama. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, p. 480. (1884.) 95. Second series of notes on the fishes of Kansas. In Bull. Washburn Col. Lab. Nat. Hist., I, pp. 97-99. (1885.) 96. The fisheries and fishery industries of the United States, prepared through the cooperation of the Commissioner of Fisher- ies and the Superintendent of the Tenth Census, by George Brown Goode, Assistant Director of the U. S. National Museum, and a staff of associates. Section I. Nat- ural history of useful aquatic animals, with an atlas of 227 plates. Washington : Gov- ernment Printing Office, 1884. (Feb., 1885.) Pp. 895. (Discussions of fresh-water fishes, chiefly by D. S. .Jordan ; of Pacific coast fishes, in collaboration with C. H. Gilbert.) 97. Third series of notes on Kansas fishes. In Bull. Washburn Col. Lab. Nat. Hist., I, pp. 207-211. (1886.) 98. List of fishes collected in Arkansas, Indian Territory, and Texas, in September, 1884, with notes and descriptions. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., IX, pp. 1-25. (1886.) 99. Descriptions of new and little known Btheostomoids. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, pp. 47-64. (1887.) 100. Description of a new species of Thalassophryne (Thalassophryne dowi) from Punta Arenas and Panama. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, p. 388. (1887.) 101. Description of a new species of Bathymaster from Puget Sound and Alaska. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XI, p. 554. (1888.) 102. A list of fishes from a small tribu- tary of the Poteau river, Scott county, Arkansas. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XI, pp. 609-610. (1888.) 103. The fisheries and fishery interests of the United States, by George Brown Goode and a staff of associates. Section II. A geographical review of the fishery industries and fishing communities for the year 1880. Pp. 787. W^ashington, 1887. (Part on fish- eries of California, Oregon, and Washington, by D. S. Jordan and C. H. Gilbert.) 104. Notes on the occurrence of Gillich- 99 Indiana University iGilbert thys y-cauda at San Diego, California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XII, p. 363. (1889.) 105. Report upon certain investigations relating to the planting of oysters in South- ern California. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., IX, pp. 95-98 ; 3 maps, 34 plates. (1889. ) 106. Report of explorations made in Ala- bama during 1889, with notes on the fishes of the Tennessee, Alabama, and Escambia rivers. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., IX, pp. 143-159. (1889.) 107. Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Alba- tross. No. XII. A preliminary report on the fishes collected by the steamer Albatross on the Pacific coast of North America during the year 1889, with descriptions of twelve new genera and ninety-two new species. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIII, pp. 49-126. (1890.) 108. Description of a new species of Etheostoma (E. micropterus) from Chihua- hua, Mexico. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIII, pp. 2S9-290. (1890.) 109. Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Alba- tross. No. XIX. A supplementary list of fishes collected at the Galapagos Islands and Panama, with descriptions of one new genus and three new species. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIII, pp. 449-455. (1800.) 110. Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Alba- tross. No. XXI. Descriptions of Apodal fishes from the tropical Pacific. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, pp. 347-352. (1891.) 111. Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Alba- tross. No. XXII. Descriptions of thirty- four new species of fishes collected in 1888 and 1889, principally among the Santa Bar- bara Islands and the Gulf of California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, pp. 539-566. (1891.) 112. Report on the fishes of the Death Valley expedition collected in Southern Cal- ifornia and Nevada in 1891, with descrip- tions of new species. In North American Fauna, No. 7, pt. II, pp. 229-234, pi. v-vi. (1893.) 113. Note on the wall-eyed pollack (Pol- lachius chalcogrammus fucensis) of Puget Sound. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, pp. 315-316. (1893.) 114. A report upon investigations in the Columbia River Basin, with descriptions of four new species. (Joint author with ■ Barton Warren Evermann.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XIV, pp. 169-207, pi. xvi-xxv. (1894.) Also issued as part of Sen. Misc. Doc. 200, Fifty-third Congress, 2d Ses. 115. Notes on fishes from the basin of the Mackenzie River in British America. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XIV, pp. 23-25. (1894.) 116. Description of a new species of ribbon-fish. (Trachypterus rex-salmonorum) from San Francisco. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., IV, pp. 144-146. (1894). 117. List of fishes inhabiting Clear Lake, California. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XIV, pfi. 139-140. (1894.) 118. The ichthyological collections of tin- steamer Albatross during the years 1890 1891. In Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1893, pp." 393-476, pi. xx-xxxv. 119. Report on the fishes di-edged in deep water near the Hawaiian Islands, with de- scriptions and figures of twenty-three new species. (Joint author with Frank Cramer.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX, pp. 403-485, pi. xxxv-xlviii. (1897.) 120. Descriptions of twenty-two new species of fishes collected by the steamer Albatross of the United States Fish Com- mission. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIX. pp. 437-457, pi. xlix-lv. (1897.) 121. The fishes of the Klamath Basin. //■ 100 Griggs J Bibliography : Alumni Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XVII, pp. 1-13. (1897.) 122. Notes on a collection of fishes from the Colorado Basin in Arizona. (Joint author with Norman Bishop Scofield.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, pp. 487-499; pi. xxxvi-xxxix. (1898.) 123. The fishes of Bering Sea. In 'Re- port of Fur Seal Investigations, 1896-1897,' Part III, sec. xviii, pp. 433-492, pi. xlii- Ixxv. (1898.) 124. On the occurrence of Oaulolepis longidens Gill, on the coast of California. 7m Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Xil, pp. 565-566. (1899.) 125. Report on fishes obtained by the steamer Albatross in the vicinity of Santa Catalina Island and Monterey Bay. In Rep. U. S. Fish (Jomm. for 1898, pp. 25-29, pi. i-ii. 126. Results of the Branner-Agassiz ex- pedition to Brazil. III. The fishes. In Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., II, pp. 161-183, pi. ix. (1900.) 127. The fishes of Panama Bay. (Joint author with Edwin Chapin Starks.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci., IV, pp. 304, pi. xxxiii. (1904.) 128. Notes on fishes of the Pacific coast of North America. In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 1904. 129. Deep-sea fishes of the Hawaiian Islands. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., 1904. 3. Motion of a particle on the helix surface. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903, pp. 75-79. Oliver Edmunds Glenn, A.B. (1902), A.M. (1903)., Instructor in Mathemat- ics, Indiana University, 1902-1903. Now Harrison Fellow, University of Penn- sylvania. Philadelphia. 1. The existence theorem ; a compari- son of the proofs of Gauss and Cayley. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903, p. 75. 2. Method of transvection in the ac- tual coefiicients. In Am. Math. Mo., XI, p. 10. (March, 1904.) William Exhard Golden, A.B. (1888), A.M. (1889). Teacher of English in the Polytechnic Preparatory School, Brook- lyn, N. Y. 1. A brief history of the English drama. New York, 1890. Pp. 227. 2. Hearts, a one-act comedy. New York, 1901. David Kopp Goss, A.B. (1887), Principal of the American College, Strassburg, Germany. 1. A review of the American species of Hemirhamphus. (Joint author with Seth E. Meek.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia for 1884, pp. 221-226. 2. A review of the American species of the genus Trachynotus. (Joint author with S. E. Meek.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1884, pp. 121-129. 3. A review of the flounders and soles of America and Europe. (Joint author with David Starr Jordan.) In Kep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1886. pp. 225-342 ; 9 plates. Edwaed Howard Griggs, A.B. (1889), A.M. (1890). Lecturer, Montclair, N. J. 1. The new humanism. Philadelphia, 18ij9. Pp. 239. 2. A book of meditations. Philadel- phia, 1902. Nathan Kirk Griggs, LL.B. (1867). Lincoln, Neb. 1. The lilies. A colLction of sacred songs. Chicago. 101 Indiana University LGriggs 2. Griggs' collection. A collection of sacred songs. Chicago. 3. Voices of the winds series: (a) Croonings of the winds — 12 lullabies, (b) Sighings of the winds — 12 love songs, (c) Meanings of the winds — 12 sorrow songs. (d) Rumblings of the winds — 12 bass songs. (e) Sportings of the winds — 12 negro songs. (f) Windings of the winds — 12 sundry songs. Chicago. 4. Lyrics of the lariat. Volume of poems. Chicago. 5. Hell's canyon. Illustrated poem. Chicago. Frank Schmidt Grimsley, A.B. (1899). Milwaukee. 1. Editor of 'The Arbutus' (Senior class annual, Indiana University). Bloom- ington, Ind., 1899. Plp. 247. Raymond Lawrence Hall, A.B. (1904). Kentland, Ind. 1. Editor of 'The Arbutus' (Senior class annual, Indiana University). Bloom- ington, Ind., 1904. Pp. 312. 3. History of the leisure class. In Jour, of Pad. (March, 1900.) 4. Review of Patten's 'History of Eng- lish.' In Jour, of Ped. (March, 1900.) 5. Review of Conrad's 'American col- leges.' In Jour, of Ped. (March, 1900.) 6. The neglected principle in civic re- form. In Am. Jour. Soc, V, pp. 746-760. (May, lyUO.) 7. Reviews of different authors in Am. Jour. Soc. and Jour. Pol. Econ. 8. Educational aspects of savings. In Jour. Pol. Econ. 9. The place of the service tax in mod- ern finance. In Jour. Pol. Econ., VIII, pp. 303-320. 10. Savings and savings institutions. New York, 1902. Pp. 486. 11. Savings banks vs. commercial banks. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci., XI, pp. 44-53. Esther (Alleedice) Harding (Mrs. Wil- liam Fletcher Harding), A.B. (1892). Died March 12, 1902, at Indianapolis, Ind. 1. Lucindy listens. Verse. In St. Nicholas, XXVI, p. 551. (May, 1899.) Claude McDonald Hamilton, A.B. (1898). New York City. 1. 'Editor of 'The Arbutus' (Senior class annual, Indiana University). Bloom- ington, Ind., 1898. Pp. 255. James Heney Hamilton, A.M. (1894), Ph.D. Head worker. University Set- tlement, New York City. 1. Syracuse water supply. In Munic- ipal Affairs, IV, pp. 60-70. (March, 1900.) 2. School finance. In Jour, of Ped. (March, 1900.) Caroline Hirst (Beown) Haeding (Mrs. Samuel Bannister Harding), A.B. (1890). Bloomington, Ind. 1. Greek gods, heroes, and men : a primer of the mythology and history of the Greeks. (Joint author .with Samuel B. Harding.) Chicago, 1897. Pp. vi, 195. Il- lustrated. 2. The city of the seven hills : a book of stories from the history of ancient Rome. (Joint author with Samuel B. Harding.) Chicago, 1898. Pp. 274. (Revised edition, 1902, pp. 268.) Illustrated. 102 Haru!ood\ Bibliography: Alumni Samuel Bannistek Harding, A.B. (1890), Ph.D. See Faculty list. William Fletchbe Harding, A.B. (1893), Ph.M. Washington, D. C. 1. State bank of Indiana. In Jour. Pol. Ecou., IV, pp. 1-36. (Dec, 1895.) Charles Harris, A.B. (1879), Ph.D. Pro- fessor of German, Adelbert College, Cleveland, Ohio. German composition. Boston, 1890. 143. German lessons. Boston, 1892. Pp. New York, 1895. 1. Pp. vi, 2. vi, 192. 3. German reader. Pp. viii, 356. 4. Wichert's 'An der Majorsecke.' New York, 1895. Pp. 41. 5. Goethe's poems, selected and edited, Boston, 1899. Pp. xvii, 286. 6. Lessing's 'Hamburgische Dramatur- gie,' abridged and edited. New York, 1901. Pp. xl, 356. 7. Review of Gerhart Hauptmann's tragi-coniedy, 'Der rote Hahn.' In Nation, LXXIII, p. 490. (Dec. 26, 1901.) 8. Review of Ompteda's novels. In Nation, LXXIV, p. 128. (Feb. 13, 1902.) 9. Review of Hermann Sudermann's 'Es lebe das Leben.' In Nation, LXXIV, p. 169. (Feb. 27, 1902.) 10. Baedeker and the modern guide- book. In Bookman, XVII, p. 495. (July, 1903.) 11. Gerhart Hauptmann. In Mod. Lang. Notes, XIX, p. 33. (Feb., 1904.) Thomas Legband Harris, A.B. (1892), •A.M. (1895). Sheridan, Ind. 1. The evolution of the college curricu- lum iu the United States. Indianapolis, 1892. (Magazine article.) 2. The Trent affair and relations with England at the beginning of the Civil War. Indianapolis, 1896. Pp. 288. Noble I-Iaetee, A.B. (1895), A.M. (1896). Superintendent of Schools, Warsaw, Indiana. 1. Studies in the physiology and psy- chology of the telegraphic language. (.Joint author with William Lowe Bryan.) In Psych. Rev., IV, pp. 27-54. 8 plates. 2. Studies on the telegraphic lan- guage — the acquisition of a hierarchy of habits. (Joint author with W. L. Bryan.) In Psych. Rev., VI, pp. 345-375 ; 2 plates. Samuel Ekkest Haewood, A.B. (1876), A.M. (1892). Professor of Mathemat- ics in Southern Illinois Normal School, Carbondale, 111. 1. Harwood's writing speller. Carbon- dale, 111., 1879. 2. Heredity and the school. In Pub. Sch. Jour., XIII, p. 260. (Jan., 1894.) 3. Typical plans for teaching number ideas : the idea six. In Pub. Sch. Jour., XIV, p. 151. (Nov., 1894.) 4. Plan for teaching number symbols. In Pub. Sch. Jour., XIV, p. 206. (Dec, 1894.) 5. Conscious analysis of the learning process. In Pub. Sch. Jour., XIV, p. 340. (Feb., 1895.) 6. Some vital questions in education. In School News, 1895-1896. The introduc- tion (Oct., 1895). The center of the school course (Nov., 1895). Adjustment of men- tal and manual exercises (Dec, 1895). The one or the many (Jan., 1896). Sex in education (Feb., 1896). Interest and duty 103 Indiana University \_Harivood (March, 1896). The child and the race (April, 1896). Religion and the school (June, 1896). The school and the home (July, 1896). Shall the school prepare one for his calling or for living? (Sept., 1896.) 7. Happiness and the school. In In- land Educator, II, p. 256. (June, 1896.) 8. Homesick in heaven. In Inland Ed- ucator, HI, p. 69. (Sept., 1896.) 9. Closer organization of the [Illinois] school system. In School News, 1896. A state board of education (Nov.). County and township institutes (Dec). The town- ship system (Jan.). Examinations and certificates ( Feb. ) . 10. Notes on method in arithmetic. Terre Haute, 1897. Pp. 68. 11. Method in reading. In School News, XI, 1898-1899. The outline pre- sented (Sept., 1898). The language group (Oct., 1898). Purposes in reading (Nov., 1898). Uses of definitions (Dec., 1898). Questionable devices (Jan., 1899). Steps in the process (Feb., 1899). A second-grade lesson (March, 1899). Classifying reading exercises (April, 1899) . To be kept in mind (June, 1899). 12. Some relations of form and number. In School News. (Jan., 1900.) 13. The attitude of the school toward reforms in the English language. In Intelli- gence. (Jan., 1903.) (story). In Youth's Companion, LXXVII, pp. 1-2. (New Year's number for 1903.) 4. Bread upon the waters (story). Accepted by Youth's Companion. 5. The dog sledge mail ^ story). Ac- cepted by Youth's Companion. 6. Articles on topics in biography and American history, about 150,000 words. In New International Encyclopaedia. 7. Tholocco Sam's canoe fight (story). Accepted by the Success Co. for a new mag- azine, the name of which has not yet been announced. 8. Frederick the Great and the revolted thirteen colonies. In Am. Hist. Rev., April, 1904. 9. Historical note continuing an ar- ticle on a proposed change in the method of electing the President, written in 1884 by Senator J. B. Doolittle. To appear in the Pol. Sci. Quart. Thomas J. Headlee, A.B. 1902. Rensselaer, Ind. Teacher, 1. Discussion of botany requirements as outlined by the college entrance exami- nation board of the Middle States and Mary- land. In Proc. Central Asso. Math, and Sci. Teachers, for Nov., 1903. 2. Ecology of the mussels of Winona Lake. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1904. 2 plates. Paul Iielakd Hawobth, A.B. (1899), A.M. (1901). Instructor in History, Teachers' College, Columbia University, New York City. 1. The professor's scar (story). In Outing, XXXVI, pp. 161-1G5. (May, 1900.) 2. Negro disfranchisement in Louisi- ana. In Outlook, LXXI, pp. 163-166. (May 17, 1902.) 3. The skee tournament at Jlshpeming NORVAL CuASE Heieonimus, A.B. (1895). Principal Central Grammar School, Richmond, Indiana. 1. Type studies in American history for grammar grades. Missouri Compromise, Richmond, Ind., 1898. Pp. 39. Stamp act, Richmond, Ind., 1899. Pp. 38. Louisiana purchase, Richmond, Ind., 1900. Pp. 36. Colonial life, Richmond, Ind., 1901. Pp. 60. 104 Hooper^ Bibliography: Alumni Robert Hessleh, A.B. (1S90), A.M. (1893), M.D. Logansport, Ind. 1. Railroad migrants among Indiana Iilants. In Indiana Farmer, XXIII, No. 34, I,. 1. (August, 1888.) 2. Notes on a rare form of brain tumor, Psammoma. In Indiana Sled. Jour, for April, 1892. 3. The preparation of microscopical sections. In Indiana Med. Jour, for Jan., 1893. 4. An extreme case of parasitism. In Am. Nat, XXVII, pp. 346-352. (April, 1893.) 5. The adventitious plants of Payette county, Ind. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, p. 258. 6. A case of Norway itch. (The first reported American case. ) In Medical News, Philadelphia, LXII, p. 517. 7. The flora of lake Cicott and lake Maxinkuckee, Ind. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1896, pp. 116-129. 8. Thyroid medication. In Indiana Med. Jour., XIV, pp. 431-435. (June, 1896.) 9. Epilepsy and erysipelas. (The use of Erysipelas antitoxin.) In Jour. Am. Med. Asso., XXX, p. 1157. (Jlay, 1898.) 10. Lymphadenoma or Hodgkin's dis- ease. In Indiana Med. Jour, for July, 1898. 11. Blastomycetic dermatitis. (The fifth known case.) In Indiana Med. Jour., XVII, p. 48. (August, 1898.) 12. Mosquitos and malaria. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1900, pp. 74-81. 13. Featherbeds and colds. In Indiana Med. Jour, for August, 1901. 14. Redreaming dreams. In Psych. Rev., VIII, pp. 606-609. (Nov., 1901.) 15. The mineral waters of Indiana. In Trans. Indiana State Med. Soc. for 1902, p. 365. 16. The medicinal properties of Indiana mineral waters. In 26th Ann. Rep. Indiana State Geologist, p. 159-224. 17. Cold and 'colds.' In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903. 18. Myxedema. Notes on two cases. In Indiana Med. Jour, for June, 1904. 39. Dust — A neglected factor in the production of ill health. In Trans. Indiana State Med. Assn. for 1904. Martin Lttthee Hoffman, A.B. (1885), Auburn, Ind. 1. A review of the American species of the genus teuthis. (Joint author with' Seth E. Meek.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1884, pp. 227-231. Cyrus Laukon Hooper, Ph.B. (1887), A.M. (1888). Instructor in English in the North-West Division High School, Chicago. 1. A Oloverdale skeleton. New york, 1889. Pp. 170. 2. XXth century Shakespeare. Julius Caesar. Edited with an introduction and notes. Chicago, 1901. Pp. 153. 3. XXth century Shakespeare. Mac- beth. Edited with an introduction and notes. Chicago, 1902. Pp. 155. 4. XXth century Shakespeare. Ham- let. Edited with an introduction and notes. Chicago, 1902. Pp. 208. 5. Gee-boy. Chicago, 1903. Pp. 271. 6. XXth century Shakespeare. As You Like It. Edited with an introduction and notes. Chicago, 1904. (In press.) 7. Lamb's literary motive. Introduc- tion to The Village Press's edition de luxe of 'A dissertation upon roast pig.' Cnicago, 1904. (In press.) 8. Introduction to The Village Pres-s's edition de luxe of William Morris's 'Hollo"^' land.' Chicago, 1904. (In pre.s.s. ) 105 Indiana University \_Hornbrooi AdELIA RoBEETS JlORJSTBEOOK, A.B. (1893), A.M. (1894). Principal of the Uni- versity Academy, Chicago. 1. The pedagogical value of number forms. In Educ. Rev., Ill, pp. 467-480. (May, 1893.) , 2. Laboratory methods of teaching mathematics in secondary schools. New York, 1895. Pp. 16. 3. Concrete geometry for beginners. New York, 1896. Pp. 201. 4. An experiment in Latin teaching. In Education. (Dec, 1896.) 5. Geometry under the laboratory method. In Indiana Sch. .Tour., XLII, pp. 141-147. (March, 1897.) 6. The laboratory method again. In Indiana Sch. Jour., XLII, pp. 512-516. (August, 1897.) 7. Hornbrook's primary arithmetic. New York, 1898. Pp. 252. 8. Hornbrook's grammar school arith- metic. New York, 1900. Pp. 416. 9. Key to Hornbrook's arithmetics. New York, 1901. Pp. 116. Jennie B Horning. See Mrs. Francis Marion Walters. Walter Raleigh Houghton, A.B. (1871), A.M. (1873). Principal of the Prepara- tory Department, Indiana University, 1873-1884. Now Principal of High School, Connersville, Ind. 1. A history of American politics. In- dianapolis, 1883. Pp. X, 550. 2. Rules of etiquette and home culture. Chicago, 1884. 3. The lives of Blaine and Logan. Chicago, 1884. 4. New reversible political map and United States map combined. (A conspec- tus of the history of political parties and the Federal government.) Chicago, 1888. Joseph Henry Howard, A.B. (1888), A.M. (1890), Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Latin, 1894-1901. Now Professor of Latin, University of South Dakota, Vermillion, S. D. 1. Case i^sage in Petronius' satires. Leland Stanford Jr. University, 1902. Pp. 95. 2. The quantitative reading of Latin verse. Chicago, 1898. Pp. 30. George Maxwell Howe, A.B. (1894), Ph. D. Instructor in German, 1893-1895. Now Instructor in German, Cornell Uni- versity, Ithaca, N. Y. 1. The artificial palate. One way of making it and of keeping its records. In Jour. Eng. and Ger. Philo., V, pp. 77-82. (Sept., 1903.) 2. German prose composition based on Storm's 'Immensee.' New York, 1904. Pp. vi, 64. Elizabeth Green Hughes, A.B. (1875), M.S. (1886). Teacher, Stanford Uni- versity, Cal. 1. A review of the genera and species of Julidinse found in American waters. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. JMus. for 1886, pp. 56-70. 2. A review of the American species of the genus Prionotus. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1886, pp. 327-338. 3. A review of the genera Archosargus, Lagodon, and Diplodus with definitions of related genera. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1886. 106 Jenkins J Bibliography : Alumni Oliver Peebles Jenkins, M.S. (1886), Ph.D. (1889). Professor of Physiology, Leland Stanford Junior University, Stanford University, Cal. 1. Natural science in the elementary schools. In Educational Weekly, Indianap- olis, IV, Nos. 16, 17. (1885.) 2. Notes on the fishes of Beaufort Har- bor, North Carolina. In Johns Hopkins Circulars, V, p. 11. (1885.) 3. List of fishes collected in Vigo coun- ty, Indiana, in 1885 and 1888. In Hoosier Naturalist, II, pp. 93-96. (1887.) 4. Notes on Indiana fishes. (Joint au- thor with Barton Warren Evermann.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1888, pp. 43-57. (1888.) 5. Ornithology from a railroad train. (Joint author with B. W. Evermann.) In Ornithologist and Oologist, XIII, pp. 65-70. (1888.) 0. Physiology in the college curricu- lum. In Addresses and Proc. Indiana Col- lege Asso., 14th Ann. Sess., pp. 39-46. (1890.) 7. Description of eighteen new species of fishes from the Gulf of California. (Joint author with B. W. Evermann.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1888, pp. 137-158. (1889.) 8. Report on a collection of fishes made at Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, with de- scriptions of new species. (Joint author with B. W. Evermann.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1891, pp. 121-165, 17 plates. (1891.) 9. The Hopkins Seaside Laboratory, /n Zoe, IV, No. 1 ; 26 plates. (1893.) 10. Primary lessons in human physiol- ogy. Indianapolis, 1896. Pp. 211. 2d ed., rev. 11. Advanced lessons in human physi- ology. Indianapolis, 1896. Pp. 318. 2d ed., rev. 12. Suggestions in nature study in the primary grades. Stanford University, Cal., 1896. Pp. 29. 13. Nature study. In School Report of Oakland, Cal., for 1896-97, pp. 1-44. 14. The passing of Plato. Address at the sixth annual commencement, Leland Stanford Junior University, May 26th. Stanford University, Cal., 1897. Pp. 23. 15. Nature study. In School Report of Oakland, Cal., for 1897-98, pp. 15-34. (Sup- plement to article in Report of 1896-97.) 16. Plan of report of subcommittee on nature study. In Overland Monthly, XXXI, No. 183; Educational Department, 11, No. 9. (1898.) 17. Lessons in nature study. (Joint author with Vernon Lyman Kellogg.) In West. Jour, of Educ. A series of articles running through the years 1899-1900. 18. Lessons in nature study. (Joint author with V. L. Kellogg.) San Fran- cisco, 1900. Pp. 190. 19. Description of ij,ew species of fishes from the Hawaiian Islands belonging to the families of Labridae and Scaridse. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1899, pp. 45-65, 22 plates. (August 30, 1900.) 20. Description of fifteen new species of fishes from the Hawaiian Islands. In Bull, of the U. S. Fish Comm. for 1899, pp. 187-404, 16 plates. (June 3, 1901.) 21. The rate of the nervous impulse in certain mollusca. (Joint author with Anton Julius Carlson.) In Am. Jour. Physiology, VIII, pp. 251-268. (1903.) 22. Report on collections of fishes made in the Hawaiian Islands, with descriptions of new species. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., for 1902, p. 417, 54 plates. (Sept. 23, 1903.) 23. The rate of the nervous impulse in the ventral cord of certain worms. (Joint author with A. J. Carlson.) m Jour. Comp. Neurolo-T. XIII, No. 4. (Dec, 1903.) 107 Indiana University \^Jenkins 24. Physiological evidence of the fluid- ity of the conducting substance in the pedal nerves of the slug, Ariolimax columbianus. (Joint author with A. J. Carlson.) In Jour, of Comp. Neurology and Psychology. (1904.) 25. Description of a new species of Ranzania from the Hawaiian Islands. In Proc. California Acad. Sci., 2d ser., V, pp. 779-784, 1 plate. 26. Notes on the fauna of Beaufort, North Carolina. The fishes. In Studies from the Biological Laboratory, Johns Hop- kins Univ., IV, p. 83. Feed Bates Johnson, A.B. (1902), Super- intendent of Schools, Carlisle, Ind. 1. Editor of 'The Arbutus' (Senior class annual, Indiana University). Bloom- ington, Ind., 1902. Pp. 283. Manson Ulvain Johnson, A.B. (1890), A.M. (1892). Anderson, Ind. 1. The cotton-seed oil trust. In Lit. Rev., July, 1899. 2. The tariff as viewed from a taxation standpoint. Indianapolis, 1891. Pp. 525. Newton Gahk Johnson, A.B. (1897), A.M. (1898). Dean of Normal Department, Oakland City College. Oakland City, Ind. 1. Habits of work and methods of study of high school pupils in some cities in Indiana. In School Review, V, pp. 257- 277, 11 plates. (May, 1899.) Frank Leonakd Jones, A.B. (1898). Ex- State Superintendent Public Instruc- tion, Indianapolis. South Bend, Ind. 1. 20th biennial report of the Indiana State Superintendent of Public Instruction. Indianapolis, 1900. Pp. 800. ' 2. The rural schools. Indianapolis, 1900. Pp. 125. 3. 21st biennial report of the Indiana State Superintendent of Public Instruction. Indianapolis, 1902. Pp. 870. Jessie (Knight) Jordan (Mrs. David Starr Jordan), A.B. (1890). Stanford University, Cal. 1. Red letter days : The Canyon of the Colorado. In liand of Sunshine, IX, p. 126. (1898.) Chancey Juday, A.B. (1896), A.M. (1897). Acting Professor of Biology, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo. 1. Hydrographic map of Turkey Lako. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for la pp. In pp. Indiana 1895. 2. The plankton of Turkey Lake. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1896, 287-296; 1 map. 3. The plankton of Winona Lake. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1902, 120-133; 2 plates. 4. The diurnal movement of plankton Crustacea. In Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts, and Letters. (In press.) 5. The plankton of Lake Maxinkuckee in 1899. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. (In press. ) WiLLiAii Henry Kelly, A.B. (1894). Win- amac, Ind. 1. Editor of 'The Arbutus' (Senior class annual, Indiana University). Bloom- ingtou, Ind.. 1894. Pp. 120. 108 Kindle] Bibliography : Alumni Oscar Lynn Kelso, B.S. (1884), A.M. (1890). Professor of Mathematics, In- diana State Normal Scliool, Terre Haute, Ind. 1. Arithmetic for high schools, acad- emies and normal schools. New York, 1903, Pp. X, 274. 2. Revision of Cool£-Oropsey series of arithmetics. (Joint author with Robert J. Aley.) New Yorls, 1904. Elementary book, pp. xi, 276. Advanced book, pp. xiii, 327. 3. Some contributions to geometry. In Add. and Proc. Indiana College Asso. for 1900, pp. 29-36. 4. The relations of mathematics to the sciences in the High School.. In Proc. State Sci. Teachers' Asso. for 1900, pp. 62-69. 5. Some errors in teaching arithmetic. In New York Teachers' Monographs. (To be published.) Clabence Hamilton Kennedy, A.B. (1902), A.M. (1903). Scientific Assist- ant U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, Wash- ington, D. 0. 1. Unilateral coloration with a bilat- eral effect. (Joint author with C. H. Ei- genmann.) In Science, XIII, pp. 828-830. (May, 1901.) 2. Tne Leptocephalus of the American eel and other American Leptocephali. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Bull. U. S. Pish Comm. for 1901, pp. 81-92. .3. Variation notes. (Joint author with 0. H. Eigenmann.) In Biol. Bull., IV, pp. 227-230. (April, 1903.) 4. A list of the dragonflies of Winona Lake. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903, pp. 159-164. (1903.) 5. A new diagnostic character for the species of the genus Argia. In Proc. Indi- ana Acad. Sci. for 1902, pp. 164-169, 2 plates. (1903.) 6. On a collection of fishes from Par- aguay, with a synopsis of the American gen- era of Cichlids. (Joint author with O. H. Eigenmann.) In Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila- delphia for 1903, pp. 497-537. (Sept., 1903.) Walter McCullough Keen, A.B. (1896). Superintendent of Schools, Columbus, Neb. 1. Editor of 'The Nebraska Teacher,' published at Lincoln, Neb. Edward Martin Kindle, A.B. (1893), Ph.D. Assistant Geologist, U. S. Geol. Survey. New Haven, Conn. 1. Geologic literature of Indiana, stral- igraphic and economic. (Joint author with V. P. Marsters.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, pp. 156-191. 2. The South American cat-fishes be- longing to Cornell University. In Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VI, pp. 249-256. (1893.) 3. A note on rock flexure. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1894, pp. 49-50. 4. Dip of the Keokuk rocks at Bloom- iugton, Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1894, pp. 52-53. 5. Preliminary list of the birds of Brown county, Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1804, pp. 68-73. 6. The whetstone and gi-indstone rocks of Indiana. In 20th Ann. Rept. Indiana Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res. for 1896, pp. 329-368, with geologic map. 7. The relation of the fauna of the Ithaca group to the faunas of the Portage and Chemung. In Bull. Am. Pal., II, No. 6, pp. 1-54; 1 plate. (1896.) 8. On some Paleozoic fossils from Baf- Cnland. In Am. Jour. Sci., LII, pp. 455- 456. (1896.) 9. Pleistocene fossils from Baffinlaud 109 Indiana University {^Kindle aud Greenland. In Science, N. S., V, pp. 91-93. (1897.) 10. A catalogue of the fossils of Indi- ana, accompanied by a bibliography of the literature relating to them. In 22d Ann. Rept. Indiana -Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res. for 1898, pp. 407-514. 11. The Devonian and Lower Carbon- iferous faunas of southern Indiana and cen- tral Kentucky. In Bull. Am. Pal., No. 12, pp. 1-112. (1889.) 12. The Devonian fossils and stratigra- phy of Indiana. In 25th Ann. Rept. Geol. Nat. Res. of Indiana for 1900, pp. 530- 758 ; 81 plates. 13. Geological maps of southern Indi- ana limestones (Salem sheet and Gorydon sheet). (Joint author with G. H. Ashley.) In 27th Rep. Indiana Geol. Surv. for 1901 and 1902. 14. The Niagara rocks of Hamilton county, Indiana. In Am. Jour. Sci., XIV, pp. 221-224. (July, 1902.) 15. The Niagara domes of northern In- diana. In Am. Jour. Sci., XV, 459-468; 4 plates. (June, 1903.) 16. The Niagara stratigraphy and pal- eontology of northern Indiana. In 28th Ann. Rep. Indiana Geol. Surv., 30 plates. (Not yet issued.) 17. The fossil faunas of the Devonian and Lower Carboniferous of Virginia, West Virginia and Kentucky. (Joint author with H. S. Williams.) In Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. 1904. (Not yet published.) 18. The folio of the Watkins Glen quad- rangle. (Joint author with H. S. Wil- liams.) In U. S. Geol. Survey. (Not yet published.) OYRtrs Ambrose King, A.B. (1893), Ph.D. Instructor in Botany, 1900-1902. Now teacher of Botany in the DeWitt Clin- ton High School, New York City. 1. Explosive discharge of antherozoids in Conocephalum. In Torreya for April, 1903, pp. 60-61. 2. Observations on the cytology of Aroiospora pulchra, Thaxter. In Trans. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, for Nov., 1903, pp. 211-245 ; 5 plates. Philip Henet Kiksch, A.B. (1888), A.M. (1889), Ph.D. (1893). Died Sept. 8, 1900, at El Paso, Texas. 1. Notes on a collection of fishes from the Rio Gila at Fort Thomas, Ariz., ob- tained by Lieut. W. L. Carpenter, U. S. A. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1888. 2. A review of the American species of thread-fins ( Polynemidae. ) In Ann. New York Acad. Nat. Hist, for 1890. 3. A review of the sturgeons (Aci- penseridffi) of North America. (Joint au- thor with Morton W. Fordice.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1889, pp. 245-257. Otto Paul Klopsch, A.B. (1896). Super- intendent of schools, Mascoutah, 111. 1. Editor of 'The Arbutus' (Senior class annual, Indiana University). Bloom- ington, ind., 1896. Pp. 239. Chaeles Tobias Knipp, A.B. (1894), A.M. (1896), Ph.D. Instructor in Physics, 1893-1900; Assistant Professor, 1900- 1903, Indiana University. Now Assist- ant Professor of Physics, University of Illinois, Urbana, 111. 1. A new form of make and break. In Am. Jour. Sci., V, pp. 283-284. (1898.) 2. Surface tension of water above 100° C. In Phys. Rev., XI, pp. 129-154. (Sept., 1900.) 3. The use of the bicycle wheel in illus- trating the principles of the gyroscope. /» Phys. Rev., XII, pp. 43-46. (Jan., 1901.) 110 Loeb'] Bibliography : Alumni 4. An automatic temperature regula- tor. In Phys. Rev., XII, pp. 47-49. (Jan., 1001.) 5. On the density and surface tension of liquid air. In Phys. Rev., XIV, pp. 75- 82. (Feb., 1002.) 6. A method for maintaining interme- diate temperatures. In Phys. Rev., XV, pp. 125-120. (August, 1902.) Henry Higcins I.ane, A.JI. (1903). As- sistant in Zoology, University of Chi- cago, Chicago. 1. The green heron (Ardea virescens). In Birds and Nature, May, 1002. 1 full- page plate in color. 2. The solitary sandpiper (Totanus solitarius). In Birds and Nature, Oct., 1902. 3. The ovarian structures of the vivi- parous blind fishes, Lucifuga and Stygicola. In Biol. Bull., VI, pp. 38-54; 2 plates. (Dec, 1903.) Alexander Downing Lemon, B.S. (1858), LL.B. (1859). San Francisco, Gal. 1. The union of the States must be maintained. Bedford, Indiana, 1861. Pp. 10. 2. Reconstruction of the States. Bed- ford, Indiana, 1868. Pp. Iz. 3. An address in support of the elec- tion of Samuel J. Tilden for President of the United States. San Francisco, Cal., 1876. Pp. 12. 4. Fourth of July Centennial address. San Diego, Cal., 1876. Pp. 10. 5. Prison reforms, and libraries for penal institutions. Phoenix, Ariz., 1883. Pp. 8. 6. An address on the silver question and bi-metallism. San Francisco, Cal., 1895. Pp. 15. WiLLiAJt PIaerison Lemon, A.B. (1854), Ph.D. Lawrence, Kansas. 1. Evidence of pre-glacial man, in Greene county, Indiana. Papers to Smith- sonian Inst. (185C.) 2. The valley of the Ghor, and the Noachiau deluge. 1859. Pp. 200. 3. Olam Haba, or the world arrested at the theism of the Jews. 1882. Pp. 240. 4. Gisdubar, the pre-Adamite man. 1880. Pp. ISO. 5. Bichloride of gold, or the skeleton in the closet. 1890. Pp. 200. 6. Ithuriel, or the legend of Eros ; a romance of eschatology. 1903. Pp. 450. Jesse Lewis, A.B. (1901). Professor of History and Civics, State Normal School, Mayville, N. D. 1. A topical analysis of American his- tory and government. Chicago, 1902. Pp. 185. 2. The educational value of history. In Quar. Bull. State Normal School, May- ville, N. D. Ernest Hiram Lindley, A.B. (1893), A.M. (1894), Ph.D. See Faculty list. Clarence Guy Littell, A.B. (lOOS). 1. The birds of Winona Lake (sum- mer). In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1902 ; reprinted in Indiana Univ. Bull., I, No. 4, pp. 41-72; 27 figures (Nov., 1903). Isaac Anderson Loeb, A.B. (1890'. I-L.B. Chicago, 111. 1. The Jewess of the Apocrypha. Chi- cago, 1901. (8) Indiana University [Loeb 2. Editor of 'The Independent Order Free Sons of Israel.' I (1903), II (1904). Chicago. Robert Edward Lyons, A.B. (1SS9) (1890), Ph.D. See Faculty list. A.M. Jefferson McAnnelly, L.L.H. (1872). Ft. Collins, Colo. 1. A guide to administrators, execu- tors, and guardians. Fort Collins, Colo., 1880. Pp. 60. Amanda IUcComb, A.M. (1900). Teacher High School, South Bend, Ind. 1. The development of the karj'okinetic spindle in vegetative cells of higher plants. In Bull. Tor. Bot. Club, XXVII, pp. 451- 459, 2 plates. (August, 1900.) William Harrison Mace, A.M. (1889), Ph.D. Professor of History, Syracuse TJnivei'sity, Syracuse, N. Y. 1. A series of articles in Indiana Sch. Jour., ludianaijolis, 1888-1890. 2. A series on method iu history. In Inter-State Sch. Uev., Danville, 111., 1891- 1892. 3. The organization of historical ma- terial. In Papers Am. Hist. Asso., V, pp. 143-161 ; abstract in Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. Asso. for 1890, pp. 103-107. (1891.) 4. Keview of G. P. Fisher's 'The colo- nial era.' In Sch. Rev. for 1893. 5. A series of five syllabi on American history. Albany, N. Y. 1892-1897. 6. A working manual of American his- tory. Syracuse, 1895. 7. Method in history for teachers and students. Boston, 1897. Pp. xvii, 306. 8. Des filtern Pitt, Beziehungen zur amerikanischen Revolution. Jena, 1897. 9. The central defect of the normal school. In Educ. Rev., XXI, pp. 132-139. (Feb., 1901.) 10. The method of the last course in history in the high school. In Jour. Ped. for 1901. 11. Political history in the elementary In Elementary School Teacher for school. 1904. 12. cation. 13. Graduate work and a school of edu- In JNIichigan Alumnus for 1904. Review of Frank McMurry's 'Spe- cial method in history.' In Educ. Rev., XXVII, pp. 203-205. (Feb., 1904.) Dudley Odell McGovney, A.B. (1901). Cambridge, Mass. 1. Civil government in the Philippines. Chicago, 1904. Pp. xi, 209. 2. The navigation acts as applied to European trade. In Am. Hist. Rev., IX, pp. 725-784. (July, 1904.) Charles Leslie McKay, B.S. (1881). Drowned April 19, 1883, near Cape Constantine, Alaska. 1. A review of the genera and species of the family Centrarchidae, with a descrip- tion of one new species. In Proc. U. S. Nat. iMus. for 1881, pp. 87-93. Adah McMahan, A.B. (1889), (1892), M.D. Lafayette, Ind. A.M. 1. ilembranous ententis. In Trans. Indiana State Med. Soc. for 1899, pp. 77-87. 2. Ti-eatment of infantile convulsions. In New York Med. Jour., LXXVl, p. 401. (March, 1903.) 11: Martin J Bibliography: Alumni Jerome Fee McNeil, B.S. (1886). Teach- er, Kichmond, Ind. 1. Description of twelve new species of Myriapoda, chiefly from Indiana. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 188G. 2. Kevision of the Truxalinae of North America. In Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci., VI, pp. 179-274 ; C plates. (1897.) 3. Hopkins-Stanford Galapagos . expe- dition, IV', Orthoptera. In Proc. Washing- ton Acad. Sci., Ill, pp. 487-506. (Nov., 1901.) George Washington Martin, Ph.D. (1892). Professor of Biology, Vander- bilt University, Nashville, Tenn. 1. The organology of Aster and Solid- ago. In Bot. Gaz., XVII, p. 5 ; 1 plate. 2. The embryology of Aster and Solid- ago. In Bot. Gaz., XVII, p. 6 ; 1 plate. 3. The Floridese. Indianapolis, 1894. Pp. 3. 4. Indiana Academy of Science. In Indiana Sch. Jour, for Dec, 1895, pp. 66-67. 5. Biology in secondary schools. Roch- ester, 1900. Pp. iii, 8. 6. The secondary school and prepara- tion for citizenship. Nashville, 1901. Pp. 10. William Alexander Parsons Martin, A.B. (1846), A.M. (1849), D.D., LL.D. President University of Wuchong, Wu- chong, China. 1. Account of an overland journey from Peking to Shanghai made in February and March, 1866. In Jour. Roy. Asiat. Soc. North China branch, N. S. Ill, p. 26. (3866.) 2. On the style of Chinese epistolary composition. In Jour. Roy. Asiat. Soc North China branch, N. S. XI, p. 113. (1877.) 3. Report on the system of public in- struction in China. (U. S. Education Bu- reau, Circulars of Information, No. 1.) Washington, 1877. Pp. 28. 4. Three systems of the religions of China. In Nev\' Englander, XX^ iii, p. 223. (1877.) 5. Editor of 'The Peking Scientific Magazine' (Chinese). 1875-78. 6. The Chinese : their education, phil- osophy and letters. New York, 1881. Pp. viii, 319. 7. Mathematical phj'sics (Chinese). 1885. 8. Tonquin ; or the French in Annam. In New Englander, XLV, p. 665. (1886.) 9. The advisability or the reverse of endeavoring to convey western knowledge to the Chinese through the medium of their own language. (Joint author with others.) In Jour. Roy. Asiat. Soc. North China branch, N. S. XXI, p. 1. (1887.) 10. The Lusiad : the epic of the opening of the east. In New Englander, LIII, p. 542. (1890.) 13. Does China menace the world? In Forum, X, pp. 433-441. (Dec, 1890.) 12. As the Chinese see us. In Forum, X, pp. 678-688. (Feb., 1891.) 13. America's duty to China. In John it. Barrow's 'The World's Parliament of Religions' (Chicago, 1893), II, pp. 1137- 1144. 14. The Chinese (Hanleii papers). 1st ser., Shanghai, 1880 ; 2d ser., Shanghai and London, 3894. 15. Editor of 'Science Monthly' (Chi- nese), 1897-98. 16. A cycle of Cathay ; or China south and north, with personal reminiscences. New York, 1896. Pp. 464. 17. The fall of Peking. In Independ- ent, LII, pp. 2419-2421. (Oct. 11, 1900.) 18. The siege of Peking. In Nat. Geog. Mag., XII, p. 53. (Feb., 1901.) 39. The poetry of the Chinese. In No. 113 Indiana University \_Martin Am. Rev., CLXXII, pp. 853-802. (June, 1901.) 20. Li Hung Chang. In Independent, LIII, pp. 268G-2088. (Nov. ]4, 1901.1 21. The love of Cathay ; or, the intellect ot China. New York, 1901. Pp. iv, 480. 22. History of the classic ages of China. 23. Les vestiges d'un droit international clans I'ancienne Chine. In Revue de Droit Internationale. 24. Natural theology and evidences of Christianity (Chinese). Reprinted in nu- merous editions in China and Japan. 25. Natural Philosophy (Chinese). 7 vols. "This work contained the first formal treatise on chemistry and the first regular course of physics ever published in the Chinese language." 26. Translations into Chinese of Whea- ton's 'International law,' De Marten's 'Guide diplomatique,' Woolsey's 'Interna- tional law,' and Bluntschli's 'Le droit inter- national codifie.' James Raeidek Meek, A.B. (1897). Prin- cipal of High School, Durango, Colo. 1. Editor of 'The Arbutus' (Senior class annual, Indiana University). Bloom- ington, Ind., 1897. Pp. 287. Seth Etjgene Meek, B.S. (1884), M.S. (1886), Ph.D. (1891). Assistant Cu- rator of Zoology, Field Columbian Mu- seum, Chicago. 1. A review of the species of Gerres found in American waters. (Joint author with Barton Warren Evermann.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1883, pp. 116-124. 2. Note on the genus Anguilla. In Bull. U. S. Pish Comm. for 1883, p. 430. 3. A review of the American species of Scomberoraorus. (Joint author with R. G. Newland.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1883, pp. 219-232. 4. A review of the genus Sphyrsena. (Joint author with U. G. Newland.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1884, pp. 07-75. 5. A review of the American species of Hemirhamphus. (Joint author with D. K. Goss.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia for 1884, pp. 221-235. 6. Notes on a collection of anchovies from Havana and Key West, with an ac- count of a new species (Stolephorus eury- stole) from Woods Hole, Mass. (Joint au- thor with Joseph Swain.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1884, pp. 34-46. 7. A review of the American species of the genus Synodus. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1884, pp. 130-136. 8. A review of the American species of the genus Trachynotus. (Joint author with D. K. Goss.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1884, pp. 121-129. 9. Note on the Cuban eel. In Bull. U. S. Pish Comm. for 1884, p. 111. 10. List of fishes collected in the St. John's river at Jacksonville, Fla. (Joint author with David Starr Jordan.) In Bull. U. S. Pish Comm., 1884, p. 2.33-237. 11. Description of Zygonectes zonifer, a new species of Zygonectes from Nash- ville, Ga. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1884, pp. 526-027. 12. Description of a new species of Hy- bopsis ( Hybopsis montanus ) . In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1884, pp. 526-527. 13. Description of four new species of Cyprinidse. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1884, pp. 474-477. 14. Notes on the pipe fishes of Key West, Fla., with descriptions of two new species. (Joint author with Joseph Swain.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1884, pp. 237- 239. 114 Meei'i Bibliography : Alumn 15. List of fishes collected in Iowa and Missouri, in August, 1S84, with descriptions of three new species. (.Toint author with D. S. .Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1885, pp. 1-n. 16. A review of the American species of flying fishes. (.Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1885, pp. 44-67. 17. A review of the American genera and species of Batrachidae. (Joint author with E. A. Hall.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1885, pp. 52-62. 18. A review of the American spet'ies it the genus Scorpsena. (Joint author with K. G. Newland.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1885, pp. 394-403. 19. A review of the genus Esox. (Joint author with R. G. Newland.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1885, pp. 367-375. 20. A revision of the American species of the genus Gerres. (Joint author with B. W. Evermann.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1886, pp. 256-272. 21. A note on the lamprey of Cayuga Lake. In Ann. New York Acad. Sci. for 1886, pp. 285-289. 22. Note on Elagatis bipinnulatus. (Joint author with C. H. BoUman.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1889, pp. 42-44. 23. Report on the explorations made in Missouri and Arkansas during 1889, with an account of the fishes observed in each of the river basins examined. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1889, pp. 113-141. 24. Note on Ammocoetes branchialis. In Am. Nat., XXIII, pp. 640-642. (1890.) 25. The native food fishes of Iowa. In Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. for 1890, pp. 68-76. 26. Report on the fishes of Iowa based on observations and collections made during 1889, 1890 and 1891. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1890, pp. 217-248. 27. The fishes of the Cedar river basin. In Iowa Acad. Sci. for 1891, pp. 1-8. 28. A catalogue of the fishes of Arkan- sas. Ill Ann. Rept. Arkansas State Geol. for 1801, pp. 215-276. 29. A description of Etheostoma pagei. In Am. Nat., XXVIII, p. 957. (1894.) 30. A new Cambarus (Cambarus faxo- nii) from Arkansas. In Am. Nat., XXVIII, pp. 1042-1043, 1 plate. (1894.) 31. Report of investigations respecting the fishes of Arkansas conducted during 1891, 1892 and 1893, with a synopsis of previous explorations in the same State. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1894, pp. 67-94. 32. Notes on the fishes of western Iowa and eastern Nebraska. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1894, pp. 133-188. 33. Description of a new species of Go- biesox (Gobiesox muscarum). (Joint author with C. J. Pierson.) In Proc. California Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 571-573. 34. A list of fishes and mollusks col- lected in Arkansas and the Indian Terri- tory in 1894. In Bull. U. S. Fisli Comm. for 1895, pp. 341-349. 35. Salmon investigations in the Co- lumbia river basin and elsewhere on the Pacific coast in 1896. (Joint author with B. W. Evermann.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1897, pp. 15-84. 36. A list of fishes and reptiles obtained by the Field Columbian Museum East Af- rican Expedition to Somali-land in 1896. In Field Col. Mus. Pub., Zool. Series, I, pp. 163-184. (1897.) 37. Notes on a collection of cold-blooded vertebrates from the Olympic mountains. In Field Col. Mus. Pub., Zool. Series, I, pp. 225-236. (1899.) 38. Notes on a collection of fishes and amphibians from Muskoka and Gull lakes. In Field Col. Mus. Pub., Zool. Series, I, pp. 307-311. (1899.) 39. ■ Contribution to the ichthyology .if 115 Indiana University [Meek Mexico. Tn Field Col. Mus. Pub., Zool. Series III, pp. 63-128, 18 plates. (1902.) 40. The growth and variation of fishes. In Birds and Nature, VIII, pp. 84-80. (1900.) 41. The geological succession of fishes. In Birds and Nature, VIII, pp. 133-139. (1900.) 42. The geographical distribution of fishes. In Birds and Nature, VIII, pp. 161- 104. (1900.) 43. Notes on a collection of cold-blooded vertebrates from Ontario. (Joint author with H. W. Clark.) In Field Col. Mus. Pub., Zoiil. Series, III, pp. 131-140. (1902.) 44. Contribution to museum technique. In Am. Nat., XXXVI, pp. 53-62. (Jan., 1902.) 45. Review of D. S. Jordan and B. W. Evermann's 'American game and food fishes.' In Am. Nat., XXXVI, pp. 557-558. (August, 1903.) 40. Distribution of fresh-water fishes in Mexico. In Am. Nat., XXXVIl, pp. 771- 784. (Nov., 1903.) 47. The fresh-water fishes of Mexico. In Field Col. Mus. Pub., Zool. Series, V, pp. 1-300. (In press.) Oscar Marion Metncke, A.B. (1896). Brookville, Ind. 1. The fiora of Franklin county, Indi- ana. In Bulletins Nos. 1-2, Brookville Soc. Nat. Hist. 2. The study of the bird's nest. In Teachers' Jour. Also in Nature Study JIo. Geoege Moeet Millek, A.B. (1892), A.M. Assistant Professor of Rhetoric and English Literature, University of Cin- cinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio. 1. The agitation about English. Tn Proc. Jlod. Lang. Asso. of Ohio, pp. 40-57. (1898-1899.) 2. The dramatic element in the popu- lar ballad. In Univ. Cincinnati Bull., No. 19, Series II, Vol. II, pp. viii, 35. (1904.) John Anthony Millee, A.B. (1890), Ph.D. See Faculty list. Kate Milnek. See Mrs. Albert Rabb. George Elbekt Mitchell, A.B. (1808). Teacher of Science, High School, Rens- selaer, Ind. 1. Note on the aberrant follicles In the ovary of Cymatogaster. /« Proc. Indi- ana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 229-232, 1 plate. (1899.) William J Moenkhaus, A.B. (1894), A.M. (1895), Ph.D. See Faculty list. Hamilton Byron Moore, A.M. (1901). Instructor in English, Indiana Uni- versity, 1898-1901 ; Assistant Professor, 1901-1903. Now Instructor in English, iManual Training High School, Indi- anapolis. 1. Dickens's 'The tale of two cities.' Edited with introduction and notes. Bos- ton, 1901. 2. Thackeray's 'Henry Esmond.' Ed- ited with introduction and notes. Boston, 1904. Walter Piety Morgan, A.M. (1900). As- sistant Professor of Mathematics, Indi- ana State Normal School, Terre Haute, Ind. . 1. Teachers' manual for Cook and Cropsey arithmetics. Terre Haute, Ind.. 1902. Pp. 302. 116 Newsom J Bibliography: Alumni Sarah Parke Morrison, A.B. (1869), A.M. (1871). Adjunct Professor of English Literature, Indiana University, 1873-75. Knightstown, Ind. 1. I'm coming liome, song. (Sheet music.) St. Louis, 1888. Pp. 5. 2. A monody to a father's memory. Cambridge, Mass., 1891. Pp. 49, 1 plate. 3. Among ourselves : to a mother's memory. Vol. I, Out of North Carolina. Pp. 170, 6 plates. Vol. II, Catherine and her surroundings. Pp. 214, 5 plates. Plain- field, Ind., 1901 and 1902. William LaGbange Morrison, A.B. (1888). Superintendent of Schools, Scottsburg, Ind. 1. A review of the American species of PriacanthidsE or big-eyes. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1889. Charles Alfred Mosemiller, A.B. (1890). See Faculty list. David Myers Mother, A.B. (1891), A.M. (189-2), Ph.D. See Faculty list. Arthur LeRot Murray, A.B. (1901). Teacher, Muncie, Ind. 1. Editor of 'The Arbutus' class annual, Indiana University), ington, Ind., 1901. Pp. 250. ( Senior Bloom- Edwin Manson Nehep, A.B. (1901), S.B. Student, Rush Medical College, Chicago. 1. The eye of Pal^monetes antrorum. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1902. Robert Newland, A.B. (1887). Teacher in High School, Denver, Colo. 1. A review of the American species of the genus Scorpsena. (Joint author with S. E. Meek.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1885, pp. 294-403. 2. A review of the species of the genus Esox. (Joint author with S. E. Meek.) In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1885, pp. 52-62. Adelaide (Perry) Newsom (Mrs. John F. Newsom), A.B. (1894). Stanford University, Cal. 1. Editor of 'The Arbutus' (Senior class annual, Indiana University). (Joint editor with Clarence Arthur Zaring). Bloom- ington. Ind., 1895. Pp. 240. John Fleshee Newsom, A.B. (1891), Ph.D. Instructor in Geology, Indiana Univer- sity, 1894-96 ; Assistant Professor, 1896-99. Now Associate Professor of Jlining, Leland Stanford Junior Uni- versity, Stanford University, Cal. 1. Syllabus of lectures on economic geology. (Joint author with J. 0. Branner.) Stanford University, 1895. Pp. 282. 2. A relief map of Arkansas. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., for 1895, p. 56. 3. A geological section across south- ern Indiana from Hanover to Vincennes. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., for 1897, pp. 250-253. 4. The Knobstone group in the region of New Albany, Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1897, pp. 253-256. 5. The Red River and Clinton mono- clines, Arkansas. (Joint author with J. C. Branner.) In Am. Geol., XX, pp. 1-13, map, 3 plates. (1897.) 117 Indiana University IN, ewsom 6. Notes ou the disti-ibution of tlie Knobstore group in Indiana. (Joint author with J. A. Price.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 280-297. Map. 7. The effect of sea barriers upon ulti- mate drainage. In Jour, of Geol., VII, pp. 445-451, 4 figures. (1899.) 8. Sj-llabus of economic geology. (Joint author with J. C. Branner.) Stan- ford University, 1900. 2d ed. Illustrated. Pp. viii, 308. 9. Drainage of southern Indiana. In Journal of Geology, X, pp. 166-181, map. (1902.) 10. The phosphate rocks of Arkansas. (Joint autlior with J. C. Branner.) In Bull. 74 Arkansas Agr. Bxp. Sta., 1 plate, 23 figures. (1902.) 11. A natural gas explosion near Wal- dron, Indiana. In Jour, of Geol., X, pp. 803-814, 5 figures. (1902.) 12. A geologic and topographic section across southern Indiana, from Hanover to Vincennes, with a discussion of the Knob- stone group in the State of Indiana. In 26th Ann. Kep. Indiana Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist. 13. Review of Davies's 'A treatise on metalliferous minerals and mining.' In En- gineering and Mining Jour., June 6, 1903, pp. 863-864. 4. Lists of MoUusca of Pike, Winona and Center Lakes, Kosciusko county, Ind. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1901. (1902.) Allen Anson NoRBis, A.B. (1902). Super- intendent of Schools, Syracuse, Indiana. 1. Studies in the life of St. Paul. (Joint author with Ghas. O. Davis.) Bloomington, Ind., 1898. 2. Sabre alguns peixes de Sao Paulo, Brazil. (.Toint author with C. H. Eigen- mann.) In Revista do Museu Paulista, IV, pp. 349-362. (1900.) 3. Maps of Winona, Pike, and Center Lakes. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1901. (1902.) Reuben Edson Nyswandee, A.B. (1901). Magnetic Observer, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, AVashington, D. C. 1. A modified Wehnelt interrupter. (Joint author with A. L. Foley.) In Elec- trical World and Engineer, XXXIX, pp. 373-374. (March 1, 1902.) 2. The lunar diurnal variation as ob- tained at the Cheltenham magnetic observ- atory from a single complete lunation during February, 1903. (Abstract.) (Joint au- thor with L. A. Bauer.) In Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Electricity, VIII, pp. 144-146. (Sept., 1903.) Frederic Austi.v Ogg, A.M. (1900). lu- structor in History, 1902-1903. Now Graduate student. Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 1. (ieography from Homer to Colum- bus. In Chautauquan, XXXII, pp. 473- 478. (Feb., 1901.) 2. Jay's treaty and the slavery inter- ests of the United States. In Ann. Rep. Am. Hist. Assoc, for 1901, pp. 273-298. (1902.) 3. On the literary decline of history. In Dial, XXXII, pp. 233-235. (April 1, 1902.) 4. Slav and Saxon. In Chautauquan, XXXVI-XXXVII. (Oct., 1902-June, 1903.) 5. The proportion of city and country population in the United States. In World's Work, V, pp. 3003-3005. (Jan.. 1903.) 0. Indian money in the New England colonies. In New Eng. Mag., XXVII, pp. 749-760. (Feb., 1903.) 118 Rabb'l Bibliography : Alumni 7. Oerman interests and tendencies in South Amei-ic-a. In ^Yorld's Work, V, pp. 3168-3170. (March, 1903.) 8. Coins and coinage in the New Eng- land colonies. In New Eug. Mag., XXVIII, pp. 739-752. (Aug., 1903.) 0. The Pope and the Italian nation. In Ohautauyuan, XXXVIII, pp. 14-19. (Sept.,' 1903.) 10. The opening of the Mississippi ; a struggle for supremacy in the American in- terior. New York, 1904. Pp. viii, 656. 11. Review of Willis Fletcher Johnson's 'A century of expansion.' In Dial, XXXVI, pp. 47-48. (Jan. 16, 1904.) 12. Paper money in the New England colonies. In New Eng. Mag., XXIX, pp. 772-783. (Feb., 1904.) 13. Newspaper satire during the Amer- ican Revolution. In New Eng. Mag., XXX, pp. 366-376. (May, 1904.) 14. Review of William Garrott Brown's 'The foe of compromise, and other essays.' In Dial, XXXVI, pp. 323-324. (May 16, 1904.) Roy Henderson Perring, A.B. (1894), A.il. (1890). See Faculty list. JEdwaed Charles O'Donnell, A.B. (1890). Mitchell, Ind. 1. The Standard Oil Trust. In States- man for 1890. ■Oabl Wilhelm Ferdinand Osthaus, A.M. (1890). See Faculty list. Henry Allison Parsons, LL.B. (1864). Kansas City, Kansas. 1. The rise and fall of nations. Kan- sas City, 1878. Pp. 28. 2. Abridged history of Greece from the ■earliest times to the present dynasty. Kan- :sas City, 1904. Pp. 149. Adelaide Perry. See Mrs. John P. New- som. Burr Harrison Polk, LL.B. (1857). Died May 15, 1880, at Lincoln, Neb. 1. The big American caravan in Eu- rope. (Letters republished in book form.) James P Porter, A.B. (1898), A.M. (1901). Instructor in Psychology, Indiana University, 1900-1902. Now Instructor in Psychology, Clark Univer- sity, Worcester, Mass. 1. The psychology of the English spar- row. In Am. Jour. Psych., XV. (April, 1904.) William Heney Pyle, A.B. (1898). Su- perintendent City Schools, Vandalia, 111. 1. Nature study in the country schools, Vandalia, 111., 1901. Pp. 22. Kate (Milner) Rabb (Mrs. Albert Rabb), A.B. (1886), A.M. (1888). Indianap- olis, Ind. 1. Indiana in fiction. In Kate Field's Washington for May, 1892. 2. A Kentucky 'Harnt.' In New York Ledger for March 5, 1892. 3. The whitecaps. In Worthington's Mag. for Jan., 1893. 4. To him who waits. In Interior for June 15, 1893. 5. Bjornson and Ibsen. In Dominion Illustrated Mo. for Sept., 1893. 119 Indiana University iRabb 6. Mikado tea. In Kate Field's Wash- ington for Sept. 27, 1893. 7. Lias. In Worthington's Mag. for Nov., 1898. 8. The things which are Csesar's. In Once a Week for March 3, 1894. 9. A bit of S6vres. In Kate Field's Washington for August 29, 1894. 10. The snub. In Lippincott's Mag. for Oct., 1894. 11. At the institute. In N. Y. Sch. Jour, for July 13, 1895. 12. Claude Matthews. In Leslie's Weekly for May 23, 1895. 13. The destruction of a theory. In Kate Field's Washington for Jan. 12, 1895. 14. National epics. Chicago, 1896. Pp. 398. 15. A municipal experiment. In Les- lie's Weekly for May 13, 1897. 16. The pilgrim and the palmer. In In- terior for May 16, 1897. 17. Dido. In Self Culture for April, 1898. 18. A club election. In Designer for Sept., 1898. 19. The Boer boy. Philadelphia, 1900. Pp. 348. 20. The romance of a co-ed. In Delin- eator for Nov., 1900. 21. The institute at Glendeane. In De- lineator for May, 1901. 22. A letter from O. W. Holmes. In St. Nicholas for March, 1902. . 23. Miss Petrie's avocation. In Atlan. Mo. for July, 1902. 24. Hyacinths. In Leslie's Weekly for August 7, 1902. 25. The plateau of fatigue. In Atlan. Mo. for Jan., 1903. 26. By grace of Linnseus. In Delin- eator for June, 1903. 27. The new hunting. In Atlan. Mo. for Jan., 1904. RoLLA Roy Ramsey, A.B. (1895), A.iL (1898), Ph.D. See Faculty list. Richard Rathbun, M.S. (1883), D.Sc. Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution in charge of the U. S. Na- tional Museum. Washington, D. C. 1. On the Devonian Brachiopoda of Ererg, Province of Para, Brazil. In Bull. Buffalo Soc. of Nat. Sci. for 1874, I, No. 4, pp. 236-261, plates viii-x. 2. Morgan expedition, 1870, Chas. Fred. Hartt, in charge. Preliminary report on the Cretaceous lamellibranchs collected in the vicinity of Pernambuco, Brazil. In Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, for 1874, XVII, pp. 241-256. 3. The geological commission of Brazil. Additions to the Echinoid fauna of Brazil. In Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, 3d series, XV, pp. 82-84. (1878.) 4. The Devonian Brachiopoda of the Province of Parfi, Brazil. In Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, for 1878, XX, pp. 14-39. 5. Notes on the coral reefs of the Island of Itaparica, Bahia, and of Parahyba do Norte. In Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, for 1878, XX, pp. 39-41. 6. Observacoes sobre a Geologia as- pecto do Ilha de Itaparica, na Bahia de Todos OS Santos. In Archivos do Museu iNacional do Rio de Janeiro, III, pp. 159- 183. (1878.) 7. Sketch of Professor C. F. Hartt. In Pop. Sci. Mo., XIII, pp. 231-235, with por- trait as frontispiece. (June, 1878.) 8. Sketch of the life and scientific work of Prof. Charles Fred. Hartt. In Proc. Bos- ton Soc. Nat. Hist, for 1878, XIX, pp. 338- 364. Reprinted. New Haven, 1879. Pp. 38. 9. A list of the Brazilian echinoderms, with notes on their distribution, etc. In 120 Rath bun ] Bibliography: Alumni Trans. Connecticut Acad, of Arts and Sciences for 1879, V, pp. 139-158. 10. List of marine invertebrata from tlie New England coast, distributed by the United States Commission of Fisli and Fisli- eries. Series I. (Distributed in fifty sets, put up by Mr. Richard Rathbun, under the direction of Prof. A. E. Verrill. 1879.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1879, II, pp. 227- 232. 11. List of the dredging stations of the United States Fish Commission from 1871 to 1879, inclusive, with temj)erature and other observations. Arranged for publica- tion by Sanderson Smith and Richard Rath- bun. In Ann. Rep. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1879, pp. l-4a. 12. Prof. Hartt on the Brazilian sand- stone reefs. In Am. Nat., XIII, pp. 347- 358. (June, 1879.) 13. Review of O. A. Derby's 'The geol- ogy of the Lower Amazonas.' In Am. Jour, of Sci. and Arts, 3d series, XVII, pp. 464- 4C8. (June, 1879.) 14. Brazilian corals and coral reefs. In Am. Nat., XIII, pp. 539-551, one text figure. (Sept., 1879.) 15. Review of O. A. Derby's 'The geol- ogy of the Diamantiferous region of the Province of Parana, Brazil.' (Proc. Ameri- can Phil. Soc, May 16, 1879.) In Am. Jour, of Sci. and Arts, 3d series, XVIII, pp. 310, 311. (Oct., 1879.) 16. The littoral marine fauna of Pro- vincetown. Cape Cod, Massachusetts. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1880, III, pp. 116-133. 17. List of marine invertebrates, mainly from the New England coast, distributed by the United States National Museum. Series II. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1881, IV, pp. 298-303. 18. List of marine invertebrates from the New England coast, distributed by the United States National Museum. Series III. Educational Series. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1881, IV, pp. 304-307. 19. The giant squid. In St. Nicholas, VIII, pp. 266-270, 5 plates. (Feb., 1881.) 20. Dredging stations of the United States Fish Commission Steamer Fish Hawk, Lieut. Z. L. Tanner commanding, for 1880, 1881, and 1882, with temperature and other observations. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1882, II, pp. 119-131. 21. Notes on the shrimp and prawn fisheries of the United States. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1882, II, pp. 139-152. 22. The American initiative in methods of deep-sea dredging. In Science, IV, pp. 54-57. (1884.) 23. American appliances for deep-sea investigation. In Science, IV, pp. 146-151, 225-229, 400-404, with numerous text illus- trations. (1884.) 24. Annotated list of the described species of parasitic Copepoda (Siphonos- toma) from American waters contained in the United States National Museum. In Proc. U. S. Nat. JIus. for 1884, VII, pp. 483-492. 25. Collection of economic crustaceans, worms, Echinoderms and sponges. (Great international fisheries exhibition, London, 1883 ; exhibit of U. S. of America. ) In Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1884, No. 27, pp. 107-187. 26. Descriptive catalogue of the collec- tion illustrating the scientific investigation of the sea and fresh waters. (Great inter- national fisheries exhibition, London, 1883 ; exhibit of U. S. of America.) In Bull. U. S. Nat. JIus. for 1884, No. 27, pp. 511-622. 27. Notes on the decrease of lobsters. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1884, IV, pp. 421-426. 28. Crustaceans, worms, radiates and sponges. In The fisheries and fishery indus- tries of the United States, prepared through the co-operation of the Commissioner of Fisheries and the Superintendent of the 121 Indiana University \_Rathbun Tenth Census by George Brown Goode, As- sistant Director of the U. S. National Muse- um, and a staff of associates. Section I. Natural history of aquatic animals. Part V, pp. 759-850, plates cclx-cclxxvii. Washing- ton, Government Printing Office, 1884. 29. Reports on the Department of Ma- rine Invertebrates in the U. S. National Museum for years 1883-1892, inclusive. By Richard Rathbun, curator. In Annual Re- ports of the Board of Regents of the Smith- sonian Institution, showing the operations, expenditures and condition of the Institution for the several years. Washington, Govern- ment Printing Office, various dates. 30. Report upon the Echini collected by the United States I'ish Commission Steamer Albatross, in the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico, .January to May, 1884. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1885, VIII, pp. 83-89. 31. Report upon the Echini collected by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Alba- tross in the Gulf of Mexico from January to March, 1885. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1885, VIII, pp. 606-620. 32. Notice of a collection of stalked crinoids made by the Steamer Albatross in the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea, 1884 and 1885. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1885, VIII, pp. 628-635. 33. Catalogue of the collection of recent Echini in the United States National Muse- um (corrected to July 1, 1886). In Proc. U. S. Nat. JIus. for 1886, IX, pp. 255-293. 34. Descriptions of parasitic copepods belonging to the genera Pandarus and Chondracanthus. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1886, IX, pp. 310-324, plates v-xi. 35. Notes on lobster culture. In Bull. U. S. Pish Coram, for 1886, VI, pp. 17-32. 3G. Catalogue of the species of corals belonging to the genus Madrepora, contained in the United States National Museum. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1887, X, pp. 10-19. 37. Annotated catalogue of the species of Porites and Synaraea in the United States National Museum, with a description of a new species of Porites. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1887, X, pp. 354-366, plates xv-xix. 38. Descriptions of the species of Heli- aster (a genus of starfishes) represented in the U. S. National Museum. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1887, X, pp. 440-449, plates xxiii-xxvi. 39. Descriptions of new species of para- sitic copepods, belonging to the genera Tre- bius, Perissopus, and Lernanthropus. In Proc. U. S. Nat. BIus. for 1887, X, pp. 559- 571, plates xxix-xxxv. 40. The fishing grounds of North Amer- ica. Edited by Richard Rathbun. In The fisheries and fishery industries of the United States, prepared through the co-operation of the Commissioner of Fisheries and the Su- perintendent of the Tenth Census by George Brown Goode, Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, and a staff of as- sociates. Section III, pp. vii-xviii, 5-154, 49 charts. Washington, Government Print- ing OfBce, 1887. 41.' Ocean temperatures of the Eastern coast of the United States, with thirty-two charts. In The fisheries and fishery indus- tries of the United States, prepared through the co-operation of the Commissioner of Fisheries and the Superintendent of the Tenth Census by George Brown Goode, As- sistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Insti- tution, and a staff of associates. Section III, pp. 155-238, 32 plates. Washington, Gov- ernment Printing Ofiice, 1887. 42. The crab, lobster, crayfish, rock lob- ster, shrimp and prawn fisheries. In The fisheries and fishery industries of the United States, prepared through the co-operation of the Commissioner of Fisheries and the Su- perintendent of the Tenth Census by George Brown Goode, Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, and a staff of associates. Section V. History and methods of the fisheries. II. Part XXI, pp. 122 Reagan J Bibliography: Alumni C27-841, plates ccxlvi-cclv. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1887. 43. Results of investigations by the schooner . Grampus on the Southern mack- erel grounds in the spring of 1887. (Joint author with D. E. Collins and T. H. Bean.) In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1887, VII, pp. 217-207. 41. The transplanting of lobsters to the Pacific Coast of the United States. In Bull. U. S. Pish Comm. for 1888, VIII, pp. 453- 472, plate Ixxi. 45. Reports upon the inquiry respecting food fishes and the fishing grounds. In Ann. Reports U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Reports of the Commissioner for years 1888-1889, inclusive. Washington, Government Printing Ofiice, various dates. 46. The United States Fish Commission. Some of its work. In Century Mag., XLIII, pp. 079-697, 19 te.xt figures. (1892.) 47. Jerome Henry Kidder. In Bull. Philos. Soc. of Washington, XI, pp. 480-488. (1892.). 48. Report of the joint commission of the United States and Great Britain relative to the preservation of the fisheries in waters contiguous to the United States and Canada, under agreement of December 0, 1892, by Richard Rathbun, representative on behalf of the United States, and William Wakeham, representative on behalf of Great Britain. Transmitted to the Congress of the United States by the President, under date of Feb- ruary 24, 1897. Washington, D. C. Gov- ernment Printing Office, 1897, pp. 178. 49. A review of the fisheries in the con- tiguous waters of the State of Washington and British Columbia. In Report of the U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1899, pp. 251-350, plates viii-xvi. 50. Reports upon the condition and pro- gress of the U. S. National Museum during the years ending June SO, 1899, 1900, 1901, and 1902, by Richard Rathbun, Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, in charge of the U. S. National Museum. In Annual Reports of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, showing the operations, expenditures and condition of the Institution for the years ending June 30, 1899, 1900, 1901, and 1902. Reports of the U. S. National Museum. Washington. Gov- ernment Printing Office, various dates. William A Rawles, A.B. (1884), (1895), Ph.D. See Faculty list. A.M. Alheet B Reagan, A.M. (1903). Teacher, Indian Service. 1. Jampz vocabulary. In Rep. U. S. Bureau Ethnology. Pp. 14. 2. Grammar treatise of the Jaraez lan- guage. In Rep. U. S. Bureau Ethnology. Pp. IS. 3. Jamez — open and secret. In Rep. U. S. Bureau Ethnology. Pp. 60, 22 plates. 4. The Apache pole game. In Rep. U. S. Bureau Ethnology ; also in Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1902. Pp. 14; 26 plates. 5. The Apache Indians, their manners, customs, etc. In Rep. U. S. Bureau Ethnol- ogy, pp. 120, 40 plates. 6. The Jamez-Albuquerque region, N. M. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1902 ; also in Am. Geol., Feb., 1903. Pp. 45, S plates. 7. The Jamez coal fields. In ir'roc. In- diana Acad. Sci. for 1902. Pp. 3. 8. The Apache stick game. In Rep. U. S. Bureau Ethnology ; also in Proc. Indiana Acad Sci. for 1903. 9. Age of the lava flows of the plateau region. In Am. Geol., XXXII, pp. 170-177. (Sept., 1903.) 10. Geology of the Foi:t Apache region. 123 Indiana University \^Reagan Arizona. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903 ; also in Am. Geol., XXXII, pp. 295- 358, 5 plates. (Nov., 1903.) 11. Age of the Aubrey limestone. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903. Pp. 5. 12. The fossils of the Upper Red "Wall of Arizona, compared with those of the Kan- sas coal-measures. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903. Pp. 8. 13. Some fossils trom the Upper Red Wall of Arizona. In I 'roc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903. Pp. 14, 1 plate. 14. Geology of Monroe county, Indiana, North of Latitude of Bloomington. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903. Pp. 20. 15. The Apache medicine disk. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903 ; in Proc. A. A. A. S. for 1903. Pp. 2, 1 plate. 16. Some paintings from one of the Estufas at Jamez, N. JI. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1903 : also in Proc. A. A. A. S. for 1903. Pp. 2, 6 plates. Herbert Gilson Reddick, A.B. (1887), A.M. (1898). Indianapolis, Ind. 1. The snakes of Turkey Lake. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 261- 262. William Allan Reed, A.B. (1898). Gov- ernor of Lepanto-Bontoc, P. I. 1. The Negritos of Zambales. Manila, 1904. Pp. xii, 65 ; 80 plates. Ernest Wuxiam Rbttgee, A.B. (1893), Ph.D. Instructor in Mathematics, Indi- ana University, 1898-1900. Now Pro- fessor of Mathematics, Missouri State Normal School, Warrensburg, Mo. 1. Note on the projective group. In Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. for 1898, XXXIII, pp. 491-499. 2. On Lie's theory of continuous groups. In Am. Jour. Math, for 1899. Leo Frederick Rettgee, A.B. (ISJO), A.M. (1897), Ph.D. Instructor in charge of Bacteriology, Xale University, New Haven, Conn. 1. Septicajmia in young chickens. In New York Med. Jour., May, 1900, p. 803, and Feb., 1901, p. 267. 2. The liberation of volatile sulphide from milk on heating. In Am. Jour. Physiol., VI, p. 450. (1902.) 3. The formation of film on heated milk. In Am. Jour. Physiol., VII, p. 325. (1902.) 4. Experimental observations on pan- creatic digestion and the spleen. In Am. Jour. Physiol., VII, p. 387. (1902.)- 5. An experimental study of the chem- ical products of bacillus coll communis and bacillus laetis aerogeunes. In Am. Jour. Physiol., VIII, p. 284. (1903.) 6. 'Mucin as a bacterial product. In Jour. Med. Research, X, p. 101. (1903.) 7. On the spore germination of bacil- lus subtilis and bacillus megatherium. In Centralbl. fiir Bakt. Par. und Infek., XXXIIL (1903.) 8. A contribution to the study of pathogenic yeasts. In Centralbl. fiir Bakt. Par. und Infek. (1904.) (In press.) Bessie (Bushing) Ridgelet (Mrs. Doug- las Clay Ridgeley), A.B. (1893). 1. Annelids of Turkey Lake. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, p. 241. 124 Ridgway J Bibliography : Alumni Douglas Clay Ridgeley, A.B. (1893). Professor of Geography, Illinois State Normal University. 1. A preliminary report on the physical features of Turkey Lake, with hydrographic map. (Joint autlior with J. P. Dolan and Chancey Jiiday.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 216-239. 2. The school excursion and the school museum as aids iu the teaching of geography. In Normal Sch. Quar., Series 2, No. 11, pp. 1-lG. 3; Alexis Everett Frye's 'Grammar school geography.' In Jour, of Geography, I, pp. 341-342. (Sept., 1902.) Robert Ridgway, M.S. (1884). Curator of Birds, U. S. National Museum, Brook- land, D. C. 1. The belted kingfisher again. In Am. Nat, III, pp. 53-54. (March, 18G9.) 2. Notices of certain obscurely known species of American birds. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 18G9, XXI, pp. 125-135. 3. A true story of a pet bird. In Am. Nat, III, pp. 309-312. (August, 1SG9.) 4. A new classification of the North American Falconidse, with descriptions of three new species. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1S70, XXII, pp. 138-150. 5. Relationship of the American white- fronted owl. In Am. Nat., VI, pp. 283-285. (May, 1872.) 6. New birds in southern Illinois. In Am. Nat, VI, pp. 430-431. (July, 1872.) 7. On the occurrence of a near rela- tion of Aegiothus flavirosti-is, at Waltham, Mass. In Am. Nat, VI, pp. 433-434. (July, 1872.) 8. On the occurrence of Setophaga picta in Arizona. In Am. Nat., VI, p. 436. (July, 1872.) 9. Notes on the vegetation of the lower Wabash valley. I. The forests of the bot- tom lands. In Am. Nat., VI, pp. 658-665. (Nov., 1872.) 10. Notes on the vegetation of the lower Wabash valley. II. Peculiar features of the bottom lands. In Am. Nat., VI, pp. 724- 732. (Dec, 1872.) 11. On the relation between color and geographical distribution iu birds, as exhib- ited in melanism and hyperchromism. In Am. Jour. Sci., IV, pp. 454-41)0 (Dec, 1872) ; V, pp. 39-44 (Jan., 1873). 12. Notes on the vegetation of the lower Wabash valley. III. The woods and prairies of the upland portions. In Am. Nat., VII, pp. 154-157. (March, 1873.) 13. Descriptions of the type specimen of Pyranga roseognlaris Cabot. In Ibis, III, p. 126; 3 plates. (April, 1873.) 14. The prairie birds of southern Illi- nois. In Am. Nat., VII, pp. 195-203. (April, 1873.) 15. Description of Centronyx ochroceph- alus Aiken. In Am. Nat., Vli, p. 237. (April, 1873.) 16. The relation between the color and geographical distribution of birds. In Am. Nat., VII, pp. 548-555. (Sept, 1873.) 17. On some new forms of American birds. In Am. Nat., VII, pp. 602-619. (Oct, 1873.) 18. Notes on the bird fauna of the Salt Lake valley and the adjacent portion of the Wasatch Mountains. In Bull. Essex Inst, for Nov., 1873, V, pp. 168-173. 19. The birds of Colorado. In Bull. Essex Inst, for Nov., 1873, V, pp. 174-195. 20. On some new forms of American birds. In Bull. Essex Inst, for Dec, 1873, V, pp. 194-201. 21. Catalogue of the ornithological col- lection in the JIuseum of the Boston So- ciety of Natural History. Part II, Falcon- idse. In Proc. Boston Soc Nat. Hist, for Dec, 1873, XVI, pp. 43-72. 125 Indiana University \_Ridgway 22. Revision o£ the Palconine genera Micrastun, Geranospiza and Rupornis, and tlie Strigine genus Glaucidium. In Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Ilist. for Dec, 1873, XVI, pp. 73-lOG. 2:1. Tlie grouse and quails of North America, discussed in relation to their varia- tion with habitat. In Forest and Stream, I, pp. 280-290. (Dec, 1873.) 24. A history of North American birds. (Joint author with S. F. Baird and T. M. Brewer. ) Boston, 1874. Vol. I, pp. i-xxvii, 1-59G ; G cuts ; 26 plates. \o\. II, pp. 1-590 ; G cuts ; 29 plates. Vol. Ill, pp. 1-560 ; 1 cut : 7 plates. 2."i. Letter to the editor of Forest and Stream concerning the question, argued pro and con by various correspondents, as to whether snakes hiss. In Forest and Stream, I, p. 327. (Jan., 1874.) 2G. The nomenclature of American game birds. In Forest and Stream, III, pp. 210- 211, 22(i-227. (Jan., 1874.) 27. Catalogue of the birds ascertained to occur in Illinois. In Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, for January, 1874, pp. 3G4-394. 28. Notes upon American water birds. In Am. Nat., VIII, pp. 108-111. (Feb., 1874.) 29. Why and how does the ruffed grouse drum? In American Sportsman, III, p. 322. (Feb., 1874.) 30. The lower Wabash valley, consid- ered in its relation to the faunal districts of the eastern region of North America ; with a synopsis of its avian fauna. In Proc Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, for 1874, XVI, pp. 304-332. 31. Description of Hydrochelidon cu- coptera, from a specimen taken at Lake Koshkonoug, Wisconsin. In Am. Nat., VIII, p. 189. (Mai-ch, 1874.) 32. On local variations in the notes and nesting habits of birds. In Am. Nat., VIII, pp. 197-201. (April, 1874.) 33. Two rare owls from Arizona. In Am. Nat, VIII, pp. 239-240. (April, 1874.; 34. A remarkable peculiarity of Ceiitro- cercus urophasianus. In Am. Nat., \ III, p. 240. (April, 1874.) 35. The dodo. In Forest and Stream, II, p. 244. (May, 1874.) 36. Notice of a species of tern new to the Atlantic coast of North America. In Am. Nat., VIII, p. 433. (July, 1874.) 37. Birds new to the North American fauna. In Am. Nat., VIII, pp. 434-435. (July, 1874.) 38. Discovery of a burrowing owl in Florida. In Am. Sportsman, IV; p. 216; 1 plate. (July, 1874.) 39. Description of a new bird from Colorado. In Am. Sportsman, IV, p. 241. (July, 1874.) 40. Opinion (requested by editor) as to question whether the excessive abundance of grasshoppers in Kansas, etc., has any con- nection with the decrease in number of game birds in the same districts. In Am. Sports- man, IV, p. 249. (July, 1874.) 41. Story of a wild goose. In Am. Sportsman, IV, pp. 258-259. (July, 1874.) 42. An unusually large wild goose. In Am. Sportsman, IV, p. 274. (August, 1874.) 43. Breeding ground of white pelicans at Pyramid Lake, Nevada. In Am. Sports- man, IV, p. 289. (August, 1S74.) 44. Game birds and grasshoppers. A reply to 'S'ix. In Am. Sportsman, IV, p. 356. (Sept., 1874.) 45. Concerning a 'strange bird' de- scribed by a correspondent In a preceding number. In Forest and Stream, III, p. 85. (Sept., 1874.) 46. The snow goose. In Am. Nat., VIII, pp. 636-G37. (Oct., 1874.) 47. List of birds observed at various localities contiguous to the Central Pacific Railroad, from Sacramento, California to 126 Ridgwas) ] Bibliography : Alumni Salt Lake Valley, Utah. In Bull. Essex Inst, for Oct., 1874, VI, pp. 169-174 ; Jan., 1875, VII, pp. 10-40. 48. A contribution to the sparrow war. In Am. Sportsman, III, p. 161. (Dec, 1874.) 49. Concerning the so-called English sparrow. Passer domesticus. In Forest and Stream, III, p. 309. (Dec, 1874.) 50. Note on Sterna longipennis, Nord- mann. In Am. Nat., IX, pp. 54-55. (Jan., 1875.) 51. A heronry in the Wabash bottoms. In Am. Sportsman, Y, pp. 312-313. (Feb., 1875.)- • 52. Big trees. In Am. Sportsman, V, pp. 321-822 ; 337 ; 353-354 ; 367-370. (Feb. 20 to March 13, inc., 1875.) "53. Snow birds and little owls. In Am. Sportsman, V, p. 393. (March, 1875.) ' 54. On Nisus cooperi (Bonaparte) and N. gundlachi (Lawrence). In Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1875, pp. 78-88. 55. '-On the Buteonine subgenus Craxi- rex Gould. In Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1875, pp. 89-119. 56. More about the Florida burrowing owl. In Rod and Gun, VI, p. 7. (April, 1875.) 57. Notice of a very rare hawk. In Rod and Gun, VI, p. 65. (May, 1875.) 58. A monograph of the genus Leucos- ticte, or gray-Crowned purple finches. In Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr, for May, 1875. No. 2, 2d series, pp. 51-82. "'59; Outlines of a natural arrangement of the Falconidie. (Read before the Philo- sophical ' Society of Washington, April, 1875.) In Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr, for June, 1875, No. 4, 2d series,- pp. 1-17, plates xi-xvlii." 60. Nesting of the worm-eating warbler. In Forest and Stream, I, pp. 10-12. (July, 1875.) 61. The sparrow hawk or American kestril. In Rod and Gun, VI, p. 109. (July, 1875.) 62. Description of a new wren from Florida. In Am. Nat., IX, p. 469. (August, 1875.) 03. First impressions of the bird fauna of California, and general remarks on west- ern ornithology. In Sci. Mon., I, pp. 2-13. (Oct., 1875.) 64. Our native trees. The tulip tree, Liriodendron tulipifera. In Field and For- est, I, pp. 49-53. (Dec, 1875.) 65. Studies of the American Falconidse. Monograph of genus Micrastur. In Proc Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., for 1875, pp. 470- 502, figures i-ix. 66. Second thoughts on the genus Mi- crastur. In Ibis, VI, pp. 1-5. (Jan., 1876.) 67. The genus Glaucidium. In Iljis, VI, pp. 11-17, 1 pi. (Jan., 1876.) 68. Studies of the American Falconidie. Monograph of the Polybori. /ji- Bull. D. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr, for February, 1876, No. 6, 2d series, pp. 451-473; pjates xxii-xxvi. 69. Studies of the American Falconidse. In Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. -Terr, for April, 1876, II, No. 2, pp. 91-182 ; plates xxx-xxxi. 70. Ornithology of Guadeloupe (lege Guadalupe) Island, based on notes and, col- lections madff by Dr. Edward Palmer. In Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr, for April, 1876,, II, No. 2, pp. 183-195. ". , 71. Notes on the genus Helminthopliaga. In Ibis, VI, pp. 166-171.' (April, 1876.) 72; Regarding Butfeo vulgaris in North America. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for April, 1876. I, pp. 32-39. 73. Maximum length of the black snaHe. In Forest and Stream, VI, p. 318. (June, 1876J "■ ■''■ ' 74. Giant pear trees. In Forest and Stream, VI, p. 337. (June, 1876.) 75. Notes on the catalpa. Catalpa big- ■(9) 127 Indiana University \_Ridgiuay nonioides. In Field and Forest, II, pp. 27- 20. (August, 187G.) 76. The black snake again. In Forest and Stream, VII, p. 20. (August, 1876.) 77. On geographical variation in Den- drooca palmarum. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, for Sept., 1876, I pp. 81-87. 78. Sexual, individual and geograph- ical variation in the genus Leucosticte. In Field and Forest, II, pp. 37-43. (Septem- ber, 1876.) 79. The little cypress swamp of Indiana. In Field and Forest, II, pp. 93-9tj. (Dec, 1876.) 80. Ornithology. In U. S. Geol. Surv. w. 40th Parallel, IV, part III, pp. 303-670. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1877. 81. On geographical variation in Turdus migratorius. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, for Jan., 1877, II, pp. 8-9. 82. Mrs. Maxwell's Colorado museum. In Field and Forest, II, pp. 195-198; 208- 214. (May and June, 1877.) 83. Mrs. Maxwell's Colorado museum. Additional notes. In Field and Forest, III, p. 11. (July, 1877.) 84. The birds of Guadalupe Island, dis- cussed with reference to the present genesis of species. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for July, 1877, II, pp. 58-66. 85. Description of a new wren of the Tres Marias Islands. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, for Jan., 1878, III, pp. 10-11. 86. Three additions to the avifauna of North America. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, for Jan., 1878, III, pp. 37-38. 87. Eastward range of Chondestes grammaca. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, for Jan., 1878, III, pp. 43-44. 88. Studies of the American Herodiones. Part I. Synopsis of the American genera of Ardeidffi and Ciconiidae ; including descrip- tions of three new genera and a monograph of the genus Ardea, Linnotus. In Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., for Feb., 1878, IV, pp. 219-251. SO. On a new humming bird (Atthis eliioti), from Guatemala. In Proc. U. S. Nat. JIus., for 1878, I, pp. 8-10. 90. Notes on some of the birds of Cal- averas county, California, and adjoining localities. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, for April, 1878, III, pp. 64-68. 91. Song birds of the West. In Har- per's Mag., LVI, pp. 857-880, 19 wood cuts. (May, 1878.) 92. A review of the American species of the genus Scops, Savigny. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for August, 1878, I, sig. 1, pp. 85-117. 93. Notes on birds observed at Mount Carmel, southern Illinois, in the spring of 1878. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for Oct., 1878, III, pp. 162-166. 94. Editor of 'Notes on the ornithology of southern Texas, being a list of birds ob- served in the vicinity of Fort Brown, Texas, from February, 1876 to June, 1878.' By James C. Merrill, Assistant Surgeon, tJ. S. Army. In Proc. U. S. Nat Mus. for Oct., 1878, I, pp. 118-173. 95. Descriptions of several new species and geographical races of birds contained In the collection of the United States National Museum. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Dec., 1878, I, pp. 247-252. 96. Description of two new species cf birds from Costa Rica, and notes on other rare species from that country. In Proc U. S. Nat. Mus. for Dec, 1878, I, pp. 252- 255. 97. Editor of 'A partial list of the birds of central California.' By L. Belding, of Stockton. In Proc. U. S. Nat Mus. for March, 1879, I, pp. 388-449. 98. Descriptions of new species and races of American birds, including a synop- sis of the genus Tyrannus, Cuvier. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for April 1879, I, pp. 466-486. 128 Ridgway J Bibliography : Alumni 99. Portion of letter to Mr. Geo. B. Gi'innell in relation to the bird afterward described as Seiurus nsevius notabilis. In Forest and Stream, XII, p. SOT. (May, 1879.) 100. On the use of trinomials in zoolog- ical nomenclature. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for July, 1879. IV, pp. 129-134. 101. On a new species of Peucsea from southern Illinois and central Texas. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for Oct., 1879, IV, pp. 218-222. 102. Note on Helminthophaga gunnii, Gibbs. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for Oct., 1879, IV, pp. 233-234. 103. Henslow's bunting (Uoturniculus henslowi) near Washington. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for Oct., 1879, IV, p. 238. 104. On six species of birds new to the fauna of Illinois, with notes on other rare Illinois birds. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for June, 1880, V, pp. 30-32. 105. On current objectionable names of North American birds. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for Jan., 1880, V. pp. 36-38. 106. Note on Peucsea illinoensis. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for Jan., 1880, V, p. 52. 107. Late breeding of the blue grosbeak. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for Jan., 1880, V, p. 53. 108. Description of an unusual (?) plumage of Buteo barlani. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for Jan., 1880, V, pp. 58-59. 109. Revisions of nomenclature of cer- tain North American birds. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for March, 1880, III, pp. 1-16. 110. Notes on the American vultures (Sarcorhamphidoe), with special reference to their generic nomenclature. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for April, 1880, V, pp. 77- 84. « 111. Description of the adult plumage of Hierofalco gyrfalco obsoletus. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for April, 1880, V, pp. 92-95. 112. The northern waxwing (Ampelis garrulus) in southern Illinois. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for April, 1880, V, p. 118. 113. Note concerning the capture of a specimen of the greenfinch (Ligurinus chloris) at Lowville, Lewit county, New York. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for April, 1880, V, p. 119. 114. On the supposed identity of Ardea occidentalis, Aud., and A. wurdemanni, Baird. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for April, 1880, V, pp. 123-124. 115. On the moult of the bill, or parts of its covering in certain Alcidae. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for April, 1880, V, pp. 126, 127. 116. On Rallus longirostris, Bodd., and its geographical races. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for July, 1880, V, pp. 138-140. 117. On Macrohsephus griseus (Gmel.) and M. scotopaceus (Say). In Bull. Nutt Orn. Club for July, 1880, V, pp. 156-160. 118. On a new Alaskan sandpiper. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for July, 1880, V, pp. 160-163. 119. Scops flammeola in Colorado. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for July, 1880, V, p. 185. 120. The little brown crane (Grus fra- terculus, Cassin). In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for July, 1880, V, pp. 187-188. 121. A catalogue of the birds of North America. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for August, 1880, III, pp. 163-246. 122. Description of the eggs of the Cas- pian tern (Sterna caspia). In Bull. Nutt Orn. Club for October, 1880, V, pp. 221-223. .123. Note on Helminthophaga eincinnati- ensls, Langdon. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club for Oct., 1880, V, pp. 237-238. 124. Catalogue of the Trochilidae in the collection of the United States National Mu- seum. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1880, III, pp. 308-320. 125. Nomenclature of North American 129 Indiana University [_Ridgway birds,, chiefly contained in the U. S. Nat. Mus. Washington, Government Printing Office. USSl.) 126. Swainson's warbler in Texas. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VI, pp. 54-55. (Jan., 1881.) 127. Southern range of the raven on the Atlantic Coast of the United States. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VI, p. 118. (April, 1881.) 128. An unaccountable migration of the red-headed woodpecker. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VI, pp. 120-122. (April, 1881.) 129. The Caspian tern in California. In .Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VI, p. 124. (April, 1881.) 130. A hawk new to the United States. In Forest and Stream, XVI, p. 206. (April 14,1881.) 131. On a duck hew to the North Amer- ican fauna. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1881, IV," pp. ^2-24. 132. On Ainazilia yiicatanensis (Cabot) and, A. cefviniventris, Gould. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1881, IV, pp. 25-26. 13c|,. A patalogup of the birds of Illinois. tn Biill. Uliijois State Laboratory of Nat- Oral History for May, 1881, pp. 164-208. 134. A review of the genus Cen^urus, iSwainson.. In Proc. TJ. S. Nat. Mus. for ISgl, IV, pp. 93-119. 135. List of species of Middle and South American birds not contained in the United States National Museum. In Proc. U. |3. Nat. Mus. for 1881, IV, pp! 165-203. 136. On a tropical hawk to be added Lo "the North American fauna. In Bull, Nutt. 'Orn; Club, VI,' pp. 207-214. (Oct.; 1881.) 137. List of special desiderata among North American birds. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., for 1881, IV, pp. 207-223. 1S8. On an apparentljf, new heron from Florida, In Bull. Nutt. Orn." Club, VII, pp. 1-6. (Jan., 1882.) I , 139. ^ J Notes on some birds observed near Wheatland, Knox County, Indiana, -in the spring of 1881. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII, pp. 15-23. (Jan., 1882.) 140. On the generic name of Helmin- thophaga. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII, pp. 53-54. (Jan., 1882.) 141. The great black-backed gull (Larns marinus) from a new locality. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII, p. 60. (Jan., 1882.) 142. Correction of an erroneous identifi- cation of Milvulus tyrannus for M. forfi- catus. In Ornithologist and Oologist, VI, p. 93. (Feb., 1882.) 143. Catalogue of Old World birds in the United States National Museum. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1882, IV, pp. 317-333. 144. Notes on some Costa Rican birds. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1882, IV, pp. 333-337. 145. Description of the adult female Of Falco peregrinus pealei. In Ibis, VI, pp. 294-298. (April, 1882.) 146. Description of a new flycatcher and supposed new petrel from the Sandwich Islands. In Proc. U. S. Nat..M»s. for.ia82, IV, pp. 337-338. ; 147. Description of' a new owl from Porto Rico. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. tor 1882, IV, pp. 366-371. 148. Descriptions of two new thrushes from the United States. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1882, IV, pp. 374-379. 149. > , On two recent additions tp the North American bird fauna, by> L. Belding. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1882, IV,jPp. 414-415.;. ■ „ ;,' -.^^A rl'.. . ,d , 150. Descriptions of several new, j^ces'.sf A,Pierican birds, /n^^ProQ. U. ,S,, Nat, >Mus. for 1882, V, pp. 9-15. . 151. On the genera Harporhynchus, Cabanis, and Methriopterus, Reichenbacb, with a description of a n^w genus of Mim- insR. Zre Proo. U. S. Nat. Mus. for- 1882, V, pp. 43-46. 152. Notes on the native trees of the 130 Ridgw'ay J Bibliography : Alumni loWer WatasK and White River valleys, in Illinois' and Indiana. In Proc. U.' S. Nat. Mus. for' 1882, V, pp. 49-88. 153. Critical remarks on the tree creep- ers' (Oerthia) of Europe and North Amer- ica. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1882, V, pp.'' Ill-lie.- ' • 154. Dtefecription of some new North American birds. In Ptoc. U. S.Nat. Mus. for 11882, V, pp. 343-346. -' 155. On a collection of birds from the Hacienda 'La Palma,' Gulf of Nicoya, Costa - Rica. By C. 0. Nutting. With critical notes by R. Ridgway. In Proc. U. S. Nat. MUS. for 1882,' V, pp. 382-409. 'I56. Distribution -of the fish crow (Corvus ossifragus). In Bull. Nutt. Orn. diib, VII, p. 250. "(Oct., 1882.) 15T. Birds new to or rare in the Dis- trict of '■ Columbia. In Brill, Nutt. Orn. Club, VII, p. 253. (Oct., 1882.) 158. List of additions to the catalogue of North American birds. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club-, VII, pp. 254-258. (Oct., 1882.) 159. On Le Conte's bunting (Coturni- culus lecohtei) and other birds observed in southeastern Illinois. In Bull. Nutt. Orn, Club, VIII', p. 58. (Jan.; 1883.) 160. The scissor- tail (Milvulus forfica- tus) at Norfolk, Va. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Clubi VIII, p. 59. (Jan., 1883.) 161. On some remarkable points of re- lationship between the American kingfish- ers. In Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VIII, p. 59. (Jan., 1883.) 162. Geographical variation in size among certain Anatidse iand Gruidae. In BulU Nutt. Orn. Club, VIII,- p. 62. (Jan., 1883.) 163. Corrections. In Ornithologist and Oologist, VIII, p. 13. (Feb., 1883.) 164. Gatalbgufe of a coUe'Ctibn' of' birds made'ih^ the interior of CoSta Rica, by Mr. C. 'C: Niutting?---i7»f''t'roc. Ul'S. Nat. Mus. for 1883, V, pp. 493-502. 165;" Description -of a new warbler from the isl.inds of Santa Lucia, West Indies. In I'ioc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1883, V, pp. 525-526. 166. Dbscription of a supposed new. plover, from Chili. In Proc. U. S. Nat.' Mus.' for"l883, V,pp'. '526-527. " "' '\ 16T. Catalogue of a collection of birds^ made at various points along the w^f ern ' coast Of lower California, north of Cape - St. 'Eugenie. By L.' Belding. Eidited by R. Ridgway. Proc. U. S. Nat Mus. fbr' 1883; V, pp. 527-5S2'. ^ ; ' ' 168. Catalogue Of' £t collection of birds |^ made near the southern extremity of the' peninsula of Lower California. ' By L. Belding'. Edited by tl. RidgWay,'' /ra'PrOc. ' U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1883, V, pp. 532-550. ' 169; On the gen Us Tantalus Linn., and its allies. In Proc. U. S. Nkt. Mus. for^ 1883, V, pp. 550-551. ' 170. Catalogue of the acjuatic and fish- , eating birds exhibited by the United' States ' National Museum at the Great International Fisheries Exhibition, London, 1883. Wash- ington, Government Printing Office, 1883. Pp. 1-46. 171. Description of a new petrel from Alaska. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1883, V, pp. 656-658. 172. Descriptions of some bitds, sup- ' posed to be undescribed, from the Command- ' er Islands and Petropaulovski, collected by ' Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, U. S. Signal Serv- ice. In Proc. V. S.'Nat. Mus. for 1883, Vl, . pp. 90-96. ' ' ' ,' ' 173. Notes on the black facer; In For- est and Stream, XXI, p. 63! ( Atigust 23,' ' 1883.) _ ' / '"■■■; \'' 174.' On the probable ideUti'fy; of Mofac-; ' ilia ocularis Swlnhoe and M. atiiUrensis See- bohm, with remarks on a supposed "species,' ' M. blakistoni Seebohin. In Ptoc. U. S. Nat. . Mus. for' 1883, vi pp. 14^147.; •■■ ;;"'"':'"■ I'"' 175. Notes on some ta're sptei&s" of ' Neotropical bil-ds. ' In Ib'is;'^, pp. ''399-'4bi. (Oct.,- IsSS;) ' ■ ' ' '' - • -' - "•-■■'■ "-'"■■' 131 Indiana University [RUgtuay 176. Letters to the editors concerning the U. S. National Museum exhibit of agnatic and fish-eating birds at the London International Fisheries Exhibition. In Ibis, I, pp. 548-580. (Oct., 1883.) 177. Descriptions of some new birds from Lower California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1883, VI, pp. 154-15C. 178. Anthus cervinus (Pallas) in Lower California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1883, VI, pp. 156-157. 179. Note on Merula confinis (Baird). In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1883, VI, pp. 158-159. 180. Additions and corrections to the list of native trees of the Lower Wabash. In Bot. Gaz., VIII, pp. 345-352. (Dec. 1883.) 181. Keport on the department of birds, U. S. National Museum. In Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1882, 1883, pp. 13-17. 382. Note on Zenaidura yucatanensis Lawr. In Auk, I, p. 96. (Jan., 1884.) 183. On a new Carpodectes from south- western Costa Rica. In Ibis, II, for Jan., 1884, pp. 27-28, pi. 2. 184. Notes on three Guatemalan birds. In Ibis, II, for Jan., 1884, pp. 43-45. 185. List of birds found at Guaymas, Sonora, in December and April, 1883. By L. Belding. (Edited by R. Rldgway.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Jan., 1884, VI, pp. 343-344. 186. Second catalogue of a collection of birds made near the southern extremity of Lower California. By L. Belding. (Edited by R. Ridgway.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Jan., 1884, VI, pp. 344-852. 187. Notes on some Japanese birds re- lated to North American species. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Jan., April, 1884, VI, pp. 368-371. 188. Ortyx virginianns not in Arizona. In Forest and Sti-eam, XXII, p. 124. (March 13, 1884.) 189. The water birds of North America. (Joint author with S. F. Baird and T. M. Brewer.) In Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative ZoSlogy at Harvard College, Vol. XII. (Issued in continuation of the publications of the geological survey of Cali- fornia.) Boston, 1884. Vol. I, pp. i-xi, 1-537 ; Vol. II, pp. 1-552. 190. Remarks concerning Phalacrocorax violaceus and P. v. resplendens. In Auk, I, p. 165. (April, 1884.) 191. Remarks concerning two Central American species commonly referred to the genus Compsothlypis cabanis. In Auk, I, p. 169. (April, 1884.) 192. Descriptions of some new North American birds. In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., II, 1885 (author's edition distributed April 10, 1884), pp. 89-95. 193. Description of a new American kingfisher. In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., II, 1885 (author's edition published April 10, 1884), pp. 95-9G. 194. Note on Psaltriparus grindae, Bel- ding. In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., II, 1885 (, author's edition published April 10, 1884), pp. 96. 195. Note on the generic name Calodro- mus. In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., II, 1885 (author's edition published April 10, 1884), p. 97. 196. Southern limit of quail and grouse. In Forest and Stream, XXII, p. 243. (April 24, 1884.) 197. On a collection of birds from Nica- ragua. By Charles C. Nutting. Edited by R. Ridgway. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for April, 1884, VI, pp. 24-26. 198. On some Costa Rican birds, with descriptions of several supposed new species. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for April, 1884, VI, pp. 410-415. 199. A review of the American crossbiHi (Loxia) of the L. curvirostra type. In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., II, 1885 (author's edition published April 28, 1884), pp. 101- 107. 200. Note on the Anas hyperboreus. 132 Ridgway ] Bibliography : Alumni Fall., and Anser albatus, Cass. In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., II, 1885 (author's edition published April 28, 1884), pp. 107-108. 201. Remarks on the type specimens of Muscicapa fulvifrons, Girard, and Mitre- phorus pallescens, Coues. In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., II, 1885 (author's edition pub- lished April 28, 1884), pp. 108-110. 202. Note regarding the earliest name for Carpodacus heemorrhous (Wagler). In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., II, 1885 (author's edition published April 28, 1884), pp. 110- 111. 203. Note concerning the correct specific name of Cypselus saxatilis Woodhouse. In Auk, I, p. 230, footnote. (July, 1884.) 204. Remarks upon the close relationship between the white and scarlet ibises (Qudo- cimus albus and E. ruber). 205. Note on Astur atricapillus striatu- lus. In Auk, I, pp. 252-253. (July, 1884.) 206. On the possible specific identity of Buteo cooperi Cass, with B. harlani Aud. In Auk, I, p. 254. (July, 1884.) 207. Probable breeding of the red cross- bill (Loxia curvirostra americana) in cen- tral Maryland. In Auk, I, p. 292. (July, 1884.) 208. The probable breeding place of Pas- serculus princeps. In Auk, 1, pp. 292-293. (July, 1884.) 209. Note on Selasphorus torridus Sal- vin. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for July, 1884, VII, p. 14. 210. Melanetta fusca (Linn.) in Alaska. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for July, 1884, VII, p. 68. 211. Description of a new snow bunting from Alaska. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for July, 1884, VII, pp. 68-70. 212. On a collection of birds made by Messrs. J. E. Benedict and W. Nye, of United States Fish Commission Steamer Albatross. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Sept., 1884, VII, pp. 172-180. 213. Description of a new species of the field sparrow from New Mexico. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1884, VII, p. 254. 214. Another Kirtland's warbler from Michigan. In Auk, I, p. 389. (Oct., 1884.) 215. Note concerning bird exhibit of the U. S. National Museum at the New Orleans Exposition. In Auk, I, p. 403. (Oct., 1884.) 216. Note relative to extent of bird col- lection in the U. S. National Museum. In Auk, I, pp. 403-404. (6ct., 1884.) 217. On a new species of coot from the West Indies. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1884, VII, p. 858. 218. The bird collection of the U. S. Na- tional Museum. In Science, IV, p. 497. (Nov. 28, 1884.) 219. Grouse and mallard plumage. In Forest and Stream, XXIX, p. 463. (Jan. 5, 1885.) 220. Extract from letter to the editor concerning the name, etc., of Spizella wortheni. In Ornithologist and Oologist, X. p. 24. (Feb., 1885.) 221. Description of some new species jf birds from Cozumel Island, Yucatan. In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Ill, 1886 (author's edition published Feb. 20, 1885), pp. 21-24. 222. Description of a new race of the red-shouldered hawk from Florida. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1885, VII, p. 514. 223. On two hitherto unnamed sparrows from the coast of California. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1885, pp. 516-578. 224. The European sparrow. In Ameri- can Field, XXIII, p. 295. (March 28, 1885.) 225. On Buteo harlani (Aud.) and B. cooperi Cass. In Auk, II, pp. 165-166. (April, 1885.) 226. Remarks on the California vulture (Pseudogryphus calif ornianus. ) In Auk, II, pp. 167-169. (April, 1885.) 133 Indiana University \_Ridgwa] -'i%l'\' JSote on Sarcorhamphus aequatorj- alia^-i'Sharpe. In Auk, II, pp. 169-171. (April, 1885.) _ , .-. ' .2281 Kfiyiew of Gurney's 'List. of the divuJnair Ijlrcls of pi'ey.' In Auk, II, pp. 203- 205. ;(April 1885.) 229.: Where did it come. fromV /» Foresf ; and , -S,treaCQ, XXI,Y, p. .204 . (April. 9., 1885.) I.;-;.. 230..liQai'CEstrelataifisjheri and US: defiUp- piatia.,,iiij»(,.I'rbc;, U.ii:jS.''NAt..Mus. tot May,.. 1885, VIII, pp. 17-18. • ' , .; .:;r;.. ■231. Ictecus cucullatus, , Swainson, au,d its geographical variations. In Prdfe-Ui-S. Nat. Mus. for March, 1885, VIII, pp. 18-10. . 232. , Pescriptjon of /.a. new species of Contopus from tropical America, In I^rpc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for May, 18S5, VIII, p, 21. 2i33. .Note on the Anser leucppareius of Bp^t- In .rroc. U. SS. Nat.v Mus. for May, 1885, VIII, pp. 21-22. i 234. Description of a new warbler from Yucatan. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for May, 1885, VIII, p. 23. 235. Description of two new birds from Costa Rica. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for May, 1885, VIII, pp. 23-24. 236. Description of .three supposed new honey, creepers from the Lesser Antilles, with ai,,synopsis of the species of the genus Certhiola. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Mw, 1885, VIII, 'pi)> ,25-30. 237. On Cathartcs burrovianus, Cassin, and Cflrubitinga, Pelzeln. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for May, 1885, VIII, pp. 34-36. 238. On Onychotes gruberi. In Proc. U. S. .Nat. Mus. for May, 1885, VIII, pp. 36-38. 239. Remarks on the type specimens of Buteo oxypterus, Cassin. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for May, 1885, VIII, pp. 75-77. 240.r.ijDescrjption of a new specie^ of boat-billed heron from Central America. In PTOCj.:'UvS„(Nat.;Mus. for June, 1885, VIII, PU,: 95-94/. i.,,i : , , 241. Description .qf , a', new.: hawfe from!;; Cozumel. In Proc. U. S. ^Nat. Mus., .fpi June, 1885, VIII, pp. 94-95. ,. . 242. On Peucsea mexicana, (Lawr.), s sparrow new to the IJnited States. In Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus. for June, 188.5, VIII, pp. 98^99. ?... ; •;;. 243. A review of the American goldeB warblers. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. foi Sept., 1885, VIII, pp. 348-350.il .„ _. . . 244. Solne emeaded nftmes of North American birds. Itt Proc. U.jS.. Nat._Mn9; for Sej>t., .1885, V,HJ,j3p.fi.35,4'S56. . -.w. 245. Description of a new cardinal gros- beak from Arizona. In- Auk, II, pp. 843- 345. ■ • 270. Description of a new genus of" Oceaflitfdae. ■ fn'^Auk, III, p. 334. (July, 1886.) - ■-'' -""^ - - • '' 271." Descripticin of foui' new species of bir'ds'Trom theBahama Islands. In Auk,* III, pp. 334-337. (July, 1886.) '" 272;/ Description of a new genus _ of Ty- rarinidae from "Santo Domjngo. In Auk',' III,' p. 382. (July, 1886.) ' "' 273.' Remarks concerning certain correc- tions of alleged errors In '^ater birds of North America.' In Aiik, III, pp. 403-404. (July, 1886, )'■" 274. Descriptions of some new species of birds,' supposed to be from the interior of Venezuela. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.. for Sept. 17, 1886, IX, pp. 92-94. 275. On .Slstrelata sandwichensis Ridgw. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Sept. 17, 1886, IX, pp. 95-96. 276. Catalogue of the animals collected by the Geographical and Exploring Commis- sion of the Republic of Mexico. By Fer- nando Ferrari-Perez, Chief of the Natural History Section. II. Birds. By F. Fer- rari-Perez. With descriptions of five new species, and critical remarks on others of -greater or less rarity or interest, by Robert Ridgway. In Proc, U. S! Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1886, IX, pp., Ig0-l82. 277. Description pf , the^jyoung and first plumage of Sterna fuliginosa... /n Auk, III, pp. 433-434. (Oct., 1886.) 278. Description of a new species of the genus Empidonax frpuL .Guateijjala. In Ibis, IV, pp. 459-460. (Oct., 18186.) 279. On Empidochanes fuscatus (Max.) and Empidonax brunneus-, Ridgw. , In \b\s, IV, pp! 460-461. (Oct., 1886.) 135 Indiana University {_Ridgway 280. On the species of the genus Empi- donax. In Ibis, IV, pp. 461-468. (Oct., 1886.) . 281. Description of a melanistic speci- men of Buteo latissimus (Wils.). In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1886, IX, pp. 248- 249. 282. Report on the department of birds, U. S. National Museum, Jan. 1 to June 30, 1885. In Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Institu- tion (Report of U. S. National Museum) for 1885 (1886), pp. 85-91. 283. A singularly marked specimen of Sphyrapicus thyroideus. In Auk, IV, pp. 75-76. (Jan., 1887.) 284. Description of a recently new oyster- catcher (HiEmatopus galapagoensis ) from the Galapagos Islands. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1887, IX, pp. 325-326. 285. Description of a new subspecies of Oyclorhis from Yucatan. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1887, IX, p. 519. 286. Description of a new species of My- iarchus, presumably from the Orinoco dis- trict of South America. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1887, IX, p. 520. 287. On a probable hybrid between Dry- ebates nuttalli (Gamb.) and D. pubescens gairdiierir (Aud.)^. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1887, IX, pp. 521-522. 288. Description of an apparently new species of Picolaptes, from the lower Ama- zon. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1887, IX, p. 523. 289. Description of a new plumed part- ridge from Sonora. In Forest and Stream, XXVIII, p. 106. (March 3, 1887.) 290. List of birds found breeding within the corporate limits of Mt. Carmel, Illinois. In Bull. Ridgway Orn. Club for April, 1887, pp. 26-35. 291. The imperial woodpecker (Campe- philus imperialis) in northern Sonora. In Auk, IV, p. 161. (April, 1887.) 292. The coppery-tailed trogon (Trogon ambiguus) breeding in southern Arizona. In Auk, IV, pp. 161-162. (April, 1887.) 293. Description of a new species of Co- tinga from the Pacific Coast of Costa Rica. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for April, 1877, X, pp. 1-2. 294. Description of a new form of Spin- dalis from the Bahamas. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for April, 1887, X, p. 3. 295. Description of the adult female of Carpodectes antoniee, Zeledon, with critical remarks, notes on habits, etc., by Jose C. Zeledon. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for April, 1877, X, p. 20. 296. Feathered songsters. Great western bird center. A list of the birds found breed ing within the corporate limits of Mt. Car mel, Illinois. In Mount Carmel Register, April 28, 1887. 297. Description of a new species of Por zana from Costa Rica. In Proc. U. S. Nat, Mus. for July, 1887, Vol. X, p. 111. 298. Notes on Ardea wuerdemanni Baird. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for July, 1887, X, pp. 112-115. 299. Trogon ambiguus breeding in Ari zona. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for July 1887, p. 147. 300. Description of a new plumed part- ridge from Sonora. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for July, 1887, X, p. 148-150. 301. Description of a new genus of Den- drocolaptine bird from the lower Amazon, In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. forNjuly, 1887, X p. 151. 302. Description of a new species of Phacellodomus from Venezuela. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for July, 1887, X, p. 152. 303. Clarke's nutcracker (Picicorvus columbianus) in the Bristol Bay region, Alaska. In Auk, IV, p. 255. (July, 1887.) 304. Clarke's nutcracker from the Ko- wak River, Alaska. In Auk, IV, p. 256. (July, 1887.) 305. Yellow-headed blackbird (Xantho- 136 Ridgway ] Bibliography: Alumni cephalus zanthocephalus) in Maine. In Auk, IV, p. 256. (July, 1887.) 306. Note on Spizella monticola ocliracea Brewst. In Auk, IV, pp. 258-259. (July, 1887.) 307. Letter to the editor concerning the supposed breeding plumage of Podiceps occi- dentalis Lawrence. In Ibis, V, pp. 261-362. (July, 1887.) 308. Description of two new species of Kaup's genus Megascops. In Proc. U. S. ■ Nat. Mus. for Aug., 1887, X, pp. 267-268. 309. Description of two new races of Pyrrhuloxia sinuata Bonap. In Auk, IV, p. 347. (Oct., 1887.) 310. On the correct subspecific title of Baird's wren (No. 719b, A. O. U. check- list). In Auk, IV, pp. 249-250. (Oct., 1887.) 311. A correction. In Ornithologist and Oiilogist, XII, p. 192. (Nov., 1887.) 312. Description of a new Muscisaxi- cola, from Lake Titicaca, Peru. In Proc. C. S. Nat. Mus. for Nov., 1887, X, p. 430. 313. On Phrygilus gayi (Eyd. and Gerv.) and allied species. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Nov., 1887, X, pp. 431-435. 314. Spencer FuUerton Baird. (In me- moriam.) In Auk, V, pp. 1-14. (Jan., 1888.) 315. Notes on some type-specimens of American Troglodytidse in the Lafresnaye collection. In Proc. Best. Soc. Nat. Hist, for March, 1888, XXIII, pp. 383-388. 316. Description of a new Tityra from western Mexico. In Auk, V, p. 263. (July, 1888.) 317. A review of the genus Dendrocincla Gray. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1888, X, pp. 32, 488-497. 318. Remarks on Catharus berlepschi Lawr. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for August, 1888, p. 504. 319. Descriptions of some new species and subspecies of birds from Middle America. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for August, 1888, X, pp. 505-510. 320. Note on the generic name Uropsila, Sc. and Salv. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for August 1888, X, p. 511. 321. Descriptions of new species and ge- nera of birds from the lower Amazon. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for August, 1888, X, pp. 529r548. 322. A review of the genus Psittacula of Brissou. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Au- gust, 1888, X, pp. 529-548. 323. Catalogue of a collection of birds made by Mr. Chas. H. Townsend, on islands in the Caribbean Sea and in Honduras. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for August, 1888, pp. 572-597. 324. Charles WicklifEe Beckham: Obit- uary. In Auk, V, pp. 445-446. (Oct., 1888.) 325. Supplementary remarks on the ge- nus Psittacula Brisson. In Auk, V, pp. 460-462. (Oct., 1888.) 326. Description of a new Psaltriparus from southern Arizona. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1888, X, p. 697. 327. Description of a new western sub- species of Accipiter velox (Wilson), and subspecific diagnosis of A. cooperi mexi- canus (Swains). In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Nov., 1888, XI, p. 92. 328. Note on iEstrelata sandwichensis Kidgw. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Nov., 1888, XI, p. 104. 329. Description of a new pigeon from Guayaquil, Ecuador. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Nov., 1888, XI, p. 112. 330. Description of the adult male of Acanthidops bairdi. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for March, 1889, XI, p. 196. 331. Spring notes on migratory birds. In Forest and Stream, XXXII, p. 420 (Jan. 13, 1889.) 332. Notes on Costa Rican birds, with descriptions of seven new species and sub- 1J57 Indiana University {^Ridgway specits and one new genus. In Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Sept., 1889, XI, pp. 537-546. 333. Report on the department of birds, U. S. National Museum, for 1885-1886. In Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Institution (Report of U.' S. Nat. Mus.), for 1885-1886 (1889j, pp. 153-162. •'■' <-'•'• •' ' -'334. The ornithology of Illinois. ' Part I, Descriptive catalogue. In Nab Hist. Survey ' of Il'lin&i&.- ?*g{)ringfield. 111. Vol. I,-pp.'viii, ■520,'2S' platfes (1889) ■; voT;^-II, pp. 282, 22 plates {1895); •-•'•••" ■' 335. Buteo brachyurus a;nd' B. 'fulgino- sus. In Auk, VII, p. 90. (Jan., 1890.) 336. Intergradation between Zonotrichia leucophrys and Z. intermedia, and between the latter and Z. gambeli. In Auk, VII, p. 96. (Jan., 1890.) 337. A chart of standard colors. In Gar- den and Forest, III, pp. 22-28. (Jan. .^, 1890.) 338. A review- of the genus Xiphocolap- tes of Lesson. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1890, XII, pp. 1-20. ,339. A review of the gehus-Sclerurus of Swainson. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1890, XII, pp. 21-31. .340. Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Alba- tross. (Published by permission of i Hon. Marshall McDonald, U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries.) No. 'I^Birds collected . on the Galapagos Islands in 1888i . In Proc. U. S. . Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1890, XII,,p. 101-128. ,341i I, Scientific results of explorations by thft, U. ,S. -Fish Commission Steamer Alba- tross. (Published -by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner of Fish- eries.) No. II — BiSds collscted on the Island' of Santa Lucia, West Indies, the Abrolhos . Islands, Brazil, and at the Straits of Ma- gellan,, in 1887-1888. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1890, XII, pp. 129-139. 342. . A. nort-hefff station for Quercus; lyr- ata.,, I\n. Gprden and Forest, III, p. 129. (March 12, 1890.) 343. Review of SalVin'and Godman's 'Biologia Centrali-Americana — Aves.' In Ank,' VII, pp. 189-190. (April, 1890.) 344. Harlan's hawk a race of the red- tail, and not a distinct species. In Aut, VII, .t).:205. (April, 1890.) 345.' Further notes on the genus Xiph- ocolaptes of Lesson. In Proc. U. S. '• Nat. Mus. for July, 1890, XIII, pp. 47-48. 346. Junco hyemalis shufeldti in Mary- land. In Auk, VII, p. 289. (July, 1890.) 347. A yellow-crowned Regulus calen- dula. In Auk, VII, p. 292. (July, 1890.) 348.- Review of Allen's 'Birds froifl Quito.' In Auk, VII, pp.' 380-381.' (Oct, 1890.) • _ ' ■ ' 349. Review of Allen's 'Birds collected in Bolivia.' f* Auk, VII, pp. 381-382. ■ (Oct., ' 1890.) 350. Review Tjf Allen's 'The genus Cy- clorhis.' In Auk, VII, pp. 382-384. (Oct., 1800.) 351. Review of Allen's 'Descriptions of new- South American birds.' In Auk, VII, pp. 384-385. (Oct., 1890.)- -352. Review of Allen's 'Individual and seasonal variation in the genus Elainea.' . In Auk, VII, pp. 385-386. (Oct., 1890.) 353. Review of Allen's 'The Maximilian types of South American birds.' In Auk, VII, pp. 386-387. (Oct., 1890.) 354. Observations on the Farallon rail (Porzana jamaicensis coturniculus Baird). In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Nov., 1890, XIII, pp. 309-311. 355'. Report on the department of birds U. S. National Museum, for 1887-1888.' 1% Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Institution (Report of U. S. Nat. Mus.) for 1888 (1890), pp.^ 145-150. :350. Falco dominicensis Gmel. versus Fako sparverioid^s. Vig. , Jrt Auk, VIII, pp. 113-114. (Jan., 1891.) 357. A new name necessary for Selas- phorus, floresii Gould. In Auk, VIII, p. 114. (Jan., 1891.) 138 Ridgway]] Bibliography : Alumni 1. 358. Note on the alleged occurrence of Trochilus heloisa (Less, and DeLatt.) with- inthe North American limits. In Auk, VIII, p. 115. (Jan., 1891.) 359. Oistothorus marianse (i. e. C. gri- seus), Buteo lineatus alleni, and Syrnium nebulosum alleni, in South Carolina. 360. Fulvous tree duck in Missouri. In Forest and Stream, XXXVI, p. 435. (June 8, 1891.) 361. List of birds collected on the Ba- hama Islands by the naturalists of the Fish Comm"ission Steamer Albatross. In Auk, VIII, pp. 333-339. (Oct., 1891.) 362. Description of a new species of whippoorwill from Costa Rica. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1891, pp. 465-466. 363. Notes on some birds from the in- terior of Honduras. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1891, XIV, pp. 467-471. .364. Notes on some Costa Rican birds. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1891, XIV, pp. 473-478. .-;^ 365. Note on ,Pachyr]jia.mphus albinucha, Burmeister. In Proc. TJ. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1891, XIV, -.pp. 479-480. 366. Description of two supposed new .jEorms of^ Thamnophilus. In Proc. U. S. .Nat! Mus. for Oct., 1891^ XIV, p. 481.; = , 367> Description of a new sharp-tailed sparrow from California. In Proc. U., S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1891, XIV, pp. 483-484. , 368. Notes on the genus Sittasomus of Swainson. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1891, XIV, pp. 507-510. 369. Directions for collecting birds. In Part A of Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 39. 1891. 370. Report on the department of birds, p. S. National Museum, for 1888-1889. In Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Institution ( Report gf,,U. S. Nat. Mus.), for 1888-1889 (1«91), 'pp. 357-361. , ; - 371. Report on the department of birds, U. S. National Museum, for 188&-1890.' In Ann. Rep. Smithsoninn Institution (Rppovt of the U. S. National Museum) for 1889- 1890 (1891), pp. 195-198. 372. Zonotrichia albicollis ui California. In Auk, IX, p. 302. (July, 1892.) 373. Spring arrivals at Washington, I). C. In Auk, IX, pp. 307-308. (July, 1892.) 374. The humming birds. In Rep. TJ. S. Nat. Mus. for 1890 (published July, 1892), pp. 253-383, plates i-xlvi. 375. Descriptions, of, two new forms of Basileuterus rufifrons from Mexico. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for July, 1892, XV, p. 119. 376. The systematic position of hum- ming-birds. Reply to Dr. Shufeldt's 'Dis- cussion.' In Pop. Sci. News, XXVI, pp. 164-165. (Nov., 1892.) 877. Shufeldt on the anatomy of the humming birds and swifts. In Am. Nat., XXVI, pp. 1040-1041. (Dec, 1892.) , 378. Nocturnal songsters, and other bird- notes. Science, XX, pp. 343-344. (Dec. 16, ,1892.) 379. Report on the department of birds, -U. S. Nat. Mu^,, fpr 1890-1891. In Ann. Rep. -Smithsonian l^stit^tioji; '( Report of U. S. Nat. Mus.), for 1890-1891, -(1892), pp. 207-211. ,/. 11 380. Destruction of crows during the re- cent cold spell. In Science, XXI, p;i.77, (Feb. 10, 1893.) 381. On the local segregation of trees. In Garden and Forest; VI, pp. 148-149. (March 29, 1893.) 882. The American plane tree; In Mee- han's Monthly, for May, 1898, pp. 60-70. , 383. Description of two supposed mew species of swifts. In Proc. Lf. S. Nat. Mus. for June, 1893, XVI, pp. 43-44;;.; ; ., I 384. Age of guano deposits. In Science, XXI, p. 360. (June, 1893.) 885. Description- of a supposed new spe- cies of Odontophorus from southern Mex- ico. ,In Proc. V. S. Nat. Mus. for July, 1893, XVI, pp. 469-470. 386. Remarks concerning the type-spec- 139 Indiana University \_Ridgivay imen of &iaiacoptila fulginosa Ridgway, de- scribed on pp. 572-573 of the same paper by Charles W. Richmond. In Proc. U; S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1893, XVI, p. 513. 387. Descriptions of some new birds col- lected on the islands of Aldabra and As- sumption, northwest of Madagascar, by Dr. W. L. Abbot. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1893, XVI, pp. 597-600. 388. Remarks on the avian genus Myiar- chus, with special reference to M. yuoatan- ensis Lawrence. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1893, XVI, pp. 605-608. 389. On a small collection of birds from Costa Rica. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Oct., 1893, XVI, pp. 009-614. 390. Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Alba- tross. (Published by permission of Hon. Marshall McDonald, Commissioner of Fish- eries.) No. XXVII — Catalogue of a col- lection of birds made in Alaska by Mr. C. H. Townsend during the cruise of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross, in the summer and autumn of 1888. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Nov., 1893, XVI, pp. C03-665. 391. A revision of the genus Formicarius Boddaert. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Nov., 1893, Vol. XVI, pp. 667-686. 392. Description of a new storm petrel from the coast of western Mexico. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Nov., 1893, XVI, pp. 687-688. 393. Report on the department of birds, U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1891-1892. In Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Institution (Report of U. S. Nat. Mus.) for 1891-1892 (1893), pp. 147-152. 394. Note on Rougetius aldabranus. In Auk, XI, p. 74. (Jan., 1894.) 395. Description of a new Geothlypis from Brownsville, Texas. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Feb., 1894, XVI, pp. 691- 692. 396. On geographical variation in Sialia mexicana Swainson. In Auk, XI, pp. 145- 100. (April, 1894.) 397. Description of Pipilo orizabse Cox. In Auk, XI, p. 161. (April, 1894.) 398. Picicorvus an untenable genus. In Auk, XI, p. 179. (April, 1894. j 399. Geographical versus sexual varia- tions in Oreortyx pictus. In Auk, XI, pp. 193-107, 6 plates. (July, 1894.) 400. Colinus virginianus cubanensis not a Florida bird. In Auk, XI, p. 324. (Oct., 1894.) 401. We, also, take exceptions. In Ni- dologist, II, p. 29. (Oct., 1894.) 402. Descriptions of twenty-two new spe- cies of birds from the Galapagos Islands. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for Nov., 1894, XVII, pp. 357-370. 403. Descriptions of some new birds from Aldabra, Assumption, and Gloriosa Islands, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., for Nov., 1894, XVII, pp. 371-373. 404. Additional notes of the trees of the lower Wabash Valley. In Proc. U. S. Nat Mus. for Jan., 1895, XVII, pp. 409-421, 5 plates. 405. Letter to the editor concerning nearly total annihilation of bluebirds in the District of Columbia by the "blizzard" of February 7-9, 1805. In Christian Register, for May, 1895, p. 301. 406. On Fisher's petrel (^strelata fish- eri). In Auk, XII, pp. 319-322, pi. !v. (October, 1895.) 407. On the correct subspecific names of the Texan and Mexican screech owls. In Auk, XII, pp. 389-890. (Oct., 1895.) 408. Junco phiponotus Wagler, not J. cinereus (Swainson). In Auk, XII, p. 391. (Oct., 1895.) 409. Nesting of the duck hawk in trees. In Nidologist, III, pp. 42-44. (Dec, 1895.) 410. A manual of North American birds. Philadelphia, 1887. Pp. i-xi ; 1-631; 123 plates. Second edition revised, with new 140 Ridgway ] Bibliography : Alumni preface and appendix. Philadelphia, 1896. Pp. i-xiii ; 1-653 ; 123 plates. 411. Description of a new species of ground warbler from eastern Mexico. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for April, 1896, XVIII, pp. 119-120. 412. Preliminary descriptions of some new birds from the Galapagos archipelago. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for April, 1896, XVIII, pp. 293-294. 413. Letter to the editor and publisher of The Nidologist concerning his contemplated return to California. In Nidologist, III, p. 99. (May, 1896.) 414. Description of a new subspecies of the genus Peucedramus, Coues. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for May, 1896, XVIII, p. 441. 415. Characters of a new American family of Passerine birds. In Proc. D. S. Nat. Mus. for June, 1896, XVIII, pp. 449- 450. 416. On birds collected by Dr. W. L. Abbot in the Seychelles, Amirantes, Glori- osa. Assumption, Aldabra and adjacent islands, with notes on habits, etc., by the collector. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for June, 1896, XVIII, pp. 509-546. 417. Description of Oceanodroma macro- dactyla (Bryant). In Cat. Birds, Brit. Mus. for 1896, XXV, p. 351. 418. Description of Oceanodroma socor- roensis Townsend. In Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. for 1896, XXV, p. 352. 419. Description of Oceanodroma tristra- mi Stejneger. In Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. for 1896, XXV, pp. 354-355. 420. Results of comparison of a speci- men of .^Estrelata affinis (Buller) with the type of M. gularis (Peale) and M. fisheri Rldgway. In Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. for 1896, XXV, p. 415. 421. Comparative characters of .SJstrel- ata fisheri Ridgway and JE. gularis (Peale). In Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. for 1896, XXV, pp. 415-4-6. 422. Description of .Slstrelata longiros- tris Stejneger. In Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. for 1896, XXV, p. 418. 4;^3. Letter to Dr. G. Brown Goode con- cerning the writer's opinion of the services to ornithology of the eminent ornithologist, Dr. P. L. Sclater. In Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1896, No. 49, pp. xviii-xix. 424. List of private collections of birds . containing over 1,000 specimens which have been presented at various times to the U. S. Nat. Mus. In Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1893-4, pp. 48-49. (1896.) 425. Melopelia leucoptera in Osceola county, Florida. In Auk, XIV, pp. 88-89. (Jan., 1897.) 426. Note on Junco annectens Baird and J. ridgwayi Mearus. In Auk, XIV, p. 94. (Jan., 1897.) 427. Correct nomenclature of the Texas cardinal. In Auk, XIV, p. 95. (Jan., 1897.) 428. Dendroica caerulea vs. Dendroica rara. In Auk, XIV, p. 97. (Jan., 1897.) 429. Birds of the Galapagos archipelago. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1897, XIX, pp. 459-670. 430. Where Junco roosts. In Bull. Wil- son Orn. Chapt. Agassiz Assn. for""M^y, 1897, pp. 25-26. 431. Description of the nest and eggs of Bachman's warbler. In Auk, XIV, pp. 309- 310. (July, 1897.) 432. An earlier name for Ammodramus lecoutei. In Auk, XIV, p. 320. (July, 1897.) 433. On the status of Lanius robustus Baird as a North American bird. In Auk, XIV, p. 323. (July, 1897). 434. Review of Chapman's 'Bird Life.' In Auk, XIV, pp. 336-338. (July, 1897.) 435. Remarks concerning Megascops pinosus Nelson and Palmer. In Biol. Cent. Amer. Aves., Ill, p. 17. (Nov., 1897.) 436. An amateur's experiment. In Garden and Forest for 1897, pp. 504-507. 141 Indiana University \_RidgviJay 437. Birds of the Galapagos Islands. In Am. Nat., XXXII, pp. 386-389. (May, 1898.) 438. Descriptions of supposed new gen- era, species and subspecies of American birds. I. Fringillidse. In Auk, XV, pp. 223-230. (July, 1898.) 439. New species of American birds. II. FringillidsB (continued). In Auk, XV, pp. 319-324. (Oct., 1898.) 440. Description of new species of hum- ming bird from Arizona. In Auk, XV, pp. 325-326. (Oct., 1898.) 441. Hemithraupis. A correction. In Auk, XV, pp. 330-331. (Oct., 1898.) 442. The home of the ivory-bill. In Osprey, III, pp. 35-36. (Nov., 1898.) 443. New species of American birds. PringillidsE (continued). In Auk, XVI, pp. 35-37. (Jan., 1897.); 444. On the genus Astragalinus oabanis. , In Auk, XVI, pp. 79-80. (Jan., 1899.) , . 445., On the generic name Aimophila vyersuS Peucsea. In Auk, XVI, pp. 80-81. (Jan., 1899.) 446. A fraud — look out for him. In lOsprfey,' III, p. 94. (Feb., 1899;)' 447i New species of American .birds. , IV. Fringillidae (concluded). In Auk, XVI, pp. 254-256. (July, 1899.) 448. New sjiecies of Atoericaii' binte. V. CorvidsB (concluded). 7» Auk, XVII,' pp. 27-29. .(Jan., 1900.) '1,449. New species of American birds. VI. Fringillidae (supplement). In Auk, XVII, pp. 29:30. ,.( Jan., 1900.) 450.' Concerning the , use! of scientific names. In Condor, II, p. 41. (March, 1900.) '.. ,. 451. Song birds of Europe and Amer- ica. In Bird-Lore, II, pp. 69-75. (June, 1900.) 452. Description of Buteo borealis socor- roensis. In Biol. Cent. Amer. Aves, for Nov., 1900, III, p. 64. 453. New birds of the families Tana- gridae and Icteridffii In Proc. W^ash. Acad. Sci. for April, 1901, III, PP- 149-155. 454. Descriptions of three new birds of the families Mniotiltida! and Corvidae. In Auk, XIX, pp. 69-70. (Jan., 1902.) 455. The birds of North and Middle America. Part I. Washington, 1901, pp. i-xxx, 1-715, 19 plates. Part II. Washing- ton, 1902, pp. i-xx, 1-834, 22 plates. 456. The elf owl in California. In Condor, IV, pp. 18-19. (Jan., 1902.) 457. Review of Pycraft's 'Classification of the Falconiformes.' In Science, N. S., XVII, pp. 509-511. (March, 1903.) 458. Leophophanes vs. Baeolophus. In Auk, XX, p. 308. (July, 1903.) 459. Descriptions of new genera, species and subspecies of American birds. In Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, for Sept., 1903. Vol. XVI, pp. 105-111. David Andrew Rothkock, A;B.' (1892), A.M. (18931. Ph.D. See Faculty list. Edwaed Earnest Ruby, A.B. (1897), A.M. Tutor in Greek, 1897-1898; Tutor in " French, 1898-1899 ; Instructor' ^ in French, 1901-1902. Now Professor of Latin, Whitman College, "Walla 'Walla, Wash. - ' • -■'•' -" "' 1. Register of graduates of the Indi- ana University, inslu(Jing advanced and hon- orary degrees. Third edition.- Blooming- ton, Ind., 1901. Pp. 112. : „. j^ 2. The catalo^uej of jthe Pbi Delta Theta fraternity. Seventh edition. Chicago, 1904. Pp. xvi, 65Q ; 1 plate. \\ Henry Woldman Ruoff, A.B. (1890), D.C.L. 1. Origin of the family ; ethical duties of the home ; the home and the state * the 142 Shinn J Bibliography : Alumni home in literature. Chapters contributed to 'Our Home.' Springfield, Mass., 1898. Pp. 98. 2. The century book of facts. Spring- field, 1899. Pp. 688 ; 8 plates. 3. Woman during the Dark Ages; woman under medieval institutions ; the dawn of woman's power. Chapters contrib- uted to 'Woman.' Springfield, 1900. Pp. 121 ; 17 plates. 4. Leaders of men. Springfield, 1901. Pp. 695 ; 33 plates. 5. The capitals of the world. Spring- field, 1902. Vol. I, pp. 414; vol. II, pp. 532 ; 800 plates. 6. Universal manual of ready refer- ence. Springfield, 1904. Vol. I, pp. 741; 5 plates. 7. One hundred immortals. New York. (In press.) Newell Sandbbs, B.S. (1873). Chatta- nooga, Tenu. 1. Wendell Sanders. 1893. Pp. 112; 37 plates. Thomas B Sanders, A.B. (1895). Super- intendent of Schools, Batesville, Ark. (After July 1, 1904, Editor Progressive Teacher. ) 1. Opening exercises for schools. Batesville, Ark., 1901. Pp. 150. 2. A guide to the study of literature in our schools. Batesville, Ark., 1903. Pp. 56. 3. Students' and teachers' aid to the study of civil government. Batesville, Ark., 1904. Pp. 136. William Francis Lewis Sanders, A.B. (1873). Teacher in High School, Con- nersville, Ind. 1. The English sentence, a treatise on grammar and analysis, with diagrams. Con- nersville, Ind., 1891. Pp. 269. George L Schbrger, A.B. (1894), Ph.D. Professor of History, Armour Institute of Technology, Chicago. 1. The evolution of modern liberty. New York, 1904. Pp. xiv, 284. John Andrew Shaier, A.B. (1894), A.M. (1895). Valparaiso, Ind. 1. Hygiene of school architecture, /n Inland Educator, III, pp. 311-312 (Jan., 1897) ; IV, pp. 20-23 (Feb., 1897) ; IV, pp. 75-78 (March, 1897). John Wilkes Shepherd, A.B. (1896), A.M. (3898). Professor of Chemistry, Chicago Normal School, Chicago, 111. 1. The determination of methane, car- bon monoxide, and hydrogen by explosion in technical gas analysis. (Joint author with W. A. Noyes.) In Jour. Am. Chem. Soc, XX, pp. 343-348. Everett Shepardson, A.B. (1890), A.M. (1892.) Assistant Professor of Psychol- ogy and Pedagogy, Los Angeles State Normal, Los Angeles, Oal. 1. Should fairy stories and folk tales be used in first and second grades? In Los Angeles State Normal Exponent, IV, pp. 150-158. (Jan., 1896.) Frederick Lafayette Shinn, A.B. (1901), A.M. (1902). Assistant in Physical Chemistry, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 1. The quantitative determination of selenium in organic compounds. (Joint au- (10) 143 Indiana University \_Shinn thor with K. E. Lyons.) In Jour. Am. Chem. Soc, XXIV, pp. 1087-1093. 2. On double and triple thiocyanates of caesium, cobalt, and silver. (Joint au- thor with H. L. Wells.) In Am. Chem. Jour., XXIX, pp. 474-478. Claude B. Siebbnthal. Student, 1890-93. Assistant, U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. 1. The geology of Dallas county, Ar- kansas. In Ann. Rept. Arkansas Geol. Surv. for 1891, II, pp. 279-318. (1894.) 2. The Bedford oolitic limestone of In- diana. (Joint author with T. C. Hopkins.) In 21st Ann. Rept. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res. of Indiana for 1896, pp. 291-413. (1897.) 3. The Bedford oolitic limestone. In 19th Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol, Surv., pt. VI (continued), pp. 292-296. (1898.) 4. The Bedford oolitic limestone. In Mineral Industry for 1898, vol. VIII, pp. 479-482. (1899.) 5. The coal deposits of Indiana. (Joint author with W. S. Blatchley, G. H. Ashby, and others. ) In 23d Ann. Rept. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res. of Indiana for 1898, pp. 1- 1741. (1899.) 6. Review of 24th annual report of the Department of Geology and Natural Re- sources of Indiana. In Jour. Geol., VIII, pp. 475-477. (1900.) 7. On the use of the term Bedford limestone. In Jour. Geol., IX, pp. 234-235. (1901.) 8. Review of 25th annual report of the Department of Geology and Natural Re- sources of Indiana. In Jour. Geol., IV, pp. 354-356. (1901.) 9. Review of William Battle Phillips's 'Texas Petroleum.' In Jour. Geol., IX, pp. 637-638. (1901.) 10. The Silver Creek hydraulic lime- stone of southeastern Indiana. In 25th Ann Rept. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res. of Indiana, pp. 331-389; pis. xiii-xiv, figs. Ixxi-lxxii. (1901.) 11. The Indiana oolitic industry in 1900. In 25th Ann. Rept. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res. of Indiana, pp. 390-393. (1901.) Frank Darius Simons, A.B. (1895), M.S. Assistant Chemist, Bureau Internal Revenue, U. S. Treasury Department, Washington, D. C. 1. The action of certain bodies on the digestive ferments. In Jour. Am. Chem. Soc, XIX, pp. 744-754. 2. Detection of caramel in spirits and vinegar. (Joint author with C. A. Cramp- ton.) In Jour. Am. Chem. Soc, XXI, pp. 355-358. 3. Detection of foreign coloring matter in spirits. (Joint author with C. S. Cramp- ton.) In Jour. Am. Chem. Soc, XXII, pp. 810-813. 1 plate. 4. Synthetic chemicals under the War Revenue Act. (Joint author with C. A. Crampton.) In Am. Jour. Phar., LXXIl, p. 107. Vesto Malvin Slipher, A.B. (1901), A.iM. (1902). Assistant in charge of Lowell Observatory, Flagstaff, Ariz. 1. Spectrograms of Jupiter. In Pop. Ast, No. 101, pp. 1-4; 2 plates. (Jan., 1903.) 2. The spectroscopic binary /3 Scorpii. In Lowell Observatory Bull., No. 1, p. 4. (June, 1903.) 3. A spectrographic investigation of the rotation velocity of Venus. In Ast. Nach., Nos. 3891-3892, pp. 35-52. (August, 1903.) 4. On the efficiency of the spectro- graph for investigating planetary rotations 144 sparling J Bibliography : Alumni and on the accuracy of the inclination method of measurement. Tests on the rota- tion of the planet Mars. In Lowell Observ- atory Bull., No. 4, pp. 19-23. (August, 1903.) 5. Variable velocity of 7. Scorpii in the line of sight. In Lowell Observatory Bull., No. 4, p. 23. (August, 1903.) Frederick Milijee Smith, A.B. (1899). Associate Editor Woman's Home Com- panion, New York City. 1. Thoreau. In Critic, XXXVII, pp. 60-67. (July, 1900.) 2. The literary aspirant again. In Critic, XXXIX, pp. 270-272. (Sept., 1901.) 3. Christine : a serial novelette. In Ladies' Home Journal. (Nov., 1901-Feb., 1902.) Illu.strated. 4. Review of Robert Louis Stevenson's 'Essays.' In Poet-Lore, XIV, pp. 70-83. (Oct., 1902.) 5. The trilemma of Albertine. In Woman's Home Companion, 1903 1904. Rosa Smith. mann. See Mrs. Carl H. Eigen- Wn,LiAM Wesley Spanglbr, A.B. (1880), E.S. (1880), A.M. (1886.) Librarian, 1881-1893. Auburn Junction, Ind. 1. Genealogy of the Weyer family in Germany. Bloomington, Ind., 1881. Samuel Edwin Sparling, A.B. (1892), Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Political Science, University of Wisconsin, Mad- ison, Wis. 1. Municipal history and present or- ganization of Chicago. In Bull. Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, 1898. Pp. 188. (11) 145 2. The small city and the model charter. In Proc. Nat. Municipal League for 1899, pp. 15. 3. Uniform accounting for cities. In Proc. Nat. Municipal League for 1899, pp. 15. 4. Uniform accounting for Wisconsin cities. In Bull. League of Wisconsin Mu- nicipalities, No. 3, 1899. 5. Notes on municipal government. (League of Wisconsin Municipalities.) In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci., XIIT. pp. 269-270. (1899.) 6. Review of Prank Parson's 'The City for the people.' In Municipal Affairs, IV, pp. 405-406. (1900.) 7. Notes on municipal government. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci., XIV, pp. 116-117. (1901.) 8. Responsible county government. In Pol. Sci. Quart., XVI, pp. 437-449. (1901.) 9. State boards of control. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci., XVII, pp. 74-91. (1901.) 10. Syllabus on municipal government. In Pub. Nat. Municipal League. Second Report of Committee on Instruction in Mu- nicipal Government in American Educa- tional Institutions, June, 1902. 11. Chicago's voters' league. In Out- look, LXXI, pp. 495-498. (June, 1902.) 12. Municipal history and organization of Chicago. In Bull. No. 29. Pol. Sci. Series. University of Wisconsin. 13. Municipal conditions in Wisconsin. In Ann. Am. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci. (Feb.. 1904.) 14. An American Political Science As- sociation. In Review of Reviews, XXIX, pp. 212.^13. (Feb., 1904.) 15. The work of the league of Wiscon- sin municipalities. In Proc. Mich. Pol. Sci. Asso., Feb., 1904. 16. History of the league of Wisconsin municipalities. In Iowa Hist. Rev., April, 1904. Indiana University ISparling 17. Editor of 'The Munieipnlity,' a monthly journal devoted to the discussion of municipal questions. In its fourth year. William McKbistiiree Springer, A.B. (1858), A.M. (1861), LL.D. Washing- ton, D. C. 1. The telpgraph monopoly. Tn No. Am. Rev., CXXXII, pp. 369-382 (April, 1881. ■) 2. Gold and silver : what shall th<- ratio be? In No. Am. Rev., CLV, pp. 4-6. (July, 1892.) 3. Why the Democrats should elect the next President. In Arena, VI, pp. 198-201. (.July, 1892.) 4. How to revise the tariff. In No. Am. Rev., CLVI, pp. 127-135. (Feb., 1893.) 5. The financial muddle. (Joint author with .T. Sterling Morton and Henry W. Can- non.) In No. Am. Rev., CLX, pp. 129-150. (Feb.. 1895.) Edwin Diller Starbuck, A.B. (1890), Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Educa- tion, Leland Stanford Jr. University, Stanford University, Cal. 1. A study of conversion. In Am .Tour. Psych., VIII, pp. 268-308. (Jan., 1897.) 2. Some aspects of religious growth. In Am. Jour. Psych,, IX, pp. 70-124. (Oct., 1897.) 3. Child study and its possibjjjties as a science. In Northwestern Mo., IX, pp. 358-362. (March- April, 1899.) 4. The psychology of relisrion. With an introduction by Professor William James. London, 1899. Pp. xt, 423. Warder W Stevens, LL.B. (1867). Salem, Ind. 1. Swine husbandry. Indianapolis, 1899. Pp. 200, 2, History of Wnbington county, Ind, 1904, Pyi, 600, (In vress,) Elmer Bryan Stewart, A,B. Pastor Third United Presbyterian Church, Chi- cago, 1, The tithe, Chicago, 1903. Pp, .xxii, 82, 2, The tithe covenant plan for financ- ing the Kingdom of Christ, Chicago, 1903. Pp. 15, ,TonN Charles Stone, A,B, (1897), A.M, (1897), Associate Professor of Mathe- matics, State Normal School, Tpsilanti, Mich, 1. Algebra by correspondence, (Joint author with E, A, layman,) Chicago, 1902, Pp, 100, 2. Geometry by correspondence. (Joint author with E, A, Lyman,) Chicago, 1902, Pp, 100, 3. Monograph on teaching arithmetic. Boston, 1903. Pp, 25. 4. Southworth-Stone arithmetic. (Joint author with G, S, Southworth,) Boston, 1904, Book I, pp, 184: book II, pp, 237; book III, pp. 287. 5. Monograph on method in geometry. Boston, 1904. Pp. 36. Edgar Howard Sturtevant, A.B. (1898). Ph.D. Tutor in Latin, 1895-1898, In- structor in Latin. 1901-1902, Now Acting Assistant Professor of Latin, University of Missouri, Columbia. Mo, 1, Contraction in the case forms of the 146 Swain J Bibliography : Alumni Latin io and ia stems, and of deus, is, and idem. Chicago, 1902. Pp. 36. 2. Latin rs from rss. In Olas. Rev., XVIII, 1904. Joseph Swain, B.L. (1883), M.S. (1895), LL.D. Instructor in Mathematics and Zoology, Indiana University, 1883-1885 ; Professor of Mathematics, 1886-1891; President of the University, 1893-1902. "Now President of Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa. 1. Notes on a collection of fishes from Johnston's Island, including descriptions of five new species. (Joint author with Rosa Smith.) In Proc. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 119-143. (1882.) 2. A review of the Syngnathinse of the United States, with a description of one new species. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. V, pp. 307-315. (Aug. 15, 1882.) 3. A review of the species of Stole- phorus, found on the Atlantic coast of the United States. In Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1882, II, pp. 55-57. (Oct. 6, 1882.) 4. A review of Swainson's genera, of fishes. In Proc. Acad., Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia for 1882, pp. 272-284. 5. An identification of the species of fishes described in Shaw's General Zoology. In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1882. Pp. 303-309. 6. A review of the genus Noturus, with a description of one new species. (Joint author with George B. Kalb.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, pp. 638-644. (May 23, 1883.) 7. List of fishes collected in the Clear Pork of the Cumberland, Whitley county, Kentucky, with description of three new species. (Joint author with David Starr Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VI. pp. 248-251. (Nov. 27, 1883.) 8. Description of a new species of Hadropterus (Hadropterus scierus) from southern Indiana. In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VI, p. 252. (Nov. 27, 1883.) 9. Descriptions of Scaroid fishes from Havana and Key West, Pla., including five new species. (Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 81-102. (July 1, 1884.) 10. Notes on fishes collected by D. S. Jordan, Cedar Keys, Fla. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 230-234. (August 5, 1884.) 11. Notes on the pipe-fishes of Key West, Fla., with description of Siphostoma McKayi, a new species. (Joint author with Seth E. Meek.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. -37-239. (August 5, 1884.) 12. A review of the American species of marine Mugilidse. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 261-27,5. (August 22, 1884.) 13. A review of the species of the genus Hsemulon. (.Joint author with D. S. Jor- dan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 281-317. (August 28, 1884.) 14. A review of the American species of Epinephalus and related genera. (Joint au- thor with I). S. Jordan.) In ProC. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 358-410. (1884.) 15. A review of the species of Lutjan- in.Ta and Hoplopagrinas found in American waters. (Joint author with D. S. Jordan.) In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, pp. 427-474. (Sept. 19, 1884.) 16. Inaugural address at Indiana Uni- versity, 1893. Published by Indiana Uni- versity, July, 1893. 17. The State University. In 17th Bien. Rep. Sup. Pub. Inst., Dec. 27, 1893, p. 111. IS. What should the high school do for the graduate of the elementary schools? In Proc. Nat. Educ. Asso. for 1S96, pp. 362- 303. U7 Indiana University [_Swain 19. University ideals at Stanford. In Proc. Nat. Educ. Asso. for 1897, pp. 360- 373. 20. College entrance requirements. In Proc. Nat. Educ. Asso. for 1899, pp. 630, 827. 21. The State University. In Proc. Nat. Educ. Asso. for 1900, p. 106. 22. State aid to higher education in Europe and America. In Proc. Nat. Educ. Asso. for 1900, p. 457. 23. Inaugural address at Swarthmore College. Published by Swarthmore College, Dec, 1902, pp. 457-403. 24. Address to Alumni of Swarthmore College, 1903. I'ublished by Swarthmore College, July, 1903, pp. 1-S. Numerous other short paj)ers and ad- dresses published in various years. 10. Articles on pedagogy. In Indiana Sch. Jour, monthly from 1890-1899 ; articles in school journals, at various times, on pedagogical subjects. Arnold Tompkiks, A.B. (1889), A.M. (1892), Ph.D. Principal of the Chi- cago iNormal School, Chicago. 1. A graded course of study. Frank- lin, Ind., 1883. Pp. iii, 242. 2. The philosophy of teaching. Bos- ton, 1895. Pp. xii, 280. 3. The philosophy of school manage- ment. Boston, 1895. Pp. xiv, 222. 4. The relation of sociology and peda- gogy. In Am. Jour. Soc. for Nov., 1895. 5. Literary interpretations. Boston, 1896. Pp. vi, 204. 6. The science of discourse. Boston, 1897. Pp. xiv, 252. 7. Review of Vincent's 'The social mind and education.' In Am. Jour. Soc. (1897.) 8. Herbart's philosophy and his edu- cational theory. In Educ. Rev., XVI, pp. 233-243. (Oct., 1898.) 9. Review of J. O. Quantz's 'Problems in the psychology of reading.' In Educ. Rev., XVI, pp. 513-517. (Dec, 1S9S). Feedeeiok Wilson Te0SCOtt, A.B. (1891), A.M. (1892), Ph.D. Instructor in German, 1891-1893. Now Professor of Germanic Languages and Literature, West Virginia University, Morgantown, W. Va. 1. Laplace's essay on probabilities. (Joint translator with F. L. Emory.) New York, 1902. Pp. iv, 196. 2. Wildenbruch's Kinderthranen. New York, 1904. Pp. iii, 90. 2 plates. (In press. ) Albert Brenntjs Ulket, A.B. (1892). A.M. (1893). Instructor in Zoology, 1892-1894. Now Professor of Biology University of Southern California, Los Angeles, Cal. 1. A review of the Embiotocidse. (Joint author with Carl H. Eigenmann.) In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1891, p. 176 (abstract) ; in Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1892, pp. 381-400. 2. Notes on the American bittern ( Botaurus lentiginosus ) . In Ornithologist and Oologist, XVII, pp. 76-77. (May, 1892.) 3. The fishes of Wabash county. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, pp. 229- 231. 4. Preliminary desci-iptions of some South American Characinidse. In Am. Nat., XXVIII, pp. 610-611. (July, 1894.) 5. On some South American Characin- idae. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1893, p. 226. (Abstract.) 145 War thin ] Bibliography : Alumni G. On the occurrence of Kirtland's warbler in Indiana. In Froc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1894, p. 224. 7. Contributions to the biological sur- vey of Wabash county. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 147-148. 8. Birds of Wabash county. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 148-159. 9. On the increasing abundance of the opossum (Didelphis virginiana) in North- ern Indiana. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1896, p. 279. 10. The South American Characinida; collected by Charles F. Hartt. In Ann. New York Acad. Sci., VIII, pp. 257-300. (Jan., 1895.) 11. On the occurrence of the Russian thistle (Salsola kali tragus) in Wabash county. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1896, p. 224. 12. Notes on the embryology of Para- gordius (Gordinus) varius (Leidy). In Proc. Indiana Acad.- Sci. for 1897, pp. 232- 233. Benjamin Vail, Jr., A.B. (1878). Wash- ington, D. C. 1. The poet's tribute to Garfield. Cam- bridge, Mass. James M. Van Hook, A.B. (1899), A.M. (1900). Plant Pathologist, Ohio Agri- cultural Experiment Station, Wooster, Ohio. 1. Notes on the division of the cell and nucleus in liverworts. In Bot. Gaz., XXX, pp. 394-399 ; 1 plate. (Dec, 1900.) 2. Pink rot, an attendant of apple scab. (Joint author with J. Craig.) In Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull., No. 207, pp. 161-171 ; 5 figures, 2 plates. 3. Diseases of ginseng. In Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull., 25 figures. (1904.) Joseph H Voias, A.B. (1896). Teacher of Biology, High School, Evansville, Ind. 1. Material for the study of the vari- ation of Pimephales notatus (Bafinesque), in Turkey Lake and in Shoe and Tippecanoe lakes. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1898, pp. 233-239. Francis Maeion Walters, A.B. (1887), A.M. (1891). Professor of Chemistry, Missouri State Normal School, War- rensburg, Mo. 1. The elements of physiology. Co- lumbia, Mo., 1902. Pp. 198. Jennie E. (Hokning) Walters (Mrs. Francis Marion Walters). Student, 1886-1888. Warrensburg, Mo. 1. A review of the American genera and species of Chaetodontidae. (Joint author with C. H. Eigenmann.) In Ann. Acad. Nat. Sci., New York, for 1887, pp. 1-18. Aldeed Scott Wabthin, A.B. (1888), M.D., Ph.D. Professor of Pathology and Director of the Pathological Lab- oratory, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 1. Scheme for the systematic study of medical cases. Ann Arbor, 1892. Pp. 16. 2. Additional notes on the diazo-reac- tion. In Med. News, 1893. Pp. 12. 3. Some physiologic effects of music in hypnotized subjects. In Med. News, 1894. Pp. 13. 4. Accentuation of the pulmonary second sound an important sign in the di- agnosis of pericarditis. In Med. News, 1895. Pp. 15. 5. Keport of a case of ectopic gesta- tion associated with tuberculosis of the 149 Indiana University [fVarthin tubes, placenta, and fetus. In Med. News, 1896. Pp. 16. 2 plates. 6. Ilypoleucocytosis in acute tubercu- losis. In Med. News, 189G. Pp. 8. 7. Fibrolipoma of the kidney. In, Jour. Path, and Bact., 1897, pp. 404-411. 2 plates. 8. The diagnosis of primary sarcoma of the pleura from the cells found in the pleuritic exudate. In Med. News, 1897. Pp. 16, 5 plates. 9. Some experimental investigations as to the effects of the administration of yeast nuclein upon the leucocytes. In New York JWed. Jour, for 1897. I'p. 45. 10. Practical pathology. Ann Arbor, 1897. Pp. 150. 11. The minute pathology of acute hiemorrhagic pancreatitis associated with multiple fat-necrosis. In Phila. Med. Jour, for 1898. Pp. 19. 1 plate. 12. A primary polymorphous-cell sar- coma of the nose. In New York Sled. Jour, for 1899. Pp. 18. 13. The statistics of fifty autopsies ou tuberculosis subjects. Usual localizations of tuberculosis. In Med. News, 1899. Pp. 16. 14. The pathology of the Pacinian cor- puscle. (Prize assay.) In Phila. Med. Jour, for 1899. Pp. 20, 9 plates. 15. Multiple primary carcinoma. In Jour. Am. Med. Assoc, for 1899. Pp. 20. 16. The coexistence of carcinoma and tuberculosis of the mammary gland. In Am. Jour. Med. Sci. for 1899. Pp. 11, 1 plate. 17. A case of primary adenocarcinoma of the gallbladder with secondaries in both adrenals, melanosis of skin (Addison's dis- ease?), vitiligo, and hypertrophy of the pan- creas. In Phila. Sled. Jour, for 1900. Pp. 28. 18. Multiple traumatic hemorrhage of the liver associated with multiple pulmo- nary emboli of liver-cells and giant cells re- sembling bone-marrow cells. In Med. News for 1900. Pp. 31 ; 1 plate. 19. Accessory adi-enal body in the broad ligament. In Am. Jour. Obstet., 1900. Pp. 9, 2 plates. 20. Adenoma of both adrenals in the new-born, associated with retrogressive changes in the adrenals of Marchand. In Archives of Pediatrics. 1901. Pp. 16; 2 plates. 21. A case of endothelioma of the lach- rymal gland ( myxo-chondro-endothelioma cylindromatodes), with an analysis of previ- ously reported cases of lachrymal gland tumors. In Archives of Ophthalmology, 1901. Pp. 20 ; 2 plates. 22. Multiple primary ueoplasms in one individual. In Phila. Med. Jour, for 1901. I'p. 7. 23. Disappearing tumors. (Joint author with W. A. Spitzler.) In Med. News for 1901. Pp. 14. 24. A contribution to the normal his- tology and pathology of the hemolymph glands. In Jour. Boston Soc. of Med. Sci. for 1901. Pp. 22. In Jour. Med. Research, 1901, pp. 3-25. 25. The normal histology of the human hemolymph glands. In Am. Jour. Anat., I, pp. 63-79. 20. Section ou 'The voluntary muscles, tendons, tendon-sheaths and bursse.' In Am. Textbook of Path. Philadelphia, 1901. Pp. 724-745. 27. The changes produced in the hemo- lymph glands of the sheep and goat by splenectomy, hemolytic poisons and hemor- rhage. In Jour. Med. Research, for 1902. In Vaughan Festschrift, 1903, pp. 21; 15 plates. 28. Are the hemolymph nodes organs sui generis? In Trans. Chicago Pathol. Soc. for 1902, pp. 151-174. 29. The pathology of pernicious anae- mia, \\ith special reference to the changes 150 Wissler J Bibliography : Alumni occurring in the hemolymph nodes. In Am. Jour. Med. Sci. for 1902. pp. 45, 7 plates. 30. Translator and editor of Ziegler's 'German pathology.' New York, 1903. Pp. 760 ; 586 figures. 31. A contribution to the casuistry of placental and congenital tuberculosis. (.Joint author with D. M. Cowie.) Jn Jour, of In- fectious Diseases, 1904, pp. 140-169. 32. A clinical and pathological study of two cases of splenic anjemia. with early and late stages of cirrhosis. (Joint author with G. Dock.) In Am. Jour. Med. Sci. for 1904. Pp. 32, 10 plates. 33. The development of hemolympy nodes in adipose tissue. In Trans. Phila- delphian Pathol. Soc. for 1904. 34. Editor department of pathology. Reference Handbook of Medical Sciences, 2d edition. New York, 1900-1904. Author of numerous articles for same. Joshua Howe Watts, A.B. (1857), Santa Cruz de Vojoa, Honduras. 1. Banana culture in Central America. In Self-Culture Mag., for May, 1900. Teacher Ltdia Whitaker, A.B. (1900). of Latin, Terre Haute, Ind. 1. The prophet of St. Pierre. New York, 1904. Pp. 200. 6 plates. John Edwahd Wiley, A.B. (1885), A.M. (1889), LL.B. (1891). Anderson, Ind. 1. The tornado (a story). 2. Books and reading for pupils. Howard Lafayette Wilson, A.B. (1889), A.M. (1891). Teacher of Literature and General History, State Normal School. River Palls, Wis. 1. President Buchanan's proposed in- tervention in Mexico. In Am. Hist. Rev., V, pp. 687-701. (July, 1900.) 2. The function of the high school. In South Dakota Educator, XV, pp. 43-47. (March, 1902.) 3. Intervention in Mexico. (1904.) Pp. xii, 250. (In press.) .ToiiN Benjamin Wisely, A.B. (1890), A.M. (1891). Head of Department of Grammar and Composition, Indiana State Normal School, Terre Haute, Ind. 1. Studies in the science of English arrammar. Terre Haute, Ind., 1895. Pp. 185. 2. A new English grammar. Terre Haute. Ind.. 1896. Pp. 227. 3. Language for the grades. Terre Haute, Ind., 1896-1903. Pp. 237. Clark Wissler, A.B. (1897), A.M. (1899), Ph.D. Assistant Curator in Department of Ethnology, American Museum of Natural History. Assistant in Anthropology, Columbia University. New York City. 1. Interest of children in the reading work of the elementary schools. In Ped. Sem., V, pp. 523-541. (April, 1898.) 2. The diffusion of the motor impulse. (Joint author with N. R. Richardson.) In P.sych. Rev., VIL pp. 29-38. (Jan., 1900.) 3. The correlation of mental and physi- cal tests. Monograph supplement to the ' Psych. Rev., No. 16, New York, 1901. Pp. 62. 4. The growth of boys : correlation for the annual increments. In Am. Anthropol- o<;ist. V, pp. 81-88. 5. Decorative and symbolic art of the Dakotas. In Proc. International Cong. Americanists, for 1902. New York. Pp. 10, 2 plates. (In press.) 151 Indiana University L Wissler 6. Development of the decorative and symbolic art of the Sioux. In Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, for 1904, pp. 250, 40 plates. (In press.) ,IoHN Andbkson Wood, A.B. (1897), A.M. (1901). Superintendent of Schools, La Porte, Ind. 1. High school statistics. (Joint au- thor with W. H. Sanders.) In Rep. Sub- Committee to Indiana Town and City Su- perintendents' Assoc, for 1899, pp. 28-62. 2. Relations of the schools to growing disregard of authority. In Indiana Sch. Jour., XLIV, pp. 189-198. (April, 1899.) 3. Use of pictures in teaching geog- raphy. In Bull. Am. Bureau of Geography, for Dec, 1900, p. 309 ; m Bduc. Jour, for Oct. and Nov., 1901, pp. 71 and 118; in N. y. Teachers' Monographs, for June, 1903. 4. Work books. In Teachers' Jour., II, p. 554. (June, 1903.) 5. Heating, ventilating and fuel for school buildings. La Porte, Ind., 1903. Pp. 40. James Albert Woodbubn, A.B. (1876), A.M. (1885), Ph.D. See Faculty list. William Theodore Wtlib, A.B. (1848). . Sparta, 111. 1. Lessons and papers for the school and family. 2. Editor of 'Tlie Christian Giver.' Albert Henry Yoder, A.B. (1893). Pro- fessor of Pedagogy University of Wash- ington, Seattle, Wash. 1. The study of the boyhood of great men. In Ped. Sem., Ill, pp. 134-156. (Oct., 1894.) 2. Investigations in pubescence. In Trans. Illinois Soc. for Child-Study, II, pp. 81-84. 3. Pubescence. In North Western Mo., VIII, pp. 592-600. 4. Editor of Journal of Childhood and Adolescence, 3 volumes, 114 issues. 5. Incorrigibles. In Jour. Childhood and Adolescence, II, pp. 22-54. 6. Mouth-breathing. In Jour. Child- hood and Adolescence, II, pp. 255-263. 7. Discussion on psychology of puberty and adolescence by Dr. Colin Scott. In Proc. Nat. Educ. Assoc, for 1897, p. 951. 8. Sex defferentiation in relation to secondary education. In Proc. Nat. Educ. Assoc, for 1903, pp. 785-790. 9. Numerous short reviews of peda- gogical literature. In Jour, of Childhood and Adolescence. Peter A. Yoder, A.B. (1894), A.M. (1896), Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemis- try, University of Utah. 1. Ueber Dehydroschleimsaure : eine neue Darstellungsmethode, sowie verschie- dene Salze und Ester derselben. Disserta- tion. Gettingen, 1901. Pp. 63 ; 1 plate. 2. A new centrifugal soil elutriator. (Preliminary report.) In Proc. Fifth Inter- national Congress of Applied Chemistry, Sec. VII, pp. 9-21, 4 plates. 3. A new centrifugal soil elutriator. In Bull. Utah Agri. Exp. Sta. (1901). 13 plates. (In press.) 4.- Some observations on farming in Germany. In 5th An. Rep. Utah Farmers' Institutes, for 1901. pp. 82-92. Clarence Aettiur Zaring, A.B. (1895). LL.B. (1896). ]. 'The Arbutus' (Senior class annual, Indiana University). (Joint editor with Adelaide Perry Newsom). Bloomington. Ind., 1895. Pp. 240. 152 •%